Title_Page-Subject Cards - Politechnika Wrocławska

SUBJECT CARDS
FACULTY:
ELECTRONICS
MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
EDUCATION LEVEL:
1st level, Engineer
FORM OF STUDIES:
full-time
PROFILE:
general academic
LANGUAGE OF STUDY:
polish
SPECJALIZATION:
TEM
TIS
TMU
- Mobile Telecommunications
- Information and Communication Networks
- Multimedia in Telecommunications
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Podstawy automatyki i robotyki
Name in English Introduction to automation and control
Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and
Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics, Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code AREW001
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
15
15
30
30
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
X
2
1
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
not
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquisition of knowledge of the basic concepts of control theory and systems theory.
C2 Knowledge how to perform a simple simulation in MATLAB / Simulink.
C3 The acquisition of knowledge of the principles of operation and tuning controllers, sensors,
actuators, and industrial controllers, computer networks and automatic signal standards.
C4 The acquisition of knowledge in the identification, mathematical model, computer simulation,
dynamics design of closed-loop system.
C5 Acquisition of basic knowledge on construction of industrial robots and manipulators, stationary and
mobile, and robotic manufacturing processes.
C6 The acquisition of basic skills in the operation and programming of industrial robots, stationary and
mobile.
C7 Acquisition of basic knowledge of the prospects and directions of development of technologies for
systems and automation equipment and robotics.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 knows the definitions and basic properties of static and dynamic systems, linear and
non-linear.
PEK_W02 knows the basic structure of control systems and linear regulators.
PEK_W03 knows the basic applications of mobile robots, understands the concept of selflocalization and robot autonomy.
PEK_W04 have a general knowledge about the design of mobile robots, their transportation
systems, control and power.
PEK_W05 knows the basic configurations of industrial robots, their design, capacity, handling
and use, has an elementary knowledge of control and robot programming languages,
and on the effectors and sensory systems used in robotics.
PEK_W06 has a basic knowledge of the mathematical models of control engineering objects,
methods for identifying and computer simulation
PEK_W07 has a basic knowledge of the selection of controls and settings regulators, sensors,
industrial controllers, and actuators.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 he’s able to plan and conduct an experiment to determine the dynamics of the
controlled object.
PEK_U02 can develop a simple control algorithm for the intelligent building code algorithm
and test in the laboratory.
PEK_U03 can use the technical documentation robots and use it to operate, and simple manual
programming of a typical industrial robot.
PEK_U04 can run a simple simulation of linear dynamic systems in MATLAB / Simulink.
PEK_U05 can run a simple test for automatic control systems in MATLAB / Simulink.
PEK_U06 can run a mobile robot and test the efficiency of its components, chassis system and
sensory systems.
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 understands and can apply the principles of health and safety at work with devices
of automation and robotics in the laboratory and beyond.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec 1
Lec 2
Lec 3
Lec 4
Lec 5
Lec 6
Form of classes - lecture
Automation and robotics - the basic concepts. The basic structure of
control systems and linear regulators, industrial controllers, sensors,
actuators.
Static and dynamic, linear and nonlinear, stationary and nonstationary systems. Selected properties, stability and instability of
systems.
Automatic regulation. Regulation systems in open and closed-loop.
Some elementary properties of linear regulators.
Identification, development of a mathematical model, computer
simulation, design of closed-system dynamics.
Industrial robots, stationary and mobile, structures and
configurations of manipulators, tasks, control systems, programming
methods, typical technical parameters.
Service robots, medical, social, intelligent robots, robotics and
flexible manufacturing systems, robotics trends and prospects.
Number of hours
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
flexible manufacturing systems, robotics trends and prospects.
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Mobile robots, the principles of design, sensor technology,
autonomy and auto-localisation
Industrial robots, structure, control system, control panel and
programming, effectors, service, and basic programming.
Standard signals and fieldbus automation in intelligent buildings.
Measurements of digital and analog signals. Research of analog
measurement and executive channel. The experiment determining
the parameters of the dynamic characteristics of the object.
Simulation of simple linear dynamic systems in MATLAB /
Simulink
Simulation and properties study of simple automatic control systems
in MATLAB / Simulink
Total hours
15
Number of hours
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture using multimedia
N2. Presentations using laboratory equipments
N3. Practical exercises in the laboratory
N4. Discussions
N5. Consultations
N6. Own work - preparation of reports
N7. Own work - literature studies and source materials
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
PEK1_U01, PEK1_U02 assessment of laboratory exercises,
PEK1_U03, PEK1_U04 assessment of reports and selected papers
PEK1_U05, PEK1_U06
PEK1_K01
F2
PEK1_W01, PEK1_W02 written test
PEK1_W03, PEK1_W04
PEK1_W05, PEK1_W06
PEK1_W07
C=0.5F1+0.5F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Greblicki W., Teoretyczne podstawy automatyki, Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr., Wrocław 2001.
Halawa J. Symulacja i komputerowe sterowanie dynamiki układów sterowania, Oficyna Wydawnicza
Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2007.
Klimesz J., Solnik W., Urządzenia automatyki, Wyd. Politechniki Wrocławskiej,
Wrocław, 1991.
Łysakowska B., Mzyk G., Komputerowa symulacja układów automatycznej regulacji w środowisku
MATLAB/Simulink, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2005.
Siemens, SIMATIC S7-1200 w przykładach. Siemens, Warszawa 2011.
J.-C. Latombe, Robot motion planning, Kluwer Academic Publishers 1993.
Zdanowicz R., Podstawy robotyki, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Ślaskiej, Gliwice, 2011
pod red. Morecki A, Knapczyk J., Podstawy robotyki: teoria i elementy manipulatorów i robotów,
Warszawa, WNT, 1993
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Brzózka J. Regulatory cyfrowe w automatyce, Wyd. MIKOM, Warszawa, 2002.
Lesiak P., Świtalski D., Komputerowa technika pomiarowa, Agenda Wydawnicza PAK, Warszawa, 2002.
Solnik W., Zajda Z., Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI w automatyce, Oficyna
Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2010.
Kwaśniewski J., Programowalny sterownik SIMATIC S7-300 w praktyce inżynierskiej. Wydawnictwo BTC,
Legionowo 2009.
Solnik W., Zajda Z., Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Uni-Telway i magistrala rozszerzenia TSX. Oficyna
Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2010.
Z. Korzeń, A. Wołczowski, Tendencje rozwojowe robotów mobilnych w logistycznie zintegrowanych
systemach transportowo-magazynowych i produkcyjnych - Cz. 1 i Cz. 2, Logistyka nr 2 i nr 3, 1995.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Wojciech Muszyński wojciech.muszynski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Foundations of automation and robotics
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and Telecommunications,
Computer Science, Teleinformatics
Subject
educational effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives**
*
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10
C1,C2
Lec1, Lec 2,Lab5,Lab6 N1,N2,N3,N4,N7
PEK_W02
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10
C1
Lec 3,Lab6
N1,N2,N3,N4,N7
PEK_W03
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10,
C5,C6
Lec 6,Lab1
N1,N2,N3,N6,N7
PEK_W04
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10,
C5,C6,C7
Lec 6,Lab1
N1,N2,N3,N6,N7
PEK_W05
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10
C5,C6,C7
Lec 5, Lec 6,Lab2
N1,N2,N3,N6,N7
PEK_W06
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10,K1AIR_W12,
C3,C4
Lec 3, Lec 4,Lab5,Lab6
N1,N3,N4,N6
PEK_W07
K1AIR_W11, K1EKA_W10, K1INF_W11,
K1TIN_W10, K1TEL_W10, K1AIR_W25
C3,C4
Lec 3, Lec 4,Lab3,Lab4
N1,N3,N4,N6
PEK_U01
K1AIR_U22, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10,
K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09
C3,C4
Lec 4,Lab6
N1,N3,N4,N6
PEK_U02
K1AIR_U30, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10,
K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09
C3
Lab3
N3,N4
PEK_U03
K1AIR_U11, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10,
K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09
C5
Lab2
N3,N4,N6,N7
PEK_U04
K1AIR_U11, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10,
K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09
C2
Lab6
N3,N4
PEK_U05
K1AIR_U11, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10,
K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09
C4
Lab5
N3,N4
PEK_U06
K1AIR_U30, K1EKA_U09, K1INF_U10,
K1TIN_U10, K1TEL_U09
C6
Lab1
N3,N4,N7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT CHAIR OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND TELEINFORMATICS (W4/K3)
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Sieci komputerowe
Name in English Computer Networks
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st/ full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code TLEK004
Group of courses YES /
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
30
student workload (CNPS)
Crediting
Form of crediting
Classes
X
Number of ECTS points
3
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Project
Seminar
30
60
Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Laboratory
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
-
2
0,5
1
Crediting Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Learn the basic knowledge of the computer networks, functionality, reference model
network elements and protocols
C2 Acquisition of knowledge in the functionality of different network devices
C3 Acquiring the ability to configure hosts and routers in the Local Area Networks, to use
diagnostic tools, to observe and analyze network events.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 One has knowledge of role and appliance of electronic communication in
computer networks. One knows the concept of the layered network construction
and ISO/OSI reference model, layers functions and relations between each other.
PEK_W02 One has knowledge of network layer functions, addressing and subnetting
method.
PEK_W03 One has knowledge of physical and link layer functions on the given example of
Ethernet network.
PEK_W04 One knows how to plan the IP addressing schema, to identify the topology and
cabling types.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 One can use the Google Earth application and other tools for network
communication and cooperation.
PEK_U02 One can use the diagnostic tools and protocol analyzer.
PEK_U03 One can test routers routing functions and examining the routing table.
PEK_U04 One can test switches functionality and examining the MAC table.
PEK_U05 One can configure the router, basic parameters and static routing.
PEK_U06 One can plan, cable and run a small network with hosts, a router and a switch.
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of
Lec 1,2 Introduction. ISO/OSI reference model. Functions and protocols of
application layer and transport layer.
3
Lec 3,4 OSI model network layer, IPv4 addressing.
4
Lec 5,6 OSI model physical and link layers, Ethernet networks.
4
Lec 7
Cabling and planning of the network, configuration and testing.
2
Lec 8
Review
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
15
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Google Earth application usage and other tools for network
communication and cooperation.
Lab 2
Diagnostic tools usage, network events monitoring and analysing with
NeoTrace and Wireshark. Examining of network topology.
Lab 3
Network events capturing and analysing with the use of Wireshark. Web
server management. E-mail services and protocols.
Lab 4
Examining of application and transport layers protocols. Transport layer
protocols – TCP and UDP observation with netstat.
Lab 5
Examining of router functionality, checking of routing function and
routing table content.
Lab 6,7 Diagnostic tools usage, ping and traceroute, observation of ICMP packets.
IP network subnetting.
Lab 8
Capturing and analysis of link layer frames.
Lab 9
Physical layer interfaces and transmission media testing.
Lab 10 End devices and proxies in communication, switch example – examination
of MAC table and ARP protocol functions.
Lab 11 A small network construction. Console session of router.
Lab
Measuring of network delays. Basic router and host configuration.
12,13
Lab 14
Lab 15
Case study.
Skills based assessment.
Total hours
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture, presentation and simulation tools
N2. Cisco Academy on-line course materials and laboratory manuals (www.netacad.com)
N3. Calculation tasks – discussion of resolvings.
N4. Practice labs – configuration of network devices and functionality tests
N5. E-test assessments in computer labs (cisco.netacad.com, https://kursy.pwr.wroc.pl/)
N6. Consultations
N7. Self study – preparation for practice labs
N8. Self study – preparation for review
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
F1-10
PEK_W01-04
Module e-tests, discussions,
PEK_U01-05
written reports
P= 2/3*(10/100*(F1-F10) + 40/100*(skills based assessment)+50/100*(final test)) + 1/3*(written test)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Mark A. Dye, Rick McDonald, Antoon "Tony" W. Rufi, “Akademia sieci Cisco. CCNA
Exploration. Semestr 1”, PWN 2008
[2] Vito Amato, Wayne Lewis, „Akademia Sieci Cisco. Pierwszy rok nauki”, MIKOM
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Wendell Odom, „CCNA 640-802 Official Cert Library, Updated, 3rd Edition”, Cisco
Press 2011
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Marcin Głowacki,Ph.D, Marcin.Glowacki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK002 Computer Networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W26
C1
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
Lec 1,2
N1,2,3,6,8
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W26
C1
Lec 3,4
N1,2,3,6,8
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W26
C1
Lec 5,6
N1,2,3,6,8
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W26
C2
Lec 7
N1,2,3,6,8
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U23
C3
Lab 1
N2,3.4.5,7
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U23
C3
Lab 2,3,4,6,7,8,9
N2,3.4.5,7
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U23
C3
Lab 5
N2,3.4.5,7
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U23
C3
Lab 10
N2,3.4.5,7
PEK_U05
K1TEL_U23
C3
Lab 11,12,13
n2,3.4.5,7
PEK_U06
K1TEL_U23
C3
Lab 14
N2,3.4.5,7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY W-4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish … Technika cyfrowa 1
Name in English … Digital Devices 1
Main field of study (if applicable): Telekomunikacja
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK004
Group of courses: NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
30
60
Crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gaining basic knowledge of digital technology, which allows to describe and analyze:
C1.1 combinational circuits
C1.2 sequential circuits.
C1.3 basic operation of the functional blocks of digital technology
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Student knows number systems and codes.
PEK_W02 Student knows Boolean algebra axioms and relationships.
PEK_W03 Student has knowledge of logic functions and methods of logic minimization.
PEK_W04 Student knows code conversion circuits and arithmetic circuits.
PEK_W05 Student knows the structure of Moore and Mealy machines.
PEK_W06 Student knows the basic types of flip-flops.
PEK_W07 Student has knowledge of the methods of synthesis of sequential circuits.
PEK_W08 Student knows the construction and application of the fundamental sequential
circuits: the registers and counters.
PEK_W09 Student has knowledge of adverse effects such as hazard and race.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Number systems and codes, fixed-point arithmetic.
Number of
hours
2
Lec 2 Boolean algebra: axioms of dependency.
Lec 3 The logic functions. Canonical disjunctive normal form. Canonical
disjunctive normal form.
Lec 4 Metods for minimizing logic.
Lec 5 The methods of making logical functions, systemic implementation of
logic functions.
Lec 6 Code conversion systems - functions, structure and application.
2
Lec 7 Arithmetic circuits - adders, subtractors, comparators - decimal and
binary.
Lec 8 The formal definition of a deterministic finite-state machine
, the structure of Moore and Mealy machines.
Lec 9 Graph techniques for sequential circuit state diagrams, the synthesis of
an abstract machine.
Lec 10 Ways to synchronize sequential circuits.Various models of flip-flops.
2
Lec 11 FSM structural synthesis. Methods to minimize the number of internal
states, states coding.
Lec 12 Parallel and serial registers - structure, functions and applications.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Lec 13 Counters and counting systems - structure, functions and applications.
Lec 14 Analysis of digital systems switching, hazard and racing.
2
2
Lec 15 Repertory
2
30
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. The traditional lecture.
N2. Consultations.
N3. Self study and preparation to pass.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01÷PEK_W09 Written multiple choice.test .
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Skorupski A.: Podstawy techniki cyfrowej. WKiŁ
[2] Misiurewicz P.: Podstawy techniki cyfrowej.WNT
[3] Pienkos J., Turczyński J.: Układy scalone TTL w systemach cyfrowych. WKiŁ
[4] Piecha J.: Elementy i układy cyfrowe. PWN
[5] Baranowski J., Kalinowski B., Nosal Z.: Układy elektroniczne, cz. III. Układy i systemy
cyfrowe. WNT
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Traczyk W.: Układy cyfrowe - Podstawy teoretyczne i metody syntezy. WNT
[2] Łakomy M., Zabrodzki J.: Układy scalone CMOS. PWN
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Sławomir Sambor, slawomir.sambor@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK004 Technika cyfrowa 1
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W21
C1
Lec1
N1,2,3
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W21
C1
Lec2
N1,2,3
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W21
C1.1
Lec3,4,5
N1,2,3
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W21
C1.1
Lec6,7
N1,2,3
PEK_W05
K1TEL_W21
C1.2
Lec8,9
N1,2,3
PEK_W06
K1TEL_W21
C1.2
Lec10
N1,2,3
PEK_W07
K1TEL_W21
C1.2
Lec11
N1,2,3
PEK_W08
K1TEL_W21
C1.3
Lec12,13
N1,2,3
PEK_W09
K1TEL_W21
C1
Lec14
N1,2,3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY W-4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish … Technika cyfrowa 2
Name in English … Digital Devices 2
Main field of study (if applicable): Telekomunikacja
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK005
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
15
30
30
90
Examination
Project Seminar
Crediting with
grade
X
4
2
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
K1TEL_W21
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gaining knowledge necessary to characterize the production technology and the family of digital
circuits.
C2 Gaining knowledge of the digital circuits performance.
C3 Gaining knowledge of the PLD families.
C4 Acquiring skills to design combinational digital circuits.
C5 Acquiring skills to design sequential digital circuits.
C6 Acquiring the ability of software to design and simulate digital circuits.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Student know manufacturing technologies and families of logic devices.
PEK_W02 Student has knowledge of the basic parameters of PLD.
PEK_W03 Student has knowledge of systems, SPLD, CPLD and FPGA.
PEK_W04 Student can describe the process of designing digital circuits using CPLDs and
FPGAs.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Student can design combinational circuit based on the basic logic gates.
PEK_U02 Student can use codes conversion systems.
PEK_U03 Student can design and use of registers.
PEK_U04 Student able to design and assemble an asynchronous counter.
PEK_U05 Student able to design and assemble a synchronous counter.
PEK_U06 Student can use arithmetic circuits.
PEK_U07 Student able to design and assemble a pulse generator.
PEK_U08 Student can use the software for synthesis and simulation of logic circuits
implemented in programmable systems.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Manufacturing technologies and logic devices families.
Lec 2 Parameters and characteristics of logic devices.
Lec 3 SPLD system: characteristics of technology, programming
principles.
Lec 4 Architecture of PAL: combinatorial, registered, with output logic
macrocells.
Lec 5 CPLDs: classification, technology, programming, architecture.
Lec 6 FPGAs: classification, technology, programming, architecture.
Lec 7 The design process of digital circuits using CPLDs and FPGAs.
Form of classes - laboratory
Introduction. Health and Safety. Terms laboratory. The criteria of
assessment.
Lab 2
Basic logic gates
Lab 3
Encoders and decoders
Lab 4
Multiplexers and demultiplexers
Lab 5
Registers
Lab 6
Asynchronous counters
Lab 7
Synchronous Counters
Lab 8
Arithmetic circuits
Lab 9
Pulse generates
Lab 10,11 SPLD - combinational circuits
Lab 12,13 SPLD - sequential circuits
Lab 14 SPLD - arithmetic units
Lab 15 Exam skills and final test
Total hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
Total hours
Lab 1
Number of
hours
3
Number of
hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. The traditional lecture.
N2. Tutorials - Talk Solutions jobs
N3. Tutorials - short 10 min. written tests
N4. Practical exercises - practical implementation of systems designed
N5. Consultation
N6. Own work - preparation for laboratory
N7. Self - self-study and exam preparation
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01÷ PEK_U08 Oral replies, discussions
written tests
F2
PEK_W01÷PEK_W04 Written multiple choice.test .
P=F1*0,4+0,6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Pr. Zbiorowa.: Programowalne moduły logiczne w syntezie układów cyfrowych. WKiŁ [2]
Łuba T. (red.): Synteza układów cyfrowych. WKŁ
[3] Łuba T., Markowski M.A.., Zbierzchowski B.: Komputerowe projektowanie układów
cyfrowych w strukturach PLD . WKŁ
[4] Pasierbiński J., Zbysiński P.: Układy programowalne w praktyce. WKŁ
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Łuba T., Jasiński K., Zbierzchowski B.: Specjalizowane układy cyfrowe w strukturach PLD
i FPGA. WKiŁ
[2] Kalisz J.: Podstawy elektroniki cyfrowej. WKŁ
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Sławomir Sambor, slawomir.sambor@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK004 Technika cyfrowa 2
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W27
C1
Lec1
N1,5,7
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W27
C2
Lec2
N1,5,7
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W27
C3
Lec3,4,5,6
N1,5,7
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W27
C3
Lec7
N1,5,7
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U24
C4
Lab2
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U24
C4
Lab3,4
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U24
C5
Lab5
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U24
C5
Lab6
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U05
K1TEL_U24
C5
Lab7
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U06
K1TEL_U24
C4
Lab8
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U07
K1TEL_U24
C5
Lab9
N2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U08
K1TEL_U24
C6
Lab10,11,12,14
N2,3,4,5,6
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT CHAIR OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND TELEINFORMATICS (W4/K3)
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Chmury obliczeniowe
Name in English Cloud computing
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st/ full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETEK007
Group of courses YES /
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
30
student workload (CNPS)
Crediting
Form of crediting
Classes
X
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Project
Seminar
15
30
Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Laboratory
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
-
1
0,5
0,5
Crediting Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Learn the basic knowledge of the cloud computing infrastructure, applications and services
in clouds.
C2 Acquiring the ability to run the teleinformatic services over the cloud computing
infrastructure, and to formulate the characteristics of the cloud computing.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 One has knowledge of providing cloud computing services and autonomous cloud
environment, dynamic infrastructure and network technologies.
PEK_W02 One knows the concept of virtualization and key issues associated with hardware
and software platform.
PEK_W03 One has knowledge of the flexibility and scalability of cloud activities, effective
sharing of resources, autonomous data processing, integration and accumulation
of cloud services and the client connects to the cloud.
PEK_W04 One has knowledge of the issues of quality of service delivery in the cloud, the
definition of SLA and resource reservation policies.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 One can create a cloud service delivery models and choose the cloud service.
PEK_U02 One can choose the technology used in the cloud and analyze the factors affecting
the efficiency of service delivery and to estimate the amount of work to be done
in the cloud computing.
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1
Number of
Introduction. History, terminology and basic concept
2
Lec 2,3 Virtualization in the cloud computing. Benefits and Risk.
4
Lec 4
Cloud Services
2
Lec 5
Cloud Delivery Models
2
Lec 6
Measurements and metrics of cloud computing.
2
Lec 7
Service Level Agreements
2
Lec 8
Review
1
Total hours
30
15
Form of classes - class
Number of
hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Lab 1
Introduction. Using the cloud environment.
Lab 2-5 Cloud services and the choice of delivery model. Management of
2
8
integrated services in the cloud computing.
Lab 6-7 Factors affecting the efficiency of the service. Estimate the amount of
work to be done in the cloud computing.
Lab 8
Review
4
1
15
Total hours
Number of
Form of classes - project
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 1
Proj 2
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture, presentation and simulation tools
N2. On-line course materials and laboratory manuals on the PWR web pages.
N3. Practice labs – configuration of network devices and functionality tests,
N4. Consultations
N5. Self study – preparation for practice labs
N6. Self study – preparation for review
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
F1
PEK_W01-04
discussion, final test
F2
PEK_U01-05
written reports
P= (F1+F2)/2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Marcin Głowacki,Ph.D, Marcin.Glowacki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK007 Cloud computing
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TIN_W37
C1
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
Lec 1
N1,N2,N4,N6
PEK_W02
K1TIN_W37
C1
Lec 2,3
N1,N2,N4,N6
PEK_W03
K1TIN_W37
C1
Lec 4,5
N1,N2,N4,N6
PEK_W04
K1TIN_W37
C1
Lec 6,7
N1,N2,N4,N6
PEK_U01
K1TIN_U32
C2
Lab 1,2,3,4,5
N2,N3,N5
PEK_U02
K1TIN_U32
C3
Lab 6,7
N2,N3,N5
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Systemy Operacyjne
Name in English
Operating Systems
Main field of study (if applicable): Electronics
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code
ETEK008
Group of courses YES
Lecture
30
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
60
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
x
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
0
Classes
Laboratory
15
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. =================================================================
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Knowledge of a Modern Operating Systems Archtecture,
C2 Practical knowledge of Linux Operating Systems Family.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – Be familiar with various operating systems. Have a basic understanding of the
architecture of one- and multi-processor systems, structure of file system, process and
memory management, input/output operations and communication between systems.Be
able to describe the principles which govern the functioning of operating systems and
identify the main components which determine the efficiency and safety of systems.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – Work effectively with various interfaces in Unix-based environment, conducting
complex operations on files and processes and monitor main system parameters.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1 Introduction, Syllabus, Basic Conceptual Picture of modern Operating
Systems.
2
Lec 2 History and evolution of Operating Systems.
2
Lec 3 General Architecture of Operating Systems
2
Lec 4 Physical and logical Data representation
Lec 5
Lec 6 File Systems concepts
Lec 7
4
4
Lec 8 Files, types of files, access rights, operations.
2
Lec 9 Process Concept: Creation, Termination, States, Control and
Lec 10 Switching
4
Lec 11 Memory Management: Relocation, Protection, Sharing, Logical and
Physical addresses:
2
Lec 12 Multiprocesor computing, threads.
2
Lec 13 Input/Output operations
2
Lec 14 Operating Systems Security
2
Lec 15 System commands interpreters and tools
2
Total hours
15
Form of classes - class
Cl 1
30
Number of
hours
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Knowledge:
- principles of safety in the laboratory
- the method of teaching,
- requirements and conditions for the final test
- ways to implement the following tasks in the laboratory,
- environment - operating systems available in the laboratory,
- virtual terminals and screen,
- working with Linux - the basic commands,
- information necessary for self-training,
- how to work with the Moodle system and how to send reports.
2
Lab 2
Knowledge:
- Files, file types,
- filesystem layout (tree structure),
- important directories,
- PATH variable,
- absolute and relative paths,
- SHELL variables – shell types
- manipulating files
- file properties (colors, suffix scheme for ls, file command)
- creating files and directories,
- moving files,
2
Lab 3, Lab 4
Knowledge:
- redirecting standard input and output
- finding files,
- searching file contents (grep),
- head, tail commands,
- hard and soft links to files
- file access rights (stat command),
- chmod command,
- the file mask
- changing user and group ownership,
- special file modes, (sticky bit, SUID, GUID)
Knowledge:
- Partitions,
- filesystem layout
- mount directories,
- mount command,
- monitoring filesystems
- checking filesystems
- creating links to files and directories,
- named pipes
Knowledge:
- creating processes
- killing processes
4
Lab 5
Lab 6
4
2
- Fork and exec functions
- parent and child processes
- background processes
- Priorities of processes
Lab 7, Lab 8
Knowledge:
- File system functions
- Programming in C – files functions, processes functions.
- Using system functions in programs
4
Total hours
15
Number of
Form of classes - project
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1 Lecture and Slides presentations
N2. Linux Operating System – Ubuntu distribution
N3. Info prepared for students for each LAB.
N4. Consultations
N5. Homework – preparation for laboratory
N6. Homework – preparation for pass test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W01-04
F1
F2
PEK_U01-02
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Lecture pass test
Laboratory pass test
P = 66% F1 + 33% F2 (F1 and F2 must pass > 50%)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] William Stallings, Systemy operacyjne. Wydawnictwo Robomatic 2007
[2] A. Silberschatz, P. Galvin, G. Gagne, Podstawy Systemów Operacyjnych. WNT 2005
[3] Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Systemy Operacyjne. Helion 2008
[4]
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Maurice J. Bach, Budowa Systemu Operacyjnego unix. WNT 1995
[2]
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Zbigniew Sołtys zbigniew.soltys@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Operating Systems
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W19
C1
W1-W15
N1- N4
K1TEL_W17
C1
Lab1-Lab8
N2- N6
knowledge
PEK_W02
skills
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W-4…… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …………………Technika Obliczeniowa
Name in English ……………… Computational and Simulation Methods
Main field of study (if applicable): …Electronics
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code … ETEK00016
Group of courses YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Lecture
Classes Laboratory Project
15
30
30
60
crediting
with grade
crediting
with grade
Seminar
X
4
2
1
1
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1 K1EKA_W08
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 To know how to use computational methods to engineering tasks in electronics and
telecommunication
C2 To know how to formulate and solving typical engineering problems in electronics and
telecommunication
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has got a knowledge of basic numerical calculations of the linear algebra, in particular at
calculations using the complex numbers, knows how to make of typical calculations using
computer, knows how to estimete of numerical errors.
PEK_W02 – has got a basic knowledge of methods of linear equations solving, knows how to use a
computer to obtain numerical solution of a linear equations system.
PEK_W03 – has got a basic knowledge of methods of nonlinear equations solving, knows how to use a
computer to obtain numerical solution of nonlinear electrical circuits.
PEK_W04 – knows the basic methods of interpolation and approximation, knows how to make desired
interoplation or approximation using computer
PEK_W05 – has got a basic knowledge of transient state analysis of electrical circuits, knows computer
analysis of those circuits.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is capable to programming Matlab in a scope of numerical analysis of functions,
interpolation, approximation and drawing of signals.
PEK_U02 – is capable to use PSpice to perform direct current circuit analysis and plotting desired
graphs.
PEK_U03 – is capable to use PSpice to get small signal analysis of electrical circuits and to perform
transient analysis
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of
hours
Form of classes - lecture
Lec1
Application of program Matlab to basic calculations of the linear algebra and
complex numbers.
3
The IEEE754 computer arithmetic. Normalised and denormalised machine
Lec 2 numbers. Numerical errors, the errors estimation. Numerical stability, ill posed
numerical problem, computational reliability.
2
The methods of solving of the linear equations systems. The Gauss and Gauss –
Jordan elimination methods. Calculation of determinants and inverse matrices.
Lec 3
The orthogonal and unitary matrices. Application of program Matlab for solving
of linear equations systems.
3
The methods of solving of nonlinear equations. The bisection method, the
Lec 4 Newton-Raphson method. The iterative (linearised) models of electrical elements.
Application of programs Matlab and PSpice for solving of nonlinear circuits.
3
Polynomial interpolation and least square error approximation. Qubic spline
Lec 5 interpolation. Application of program Matlab to perform of mentioned
interpolations and approximation.
2
Transient state analysis, the differential equations. Euler,s methods, trapezoidal
rule, Gear’s methods. The multistep methods of Adams-Moulton-Bashforth’s and
Lec 6
Runge-Kutta-Fehlberg’s. A rigid differential equations. Dicsrete models of
reactive elements.
2
Total hours
15
Form of classes - class
Number of hours
Cl 1
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
L1,2,3
L4,5,6
L7,8,9
Matlab:
1- Basics of programming
2,3-Numerical computations , plotting of graphs
Matlab:
4-Interpolation and approximation
PSpice:
5,6- Operating principle, small signal analysis
PSpice:
7,8,9-Direct current circuits analysis, transient analysis
Number of hours
9
9
9
L10
Making up for backlog and crediting
Total hours
3
30
Form of classes - project
Number of hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of hours
Proj 1
Total hours
Sem 1
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1.
Lecture using a computer presentation
N2.
Laboratory — solving of examples using computer, discussion of the used methods and
obtained results
N3.
Laboratory — solving of individual examples using computer
N4.
Homework — study for laboratory
N5.
Individual consultation
N6.
Teaching aids for the lectures and laboratory instructions are available on the internet
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
Educational effect number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_U01 – PEK_U03
Carrying out of the exercise
PEK_W01 – PEK_W05
Crediting with grade
F2
P=0,5F1+0,5F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] – M. Tadeusiewicz, S. Hałgas, Komputerowe metody analizy układów analogowych, WNT
Warszawa 2008
[2] – S. Osowski, Komputerowe metody analizy i optymalizacji obwodów elektrycznych,
Skrypt Politechniki Warszawskiej Warszawa 1993
[3] – M. Białko, Analiza układów elektronicznych wspomagana komputerem WNT Warszawa
1989
[4] – A. Bjork, G. Dahlquist, Metody numeryczne, PWN Warszawa 1987
[5] – D. Kincaid, W. Cheney, Analiza numeryczna, WNT Warszawa 2006
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] – Z. i B. Mrozek, Matlab uniwersalne środowisko do obliczeń naukowo-technicznych, PLJ
Warszawa 1998
[2] – Dobrowolski, Pod maską Spice’a Metody i algorytmy analizy układów elektronicznych,
Wydawnictwo BTC Legionowo 2004
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Zbigniew Świętach dr inż.
zbigniew.swietach@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK00016
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ………………EKA.
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1EKA_W29
C1, C2
Lec1,2
1,4,5,6
PEK_W02
K1EKA_W29
C1, C2
Lec3
1,4,5,6
PEK_W03
K1EKA_W29
C1, C2
Lec4
1,4,5,6
PEK_W04
K1EKA_W29
C1, C2
Lec5
1,4,5,6
PEK_W05
K1EKA_W29
C1, C2
Lec6
1,4,5,6
PEK_U01
K1EKA_U27
C1, C2
L1,2,3
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U02
K1EKA_U27
C1, C2
L4,5,6
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U03
K1EKA_U27
C1, C2
L7,8,9
2,3,4,5,6
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY W4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish:
Technika analogowa
Name in English:
Analogue Technology
Main field of study:
Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK00022
Group of courses: YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for
direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Lecture
Classes
Laboratory
15
15
30
30
30
60
Examination
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
1
2
0,5
1
Project Seminar
X
4
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
K1TEL_W02, K1TEL_U02
K1TEL_W01, K1TEL_U01
K1TEL_W01
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Recognition of basic models of linear and nonlinear components of electrical networks, fundamental
physical phenomena and laws on the field of electricity, getting ability of simple electrical networks analysis
C2 Recognition of basic principles and methods of analogue signal processing
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01
— has got a knowledge of basic electrical network component models, is capable to set up and
solve differential equations describing linear electrical networks
PEK_W02
— knows analysis methods of electrical networks in steady-state with sine excitations using
complex numbers (the phasor method), can explain energetic relationships in such
networks, is capable to formulate a load matching problem to obtain maximum of real
power and find a way of its solution
PEK_W03
— has got a knowledge of an operator method based on Laplace transform, can formulate basic
electrical law in operator form, is able to set up and solve operator equations describing
a linear electrical network; knows a concept of the transfer function representation, is
capable to give a physical interpretation of a network frequency response.
PEK_W04
— knows representation of periodic function as Fourier series, can give physical interpretation
of its coefficients; is capable to explain manner of analysis a linear network with a periodic
input
PEK_W05
— knows a definition of a two-port network, has a basic knowledge of manners of two-ports
describing using proper and working parameters
…
Relating to skills:
PEK_U01
—
PEK_U02
—
PEK_U03
—
PEK_U04
—
PEK_U05
—
PEK_U06
—
PEK_U07
—
is capable to provide an analysis of simple networks in time domain and interpret obtained
results as well as point free and forced parts of solution
can use of the phasor method to analyse networks, is capable to evaluate of active, reactive
and apparent power in networks with sine inputs, can formulate and solve a load matching
problem to obtain maximum of real power
can evaluate Laplace transform and inverse Laplace transform, is capable to built
operational equivalent networks and set up and solve operational equations describing an
electrical network; is capable to evaluate operator transfer functions, to examine BIBO
stability and to determine time and frequency responses
can express a periodic function in form of Fourier series, calculate real power and rootmean-square value of a periodic function on the basis of its discrete amplitude spectrum; is
capable to analyse networks with periodic inputs.
knows a matrix description of two-ports, is capable to evaluate proper parameters of the
two-port using analytical as well as measuring methods; can define and evaluate working
parameters of the two-port.
is capable to analyse an electrical network containing a single nonlinear resistance-type
component, can evaluate current-voltage or voltage-current characteristics of a nonlinear
component and compute its static and dynamic parameters
knows the equations describing a transmission line, can evaluate wave parameters of
a transmission line and interpret solutions of transmission line equations.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1,2
Lec 3,4
Lec 5,6
Lec 7
Lec 8
Basic components of electrical networks and applied units. Fundamental physical laws on
the field of electricity. Analysis of electrical networks in time domain — evaluation of
free and forced part of the network output.
The phasor method of analysis of steady state in networks with sine excitations. Ohm’s
and Kirchhoff’s laws in a complex form. Complex form of the node voltage method.
Energy relationships in sine excited networks. Real, reactive and apparent power. A load
matching problem to obtain a maximum of real power.
Laplace transform — an operator method of analysis networks with any excitations.
Operator form of the node voltage method. Concepts of a transfer function and BIBO
stability. Frequency responses of the network.
A Fourier series of periodic function. Power of periodic signals. Evaluation of steady
state network response to periodic excitation.
The two-port networks theory. Methods of description, proper and working parameters of
the two-port.
Form of classes - class
Cl 3,4
Cl 5,6
Cl 7
Cl 8
3
4
4
2
2
15
Total hours
Cl 1,2
Number of
hours
Demonstration of basic physical laws on the field of electricity. Analysis of simple direct
current networks. Analysis of networks using setting up and solving of differential
equations.
Complex calculations. The phasor method of analysis electrical networks. Possibilities of
application of superposition principle and Thévenin and Norton theorems. Compensation
of a real power coefficient. The matching problem — design of matched load to maximum
of real power.
Evaluation of Laplace transform and inverse Laplace transform. Creating of operator
equivalent networks and operator network analysis. Calculation of transfer functions.
BIBO stability test. Calculation of the network frequency response.
Expansion of periodic function in a Fourier series. Analysis of a steady state in networks
with periodic input.
Examples of proper and working parameters evaluation of selected two-port networks.
Total hours
Number of
hours
3
4
4
2
2
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Lab 7
Lab 8
Number of
hours
Introduction and organisational issues
Fundamental theorems of the circuit theory
Properties of the transfer function
Measurement of the two-port networks
Fourier series
Circuit model of a transmission line
Nonlinear electrical networks
Making up for backlog and crediting
Total hours
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1.
N2.
N3.
N4.
N5.
N6.
Lecture using a computer presentation
Tutorial — solving of examples at the blackboard, discussion of the used methods and obtained results
Laboratory — measurements of specialized laboratory sets
Homework — study for classes and laboratory
Individual consultation
Teaching aids for the lectures and tutorials and laboratory instructions are available on-line at
www.zto.pwr.wroc.pl
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
Way of evaluating educational effect
F – forming (during semester), Educational effect number
achievement
C – concluding (at semester end)
PEK_U01 – PEK_U05
F1
Writing tests during semester
F2
PEK_U02 – PEK_U07
Carrying out of the exercise an the report
F3
PEK_W01 – PEK_W05
Examination in the writing form
C = 0,5×F3 + 0,3×F1 + 0,2×F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
WOLSKI, W. Teoretyczne podstawy techniki analogowej, Oficyna Wyd. PWr. Wrocław 2007.
BOLKOWSKI, S. Teoria obwodów elektrycznych, WNT, Warszawa 2008.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
OSIOWSKI, J., SZABATIN, J. Podstawy teorii obwodów, t. 1–3, Podręczniki Akademickie, NT,
Warszawa 2006.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Lesław Dereń
Leslaw.Deren@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK00022 Analogue Technology
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)**
K1TEL_W22
PEK_W02
Subject educational effect
Subject
Programme
objectives*** content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1
Lec 1,2
N 1, 4, 6
K1TEL_W22
C1
Lec 3,4
N 1, 4, 6
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W22
C1, C2
Lec 5,6
N 1, 4, 6
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W22
C1, C2
Lec 7
N 1, 4, 6
PEK_W05
K1TEL_W22
C1
Lec 8
N 1, 4, 6
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U19
C1
Cl 1,2
N 2, 4, 5, 6
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U19
C1
Cl 3,4 Lab2
N 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U19
C1, C2
Cl 5,6 Lab3
N 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U19
C1, C2
Cl 7 Lab5
N 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PEK_U05
K1TEL_U19
C1
Cl 8 Lab4
N 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PEK_U06
K1TEL_U19
C1
Lab7
N 3, 4, 5, 6
PEK_U07
K1TEL_U19
C1
Lab6
N 3, 4, 5, 6
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Miernictwo 3
Name in English
Measurement technique 3
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies:
1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETEK023
Group of courses
YES
Lecture Classes
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Laboratory
15
30
30
60
Project Seminar
Crediting with Crediting with
grade
grade
X
2
1
1
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1EKA_U5
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
General Objectives:
C1. Mastering the basic operating principles of measuring devices
C2. Learn how to plan and carry out measurements
C3. Learn how to analyze the results of measurements
C4. Acquiring the ability to prepare reports on the examinations
C5. Working in small teams of 2-3 people - ability to work in a group of students with a view
to effective problem solving.
Particular Objectives:
C6. Practical use and preservation of knowledge in the theory of error and uncertainty in
measurement
C7. Consolidation aspects of measurements of DC voltages and currents
C8. Understanding the principles of the A/D and D/A converters and the determination of their
parameters
C9. Understanding the principles of non-electrical measuring electrical methods
C10. Learn how to measure the basic parameters of the variable electrical signals
C11. Acquisition of skills resistance measurements of linear and non-linear passive components
C12. Acquisition of the ability of linear impedance measurements of passive components R, L
and C
C13. Acquisition of skills by measuring the AC voltage
C14. Acquisition of skills measurements of the sources voltages and currents parameters
C15. Acquisition of reading skills standardization documents
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – can practically apply the basic laws and theorems circuitry for measuring circuits
PEK_U02 – familiar with the application and can use measurement devices, read their
parameters and determine the errors and uncertainties
PEK_U03 – can make the technical documentation of the tests and measurements and properly
present their final results
PEK_U04 – can perform and analyze measurements of DC voltages and currents and identify
possible sources of error
PEK_U05 – knows the functions and applications and can handle digital oscilloscope
PEK_U06 – can use of A/D and D/A converters and is able to determine their parameters
PEK_U07 – can perform and analyze the resistance measurements of linear and non-linear
passive components
PEK_U08 – can perform and analyze measurements of basic parameters of the sources
voltages and currents
PEK_U09 – can perform and analyze the impedance measurements of linear passive R, L and
C components
PEK_U10 – can perform and interpret measurements of power in AC circuits
PEK_U11 – can perform metrology simple check of the measuring instrument according to the
standards
PEK_U12 – can use the documentation for standardization
PEK_U13 – can perform and analyze the direct measurement of RMS od periodic electrical
signals
PEK_U14 – can perform and analyze measurements of basic parameters of AC signal by
digital signal processing
PEK_U15 – knows the principles of measuring non-electrical quantity with electrical methods
and can perform and analyze these methods temperature measurements
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Total hours
Form of classes - class
Cl1
Cl2
Cl3
Cl4
Organizational matters. Subject matter and methodology of classes
Basic laws and theorems of electrical DC and AC circuits
Uncertainty of direct and indirect measurement, systematic errors
Measurement of DC voltage and current
Number of
hours
2
2
2
2
Cl5
Cl6
Cl7
Cl8
Resistance measurement
Measurement of the sources voltages and currents parameters
Direct measurement of the RMS of periodic signals
Qualifying colloquium
Total hours
2
2
2
1
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab1
Organizational matters, health and safety regulations and rules of the
laboratory
Lab2
Digital Oscilloscope - using and application
Lab3
Resistance Measurement
Lab4
Measurements of the sources voltages and currents
Lab5
Measurement of non-electrical entity- temperature measurements
Lab6
RMS voltage measurement of cyclic signals
Lab7
Digital-to-Analog converters: measurements, properties and applications
Lab8
Measurements of variable voltage signals by sampling and digital signal
processing
Lab9,10 Impedance measurements of passive components R, L and C
Lab11,12 Measurements of power in AC circuits
Lab13 Verification of measurement devices
Lab14 The term reserves - catch up
Lab15 The term reserves - catch up
Total hours
Number of
hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Class classes – talk solutions jobs
N2. Class classes – short 10 min. written tests
N3. Own work – preparation for classes
N4. Own work – preparation for the test first completion
N5. Consultations
N6. Own work – preparation for laboratory classes
N7. Laboratory classes – short 10 min. written tests
N8. Laboratory classes – combining measurement circuits and using instruments
N9. Laboratory classes – protocols of the experiments
N10. Own work – reports on the experience
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
Educational effect number
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
PEK_U01, PEK_U02,
PEK_U04,
PEK_U06÷PEK_U10,
PEK_U13,PEK_U14,
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
Written quizzes, discussions, qualifying test
F2
PEK_U03,
PEK_U05÷PEK_U15
Written quizzes, discussions, protocols and
reports
C = (F2 +F2)/2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Chwaleba A., Poniński M., Siedlecki A.: „Metrologia elektryczna”, ,WNT, Warszawa
1996r
[2] Dusza J.: „Podstawy miernictwa”, Oficyna Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1998r.
[3] Marcyniuk A.: „Podstawy metrologii elektrycznej”, WNT, Warszawa 1984r.
[4] Taylor J.: „Wstęp do analizy błędu pomiarowego”, PWN, Warszawa 1995r.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Bolkowski S.: „Elektrotechnika”, Wydawnictwa Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, Warszawa
1993r.
[2] Marve C.: „Zarys cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów”, Warszawa 1999r.
[3] Winiecki W.: „Organizacja komputerowych systemów pomiarowych”, Oficyna
Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1997r.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Zbigniew Świerczyński, Ph.D., Zbigniew.Swierczynski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Measurement technique 3
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)
Subject objectives
Programme
content
Teaching tool
number
PEK_U01 (skills)
C3, C6
Cl1, Cl2
N1÷N5
PEK_U02
C3
Cl3
N1÷N5
PEK_U03
C1, C2, C4, C5
Lab1-Lab3
N5÷N10
PEK_U04
C3, C7
Cl4
N1÷N5
PEK_U05
C1, C2, C4, C5
Lab2
N5÷N10
PEK_U06
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C8
Lab7
N1÷N10
PEK_U07
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C11
Cl5, Lab3
N1÷N10
PEK_U08
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C14
Cl6, Lab4
N1÷N10
PEK_U09
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C12
Lab9, Lab10
N1÷N10
PEK_U12
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C13 Lab11, Lab12
N1÷N10
PEK_U11
C1, C2, C4, C5, C15
Lab12
N5÷N10
PEK_U12
C1, C2, C4, C5, C15
Lab5, Lab3
N5÷N10
PEK_U13
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C10
Cl7, La6
N1÷N10
PEK_U14
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C10
Lab8
N1÷N10
PEK_U15
C1, C2, C4, C5, C9
Lab5
N5÷N10
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Teoria informacji i kodowanie
Name in English: Information theory and coding
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK025
Group of courses: YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Lecture
30
Classes
15
60
30
Laboratory Project Seminar
Crediting with Crediting with
grade
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
3
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
-
1
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W01,
2. K1TEL_U01
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining knowledge of digital communication channel, phenomena occurring in it, and its
capacity.
C2. Gaining knowledge of linear error correcting codes and be able to specify types of coders and
decoders and also indicate differences between codes and characterise them by parameters.
C3. Obtaining skills in designing codes and analysing properties of codes.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01-has knowledge of digital channel components and channel models used in
telecommunication link analysis.
PEK_W02-has knowledge of algebra in finite bodies.
PEK_W03-has knowledge of creating codes and determination of block code parameters and
their selection.
PEK_W04-has knowledge of cyclic codes and their creating and decoding.
PEK_W05-has knowledge of convolutional codes, their parameters, how to encode and
decode. He knows the relationship between convolutional codes and turbo codes.
PEK_W06-has knowledge of error correcting codes, and knows the importance of information
security. He is familiar with using correcting codes.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01-has the ability to calculate in finite bodies and determining the codes parameters.
PEK_U02-has the ability to encode information using polynomial and matrix.
PEK_U03-has the ability to decode information and correction errors using cyclic codes
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec. 1
Lec. 2
Lec. 3
Introduction to the topic of the subject and the reminder of relevant
information on digital systems.
Algebra in a finite field, vector spaces, the theory of numbers,
polynomials, a vector space spanned over finite field.
Description of a digital telecommunication channel.
Linear block codes: definition, non-systematic and systematic
coding, generating matrix, dual codes, parity matrix, syndrome.
Metrics of the code space, minimum distance, error-correcting and
error-detecting capability, boundary properties of linear block codes.
Lec. 7,8,9 Cyclic codes: algebraic representation of cyclic codes, matrix
representation of cyclic codes, shortened cyclic codes. BCH Codes:
binary, non-binary, multivalued. Coding with cyclic codes:
unsystematic and systematic; decoding cyclic codes, detection,
correction decoding of cyclic codes.
Lec. 10, 11, Convolutional codes: encoding, hard and soft decision decoding,
Viterbi and sequential algorithm. Turbo codes: theoretical
12
background, convolution, de-convolution.
Practical application of block codes
Lec. 13
Lec. 4,5,6
Lec. 14,15
Number of
hours
22
2
2
6
6
2
Repetition
4
Total hours
30
Number of
hours
Form of classes - class
Cl. 1 Introduction to the course. Evaluation criteria and an indication of the
expected learning outcomes.
Cl. 2 Calculations in finite field, addition, multiplication, and division of
polynomials in finite field. Operations on vectors in vector space spanned
over finite fields. Determination of the basic quantitative and qualitative
parameters of linear block and cyclic codes.
Cl. 3 Rules for the selection and verification of polynomials generating cyclic
codes. Creating a generating matrix in based on the generator polynomial.
Information coding by means of polynomial and matrix of linear and cyclic
codes.
Cl. 4 Determination of a parity matrix of linear block codes. Decoding of cyclic
codes by error-trapping decoding. Specifying syndrome, a vector of errors
and error correcting by means of polynomial and matrix method.
Total hours
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F2
F3
F4
5
5
5
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures by means of blackboard and slides
N2. Course materials at didactic server https://kursy.pwr.wroc.pl
N3. Problem solving class
N4. Written test according to schedule announced at the beginning of the semester.
N5. E-tests available on the website for self-testing
N6. Consultations
N7. Self-study – preparing to the exercises
N8. Self-study and preparation to a final test
Evaluation (F –
1
Educational effect number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_U01, PEK_W02,
PEK_W03
PEK_U02, PEK_W04
PEK_U03, PEK_W05
written test
PEK_W01÷PEK_W06
C= 50%(F1+F2+F3)+50% (F4)
written test
written test
written test or e-test
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Simon Haykin, Systemy telekomunikacyjne, cz. 1 i 2, WKŁ, Warszawa 1998 r.
W. Mochnacki, Kody korekcyjne i kryptografia, Wyd. Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 1997
J. Proakis, Digital Communications, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill , 2007
D.J.Bem, Kodowanie - materiały do wykładu
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
Artur Przelaskowski: Kompresja danych: podstawy, metody bezstratne, kodery obrazów.
Warszawa: BTC, 2005
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Robert Borowiec, Robert.Borowiec@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Coding 1
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION -……………………………..
Subject
educational
effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
PEK_W06
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TIN_W20
K1TIN_W20
K1TIN_W20
K1TIN_W20
K1TIN_W20
K1TIN_W20
K1TIN_U19
K1TIN_U19
K1TIN_U19
Subject
objectives*
**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1
C1
C2
C2
C2
C2
C3
C2
C2
Lec. 1,3
Lec. 2
Lec. 4, 5, 6
Lec. 7, 8, 9
Lec. 10,11,12
Lec. 13
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
N1,N2,N5,N6,N8
N1,N2,N5,N6,N8
N1,N2,N5,N6,N8
N1,N2,N5,N6,N8
N1,N2,N5,N6,N8
N1,N2,N5,N6,N8
N1,N2,N3,N4,N6,N7,N8
N1,N2,N3,N4,N6,N7,N8
N1,N2,N3,N4,N6,N7,N8
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …Elementy I Układy Elektroniczne….
Name in English …Electronic Components and Circuits….
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunication (TEL)….
Specialization (if applicable): …………………….....
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETEK026….
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
30
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
60
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
5
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
1
Classes
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
30
15
60
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
2
1
1
0.5
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.K1TEL_W07,
2.K1TEL_U05
3.K1TEL_W20, K1TEL_U18
4. K1TEL_W22, K1TEL_U19
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Acquiring a fundamental knowledge concerning: construction, theory of operation,
parameters and characteristics of active and passive electronic components.
C2. Acquiring a fundamental knowledge about construction of linear and non-linear electronic
circuits, theory of their operation and their parameters.
C3. Zdobycie umiejętności projektowania podstawowych układów elektronicznych liniowych i
nieliniowych z wykorzystaniem narzędzi do komputerowej symulacji układów
elektronicznych.
C3. Acquiring the skills of designing of basic electronic circuits, both linear and non-linear, by
means of CAE tools for electronic circuits simulation
C4. Acquiring the skills of testing and measurements of linear and non-linear electronic
circuits
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – have a fundamental knowledge about construction, theory of operation, models,
parameters and characteristics of following electronic components: passive, diodes,
bipolar transistor (BJT), field effect junction transistor (JFET), MOSFET’s, operational
amplifiers (OPAMP)
PEK_W02 – have a fundamental knowledge about construction and parameters of basic linear
electronic circuits: BJT amplifiers, differential and direct current amplifiers, OPAMP
based analogue signal processing circuits, linear voltage regulators
PEK_W03 – have a fundamental knowledge about construction and parameters of basic nonlinear analogue electronic circuits: rectifiers, switches, switching regulators, OPAMP
based non-linear analog signal processing circuits, voltage comparators, oscillators,
modulators, Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
PEK_W04 – is familiar with: small- and large signal modelling of electronic circuits,
properties and methods of application of both a negative and positive feedback in
electronic circuits
PEK_W05 - jest w stanie dokonać analizy pracy analogowego układu elektronicznego, określić
warunki pracy elementów aktywnych oraz podać jego podstawowe parametry.
PEK_W05 – is able to: analyze an operation of analogue electronic circuits, determine of
operating conditions of active electronic components and their basic parameters
Relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to select the operating conditions of active components for their
applications in specific electronic circits
PEK_U02 – is able to determine the parameters of small and large signal models of active
electronic components operating under specific conditions
PEK_U03 – is able to determine the values and select appropriate types of passive electronic
components for application in specific electronic circuits
PEK_U04 – is able to use and operate with CAE designed for electronic circuits simulation
PEK_U05 – is able to design basic linear and non-linear electronics circuits: BJT and OPAMP
amplifiers, rectifiers, linear and switching voltage regulators, linear analogue signal
processing circuits, monostable and astable flip-flops, sine wave oscillators
PEK_U06 – is able to test the performance and measure the parameters and characteristics of
linear and non-linear electronic circuits
PEK_U07 – is able to assemble the prototypes of electronic circuits based on THT and SMD
technology
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Lec 1
Form of classes - lecture
Introduction. Passive electronic components
Lec 2
Semiconductors. PN junction theory.
2
Lec 3
Diodes.
2
Lec 4
Non-regulated power supplies - rectifiers
2
Lec 5
Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT)
2
Lec 6
Junction Field Effect Transistors (JFET) and MOSFETs
2
2
Lec 7
Transistors bias circuits
2
Lec 8
Fundamental parameters of BJT amplifiers
2
Lec 9
Differential and direct current amplifiers. Feedback in electronic
circuits.
2
Lec 10 Operational Amplifiers (OPAMP)
2
Lec
11,12
4
Linear and non-linear applications of OPAMP’s. Voltage comparators.
Lec 13 Linear voltage regulators.
2
Lec 14 Electronic switches. Switching voltage regulators.
2
Lec 15 Oscillators, modulators and detectors. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) and
its application.
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1 Introducing to students:
- the principles of safety in the laboratory
- the measuring equipment operation principles
- principles of circuits assembly in both THT and SMD technologies
Lab 2 Performance of eight measuring exercises taken from the list of available to
perform exercises at Laboratory of Electronic Components and Circuits:
Number of
hours
3
27
OPAMPS basic applications; Differentiator and Integrator based on
OPAMPS; Active Filters; Instrumentation Amplifier; BJT amplifier;
Electronic switches; Rectifiers; Linear Voltage Regulators; DC-DC Voltage
Converters; Audio Power Amplifier; Cristal Oscillators; Monostable and
astable flip-flop based on 555 Integrated Circuit; Microprocessor Pressure
Sensor; Phase Locked Loop; Measurements of parameters and
characteristics of light sources; LED parameters and characteristics; Photo
detectors parameters and characteristics
Total hours
30
Form of classes - project
Proj 1 Introduction. Preliminary design and computer simulation of basic electronic
circuits in DC domain (DC Sweep). Creation of equivalent electronic circuit
Number of
hours
3
valid for designing in DC current domain. Use of static end large signal
models of electronic components in electronic circuits design. Determination
of components characteristics with CAE designed for circuits simulation.
Proj 2 Design and computer simulation of electronic circuits in frequency domain
(AC Sweep). Creation of equivalent circuits of electronic circuit valid for
frequency domain analysis. Preliminary design and computer calculation of
small signal models of electronic active components. Determination of the
circuits parameters.
3
Proj 3 Transient analysis of electronic circuits. Determination of the circuits THD.
Assignment students projects.
2
Proj 4 Computer aided analysis of temperature influence on electronic circuits
operation. Use parametric analysis in computer aided electronic circuits
designing.
2
Proj 5 Use the Worst case and Monte Carlo analysis in computer aided electronic
circuits designing.
1
Proj 6 Performance of an example of computer aided electronic circuit design:
components selection, circuit parameters calculation in DC and AC domain,
circuit computer simulation, circuit parameters and characteristics
optimization
3
Proj 7 Student skills and projects assessment.
1
Total hours
15
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture using blackboard, transparency and slides
N2. Tools (CAE) designed for simulation of the electronic circuits (Pspice, MultiSim, Altium
Designer)
N3. Tutorials - an indication of the design methodology, a discussion of the results.
N4. Practical exercises – circuits assembly, testing, parameters and characteristics
measurements
N5. Consultation
N6. Individual work – preparation to the laboratory
N7. Individual work - designing the an electronic circuit
N8. Individual work - studying and preparation to the test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W05
PEK_U01-05
F2
PEK_U05-07
F3
PEK_W01-04
oral answers, discussions, written reports
oral answers, discussions, written reports
Passing the final written test
C = (F1+F2+F3)/3 with an indication of F3 in the case of doubt
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] U. Tietze, Ch. Schenk, „Układy półprzewodnikowe”, Warszawa, WNT 2009
[2] S. Kuta, „Elementy i układy elektroniczne cz1. i cz.2”, Kraków, AGH Uczelniane
Wydawnictwo naukowo – dydaktyczne, 2000
[3] J. Izydorczyk, „Pspice – komputerowa symulacja układów elektronicznych”, Gliwice,
Wydawnictwo Helion 1993
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] J. Koprowski, „Podstawowe przyrządy półprzewodnikowe”, Kraków, AGH Uczelniane
Wydawnictwo naukowo – dydaktyczne, 2009
[2] Z. Nosal, J. Baranowski, „Układy analogowe liniowe”, Warszawa, WNT 2003
[3] J. Baranowski, G. Czajkowski, „Układy analogowe nieliniowe i impulsowe”, Warszawa
WNT 2004
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr eng Grzegorz Beziuk; grzegorz.beziuk@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and
objectives***
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)**
Programme content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W25
C1
Lec 1,2,3,5,6,10
N1,5,8
PEK_W02 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W25
C2
Lec 7,8,9,11,12,13
N1,5,8
PEK_W03 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W25
C2
Lec 4,11,12,14,15
N1,5,8
PEK_W04 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W25
C2
Lec 3, 5, 6, 9, 10
N1,5,8
PEK_W05 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W25
C2
Lec 1- 15
N1,5,8
PEK_U01 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Proj 1,6,Lab 2
N2,3,4,5,6,7
PEK_U02 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Proj 2,6, Lab 2
N2,3,4,5,6,7
PEK_U03 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Lec 1, Lab 2, Proj
1,2,6
N2,3,4,5,6,7
PEK_U04 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Proj 1-6
N2,3,4,5,6,7
PEK_U05 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Proj 1-6
N2,3,4,5,6,7
PEK_U06 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Lab 2
N2,3,4,5,6,7
PEK_U07 (skills)
K1TEL_U22
C3
Lab 1,2
N4,5
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY..W4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish ……Kodeki dźwięku i obrazu
Name in English ……AV codecs
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETEK 027
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
30
60
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Knowledge of the principles of Digital audio and video processing.
C2 Knowledge of code – compressing systems used in digital TV, digital photography , digital radio
and data storage.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 He Has knowledge about coding and compressing systems of digital sound and
images.
PEK_W02 He has knowledge about AV codecs application in electronic equipment
…
relating to skills:
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
…
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number
Form of classes - lecture
In1i
I
Lec 1
Introduction
Lec 2
The compressing principles based on imperfect human senses 4h
Lec 3
Review of code – compression systems
2h
Lec 4
Audio codecs
4h
Lec 5
Image codecs in monitoring systems
2h
Lec 6
Lec 7
Image codecs in static applications - photography
Dynamic video codecs – television and other systems
1
4h
4h
10h
Total
30hours
Form of classes - class
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
…
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures with multimedia presentation.
N2. Consultations.
N3. Own work.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F2
F3
Educational effect number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_W01,PEK_W02
Activity in lectures, written test grade
P = F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Kodeki dźwięku i obrazu, WNT 2008
[2] Internet
[3] Newspapers, based on lectures.
[4]
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż Andrzej Zygmunt, andrzej.zygmunt@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
TKKK015 AV codecs
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W29
T1A_W03
Programme
content***
Lec 1-Lec 7
PEK_W02
…
…
PEK_U01 (skills)
PEK_U02
…
PEK_K01 (competences)
PEK_K02
…
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Teaching tool
number***
1, 2, 3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT CHAIR OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND TELEINFORMATICS (W4/K3)
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Lokalne sieci komputerowe
Name in English Local Area Networks
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st/ full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETEK028
Group of courses YES /
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
30
student workload (CNPS)
Crediting
Form of crediting
Classes
X
Number of ECTS points
3
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Project
Seminar
30
60
Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Laboratory
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
-
2
0,5
1
Crediting Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Learn the knowledge of the computer networks with the TCP/IP protocols and IP
addressing planning.
C2 Learn the knowledge of the classfull and classless routing mechanisms
C3 Acquiring the ability to plan IP addressing, cable and configure routers, use the dynamic
routing protocols
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 One has knowledge of IP addressing planning for a complex network with many
routers
PEK_W02 One has knowledge of static routing in the packet switched networks
PEK_W03 One has knowledge of dynamic routing protocols in classical networks and in
networks with variable subnet mask. One knows how some dynamic protocols
work: RIP,EIGRP,OSPF.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 One can use the protocol analyzer and routing protocols diagnostic tools.
PEK_U02 One can plan, cable and run the network with the static routing, consisted of
routers, hosts and manageable switches.
PEK_U03 One can plan IP addressing for a complex network.
PEK_U04 One can configure and run complex network with many router and dynamic
routing protocols: RIP, EIGRP and OSPF.
PEK_U05 One can design and run the network with complex topology the router, basic
parameters and static routing.
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of
Lec 1,2 Introduction. Static routing in packet switched networks. IP planning for
complex networks.
3
Lec 3,4 Dynamic routing protocols – classical approach and in networks with
variable subnet masks..
4
Lec 5,6 Routing table and the decision process in routers. The example of highly
effective dynamic routing protocols – EIRP.
4
Lec 7
The example of the link state dynamic routing protocols – OSPF.
2
Lec 8
Review
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
15
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Number of
hours
Network functionality simulation and analytic tools – Wireshark and
Packet Tracer.
Static routing configuration
IP addressing planing
Review: QUIZ 1,2,3,4
Usage and configuration of RIP
IP addressing planning with the variable subnet mask
Usage and configuration of RIPv2
Review: QUIZ 5,6,7,8
Usage and configuration of EIGRP
Usage and configuration of OSPF
Review: QUIZ 9,10,11. Skills based assessment.
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Lab 7
Lab 8
Lab 9
Lab 10
Lab
11,12,13
Lab 14 Micro project – Packet Tracer.
Lab 15 Final test.
Total hours
Form of classes - project
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
30
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 1
Proj 2
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture, presentation and simulation tools
N2. Cisco Academy on-line course materials and laboratory manuals (www.netacad.com)
N3. Calculation tasks – discussion of resolvings.
N4. Practice labs – configuration of network devices and functionality tests
N5. E-test assessments in computer labs (cisco.netacad.com, https://kursy.pwr.wroc.pl/)
N6. Consultations
N7. Self study – preparation for practice labs
N8. Self study – preparation for review
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1-11
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
PEK_W01-04
Module e-tests
F12
PEK_W01-04
Final e-test
F13-20
PEK_U01-05
dyskusje, aktywność, pisemne sprawozdania
discussion, activity, written reports
F21
PEK_U01-05
micro projekt
F22
PEK_U01-05
Skills Based Assessment
P= 0,7*(11/100*(F1-11)+29/100*(F12)+16/100*(F13-20)+14/100*(F21)+30/100(F22))+0,3*(written
test)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Rick Graziani, Allan Johnson, "CCNA Exploration. Semestr 2, Protokoły i koncepcje
routingu", Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2011
[2] Opracowanie zbiorowe, „Akademia Sieci Cisco. Drugi rok nauki”, MIKOM
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Wendell Odom, „CCNA 640-802 Official Cert Library, Updated, 3rd Edition”, Cisco
Press 2011
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Marcin Głowacki,Ph.D, Marcin.Glowacki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK028 Local Area Networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01,
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W30
C1
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
N1,2,3,6,8
Lec 1,2
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W30
C1,C2
Lec 3,4,5,6,7
N1,2,3,6,8
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 1
N2,4,5,7
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 2
N2,4,5,7
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 3,4
N2,3,4,5,7
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 5-13
N2,4,5,7
PEK_U05
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 14
N2,4,5,7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY of Electronics……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Modulacje cyfrowe
Name in English
Digital modulations
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETEK029
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Classes
Laboratory Project
Seminar
Number of hours of organized classes in
30
15
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
60
30
(CNPS)
crediting with crediting with
Form of crediting
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
grade
X
3
1
0,5
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining basic knowledge concerning digital modulation schemes and the principle of operation of
the related modulators and demodulators.
C2. Acquiring the ability of calculating the basic parameters of digital modulation schemes and the
ability of matching modulation schemes to the parameters of transmission and a transmission channel.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – ability to distinguish between the analog and digitally modulated signals, and
ability to explain the rules of the optimum detection of digitally modulated signals
PEK_W02 – ability to explain the rules of the digital modulation and demodulation and its
basic parameters and ability to distinguish between coherent and noncoherent
demodulation
PEK_W02 – ability to describe basic digital modulation schemes, their parameters, and
methods for practical implementation; ability to indicate the limits of digital modulation
systems due to Shanon’s theorem and to explain methods for analysis of such systems;
ability to explain principles of digital multiplexing and multiple access techniques
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – ability to define the basic parameters of the signals used in digital modulations and
to describe the basic parameters of digital modulation schemes
PEK_U02 – ability to analyze the flow of signals through the basic building blocks of digital
modulators and demodulators
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of
h
o
ur
s
Lec 1 Digital signal modulation and the principle of an optimal detection
4
Lec 2 Memory less modulation and optimum demodulation of coherent and
incoherent signals
Lec 3 Practical digital modulation schemes and multiplexing and multiple access
digital techniques
Lec 4 Recapitulatory lecture
6
18
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Discussion of the subject and scope of classes. Introduction to computing
1
Cl 2
Solving problems involving determination of the basic parameters of the
signals used in digital modulations and the basic parameters of digital
modulation schemes
Solving problems illustrating the flow of signals through the basic building
blocks of digital modulators and demodulators
Final test –problem solving
6
Total hours
15
Cl 3
Cl 4
6
2
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures using slides and the traditional method (blackboard)
N2. Solving classes – methodological discussion
N3. Consultation
N4. Individual work - preparation for solving classes
N5. Individual work - preparation for crediting
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01 – W03
discussion
F2
tests, problem solving at the blackboard
PEK_U01 – U02
P=40/100*(theory test – lecture)+25/100*F2+35/100*(problem solving test - classes)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] S. Haykin - Systemy telekomunikacyjne (część 1 i 2), WKiŁ Warszawa, 1998.
[2] Tri T. Ha - Digital satellite communications, Macmillan Publication Company, New
York, Collier Macmillan Publishers, London 1986.
[3] S. Benedetto, E. Biglieri, V. Castelloni - Digital transmission theory, Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1987.
[4] R. Steele - Mobile radio communications, Pertech Press Publishers, London, 1992.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] A. Papoulis - Prawdopodobieństwo, zmienne losowe i procesy stochastyczne, Warszawa
PWN, 1992.
[2] J. Szabatin – Fundamentals of signal theory, Warszawa WKiŁ, 1982.
[3] A. Wojnar – Signal theory, Warszawa, WNT, 1980.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Piotr Słobodzian, piotr.slobodzian@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Digital modulations
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W31
K1TEL_W31
K1TEL_W31
C1
C1
C1, C2
Wy1
Wy2
Wy3
N1, 3, 5
N1, 3, 5
N1, 3, 5
PEK_U01 (skills)
K1TEL_U27
C2
Ćw2
N2, 3, 4
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U27
C2
Ćw3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N2, 3, 4
PEK_W02
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Przewodowe media transmisyjne
Name in English …… Wired transmission media
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ………TSI……………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETEK030
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes at
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting (evaluation)
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
30
15
60
60
Examination
Crediting with
grade
X
2
1
Project
Seminar
2
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining basic knowledge about wired transmission media, their structure, physical and electrical
parameters and physical effects occurring in them.
C2. Gaining basic knowledge about contemporary usages of wired transmission media, measurement
methods of their physical, electrical and transmission parameters and modulation and encoding
techniques.
C3. Getting skills on setting measurement site to conduct examination of physical, electrical and
transmission characteristics of wired transmission media.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has basic knowledge of cooper transmission media, their structure and physical
and electrical parameters
PEK_W02 – has basic knowledge of fiber transmission media, their structure and physical and
electrical parameters
PEK_W03 - knows basic transmission parameters and physical effects occuring during signal
transmission in wired transmission media
PEK_W04 - knows encoding and modulation techniques in wired transimssion media and their
transmission rates and ranges
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – can set measurement site and use measurement tools and devices for purposes of
testing and analysis
PEK_U02 – can conduct examination of physical, electrical and transmission parameters in
wired transmission media
PEK_U03 – can gather and analyze measurement data
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Form of classes - lecture
Introduction. Overview of the transimssion media used in modern
Lec 1
teleinformatic newtworks.
Telekomunikacyjne
kable miedziane. Miedziane tory przewodowe symetryczne i
Lec 2,3
współosiowe oraz ich parametry elektryczne i transmisyjne.
Telecommunication cables. Symmetrical and coaxial lines and their
electrical and transmission parameters.
Physical effects in cooper circuits (reflections, crosstalks, disturbances)
Lec 4,5
Measurement methods of transmission parameters in symmetrical and
Lec 6,7
coaxial lines
Lec 8,9
Basic information on optics. Light propagation in fiber optic.
Fiber optic - structure and types.
Lec 10,11
Transmission parameters of fiber optic (attenuation, dispersion). Dispersion
management.
Lec 12,13
Connecting of fiber optics
Fiber optic transmitters and receivers
Passive fiber optic network components
Lec 14
Signal receiving in fiber optic. Power and band balance, transmission rate
and range of transmission in fiber optic.
Lec 15
Measurements of transmission parameters of fiber optic and other fiber
optic network components
Total hours
Number of hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Measurements of transmission parameters of symmetrical lines used in
Lab 1
POTS.
Measurements of transmission parameters of symmetrical lines used in
Lab 2
ISDN and xDSL.
Measurements
of wave and transmission parameters of symmetrical lines.
Lab 3
Localization of malfunction in symmetrical lines using reflectometry
Lab 4
technique.
Measurements of optical power and fiber optic attenuation.
Lab 5
Measurements of passive fiber optic network components.
Lab 6
OTDRs and Backscatter Measurements
Lab 7,8
Lab 9
Lab 10
Fusion Splice of fiber optics
Testing of analogue and digital fiber optic link
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lectures using multimedia presentations.
N2. Consultation.
N3. Students’ own work – preparing for the laboratory.
N4. Students’ own work – self-preparing for the tests.
N5. Materials and laboratory instructions.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Way of evaluating educational
Evaluation (F – forming (during Educational effect number
effect achievement
semester), P – concluding (at
semester end)
F1
PEK_W01-04
Examination
F2
PEK_U01-03
Tests, disscussions, written
reports.
P=0,5*F1+0,5*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] W. Kabaciński, Sieci telekomunikacyjne, WKiŁ, Warszawa 2008
[2] S. Kula, Systemy i sieci dostępowe xDSL, WKiŁ, Warszawa, 2009
[3] M. Marciniak, Łączność światłowodowa, Warszawa 1998
[4]
J. Siuzdak, Wstęp do współczesnej telekomunikacji światłowodowej, WKiŁ, Warszawa,
1997
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] D. Derickson, Fiber optic test and measurement, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey 1998
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Zbigniew Siwek zbigniew.siwek@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETEK030 Wired transmission media
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………TSI………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W32
C1
Lec1,2,3,
N1,2,4
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W32
C1
Lec8÷13
N1,2,4
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W32
C1
Lec4,5,14
N1,2,4
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W32
C2
Lec6,7,15
N1,2,4
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U28
C3
N2,3,4,5
K1TEL_U28
C3
K1TEL_U28
C3
Lab1, Lab2,
Lab7, Lab8
Lab3, Lab4,
Lab5, Lab6,
Lab9, Lab10
Lab1, Lab2,
Lab7, Lab8
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
N2,3,4,5
N2,3,4,5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Bezpieczeństwo w telekomunikacji
Name in English: Security in telecommunications
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK032
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Classes
Number of hours of organized classes in
15
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
30
(CNPS)
Crediting with
Form of crediting
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
3
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Laboratory Project Seminar
15
60
Crediting
with grade
2
0.5
0.5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining knowledge of risks to information in telecommunication systems.
C2. Gaining knowledge of cryptographic systems and encryption of information in telecommunication
systems.
C3. Gaining knowledge of passwords and keys managing in cryptographic systems.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01- has knowledge of the location of cryptographic elements in the
telecommunication channel.
PEK_W02- knows basic concepts in the cryptography.
PEK_W03- has basic knowledge of methods of cryptanalysis of cryptographic algorithms.
PEK_W04- has knowledge of contemporary symmetric cryptographic algorithms and
standards which are being used in the world..
PEK_W05- has knowledge of the asymmetric cryptographic systems and their use in
systems of digital signatures.
PEK_W06-
has knowledge of the threshold and threshold free secret sharing information
between more people.
PEK_W07- knows the concept of a cryptographic protocol and is able to analyze it.
PEK_W08- knows the basic implementations of cryptographic protocols in contemporary
telecommunication systems
relating to skills:
PEK_U1has skills to analyse risks to information
PEK_U2can choose encryption system to protect the information.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec. 1
Lec. 2
Introduction to the topic of the subject and the reminder of relevant
information on digital telecommunication channel.
Risks to information.
Number of
hours
1
2
Lec. 4
Introduction to cryptography and discussion basic cryptographic
systems.
Symmetric cryptography - standards
2
Lec. 5
Asymmetric cryptography and digital signatures
2
Lec.6
Cryptographic protocols
2
Lec. 7
Practical application of cryptographic systems. Cryptography in
mobile systems in telecommunication networks, operating systems.
2
Lec. 3
Lec. 8
2
Repetition
2
Total hours
15
Number of
hours
Form of classes - seminar
Sem. 1 Introduction to the course, the calculations in finite bodies, the importance
Sem. 2
Sem. 3
Sem. 4
Sem. 5
Sem. 6
Sem. 7
Sem. 8
of prime numbers in cryptography.
Turing machine as a model of calculating machine. The complexity of
algorithms( big O notation) .
Cryptanalysis of cryptographic systems.
Storage and protecting passwords in operating systems
Symmetric and asymmetric cryptographic systems - key management. The
threshold and non-threshold secret sharing.
Configuration security issues of operating systems and network
Tools for secure transmission in telecommunication networks
The attack on the protocol, as a method of breaking into computer systems
Total hours
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures by means of blackboard and slides
N2. Course materials at didactic server https://kursy.pwr.wroc.pl
N3. Consultations
N7. Self-study – preparing to the seminaries
N8. Self-study - preparation to a final test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F4
Educational effect number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_W05, PEK_W06,
PEK_U1,
PEK_U2,
Assessment of delivered lectures
PEK_W01÷PEK_W8
Final test
C= 50%(F1)+50% (F4)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] D. E. R. Denning, Kryptografia i ochrona danych, WNT, Warszawa, 1993.
[2] B. Schneier, Kryptografia dla praktyków, WNT, Warszawa, 1995.
[3] M. R. Ogiela, Podstawy Kryptografii, Wydawnictwa AGH, Kraków 2000 r.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Kutyłowski, M. Strothmann, W.B. Kryptografia. Teoria i praktyka zabezpieczania
systemów komputerowych, Oficyna Wydawnicza Read Me, Warszawa 1999.
[2] W. Mochnacki, Kody korekcyjne i kryptografia, Wyd. Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 1997.
[3] N. Koblitz, Wykład z teorii liczb i kryptografii, WNT, Warszawa, 1995.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Robert Borowiec, Robert.Borowiec@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Security in telecommunications
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION -……………………………..
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives*
**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W39
C1
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W39
C1
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W39
K1TEL_W39
K1TEL_W39
K1TEL_W39
K1TEL_W39
K1TEL_W39
K1TEL_U35
C2
Lec. 1÷Lec. 3
Lec. 1÷Lec. 2
Lec. 6
Lec. 4
Lec. 5
Sem. 5
Lec. 6
Lec. 7
Sem 6,
Sem. 7,
Sem. 8
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,6,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,2,3,4,5,7
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
PEK_W06
PEK_W07
PEK_W08
PEK_U1
C2
C2
C2
C3
C2
C2
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish ……………………………Procesory sygnałowe
Name in English …………………………..Digital Signal Processors
Main field of study (if applicable): ………Telekomunikacja (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ……………
Level and form of studies: ………………1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: …………………………obligatory
Subject code …………….……….………ETEK043
Group of courses ………………..………YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes
Laboratory
30
15
60
30
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
K1EKA_W08 ,
K1EKA _W14,
K1EKA _W16
K1EKA _W20
5. K1EKA _U05
6. K1EKA_U06
7. K1EKA_U12
8. K1EKA_U14
9. K1EKA_U15
10. K1EKA_U35
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 – Acquiring of basic knowledge on DSP processor architecture and solution
C2 – Acquiring of knowledge on development tools for DSP processor environment for real time
processing.
C3 – Acquiring of knowledge on basic DSP processor peripherals
C4 – Acquiring of knowledge on market offer of DSP processors
C5 – Ability for development, testing and evaluation of programs implementing on DSP processor
signal processing algorithms on the level of assembler and C language
C6 – Some experience in use of development tools for DSP processors environement
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – knows basic architecture of DSP processors especially fixed point (family C5000)
PEK_W02 – knows the work and speeding up methods and the way of its application
PEK_W03 – knows the basic peripherals of DSP processor and the way of using them
PEK_W04 – knows data representation used for different DSP architectures and processing tasks
PEK_W05 – knows rudiments of assembler language and special instructions speeding up typical data
processing algorithms
PEK_W06 – knows the development tools for DSP processor program writing, debugging and
evaluation
PEK_W07 – knows basic C-language libraries for signal processing application
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to analyze and evaluate programs written in assembler of basic DSP processors
PEK_U02 – is able to use the development tools of DSP system
PEK_U03 – is able to write in C language programs with the use of DSP libraries and selected functions
of DSP/BIOS
PEK_U04 – is able to evaluate efficiency of DSP processing program
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number
of hours
Form of classes - lecture
Syllabus presentation, Course qualification requirements, DSP path, signal
processing formulas
Different concepts of signal processing structures support. Architectures of fixed
Lec 2 point DSP-s, basic acceleration mechanisms.
Lec 1
Lec 3
2
Assembler program structure, main DSP oriented instructions, work and
limitations
Lec 4 Addressing modes, H&W support for data access and organization
Lec 5 Data representation and consequences
Lec 6 First program of basic filter, filtering support instructions
Code generation tools, how to use effective for program preparation, debugging and
Lec 7 evaluation.
Lec 8 Time stamp in DSP – Timer configuration and use
Interrupt mechanism and its use for processing organization and data transfer – DMA
Lec 9 channels in DSP
Lec 10 Faster, more effective – methods for processing improve
Lec 11 Data entering to the DSP system, methods and peripherals – CODEC circuits
configuration and cooperation with McBSP port.
Lec 12 New algorithm development – problems and chances, IQ-math concept
Lec 13 VLIW architecture, features and future perspectives
Lec 14 Market offer of DSP processor and structures usable for Digital signal processing
Qualification test
Lec 15 Multicore technique in DSP structure development
Total hours
30
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Sampling and quantization effects identification
Number of
hours
3
Lab 2
Code Composer Studio – basic tool for laboratory DSP procesor program
development
3
Lab 3
Evaluation methods and tools for the DSP program efficiency
3
Lab 4
Real time program work on DSP processor – RTOS is supporting task and
debugging
3
Lab 5
Small filtering project development and testing
3
Total hours
25
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. – Lecture with the set of illustration slides
N2. – Web page with the literature, lecture slides, illustration programs, processors docummentation
N3. – Web page training tests [http://zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl/moodle/]
N4. – Elaboration of definition in the glossary, developed as the test qualification helping content
N5. – Laboratory entrance test preparation
N6. – Laboratory praxis with final summary report.
N7. – Consultancy
N8. – Individual studies of documentation
N9. – self work – final test passing preparation
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
[F – forming
(during semester), Educational effect
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
P – concluding
(at semester end)]
PEK_W01 – W05 E-tests + glossary description, laboratory discussions
F1
PEK_W06 – W07 Laboratory work and preparation for the discussion of effects
F2
of work with technical documentation
PEK_U01 – 03
entrance tests for the laboratory and laboratory reports),
F3
P = 0,7(final test) + 0,1*F1 + 0,1*F2 +0,1*F3
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Steve Smith; ”Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów. Praktyczny poradnik dla inżynierów i
naukowców,” Warszawa, BTC 2007
Bruno Paillard; ”An Introduction To Digital Signal Processors”; Université de Sherbrooke
January 2002 [wersja elektroniczna dla uczestników kursu]
S.M.Kuo, B.H.Lee; “Real Time Digital Signal Processing”; JW&S 2001, [wersja elektroniczna
dla uczestników kursu]
http://zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl/moodle/
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
Andrew Bateman, Iain Paterson-Stephens; ”The DSP Handbook Algorithms, Applications and
Design Technoques”, Prentice Hall 2002.
TMS320C54x - ”User’s Guide”, Texas Instruments 2004 – dokumentacja producenta
TMS3320C5515 DSP System - ”User’s Guide”, Texas Instruments 2012 – dokumentacja
producenta
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Doc. Dr inż. Krzysztof Kardach, krzysztof.kardach@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETEK043 Digital Signal Processors
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
Subject
effects defined for main field of
objectives***
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
K1TEL_W35
C1
Lec1-2
N1-3, N7-9,
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W35
C1
Lec 3-4
N1-3, N6-9,
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W35
C1
N1-8,
K1TEL_W35
C2
PEK_W05
K1TEL_W35
C2
Lec 5, Lec 8-9
Lec 6-7, Lec
12
Lec 10
PEK_W06
K1TEL_W35
C3
Lec 11
N6-8
PEK_W07
K1TEL_W35
C4
Lec 13-14
N2, N7-8
PEK_U01 (skills)
K1TEL_U31
C5
Lec 1-5
N2-8
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U31
C5
Lec 6-7
N2-8
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U31
C6
Lec 8-9
N2-8
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U31
C6
Lec 11
N2-8
PEK_W04
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N1-9
N1-7
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT OF SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Algorytmy przetwarzania sygnałów
Name in English: Signal Processing Algorithms
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK102
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
30
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
total student workload
60
(CNPS)
Crediting with
Form of crediting
grade
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
30
90
Crediting with
grade*
X
5
3
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W14, K1TEL_U12
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Possesion of basic knowledge in the area of theory and processing of stochastic signals and their
applications in modern digital communications systems, with the use of linear orthogonal digital leastsquares algorithms for stationary and non-stationary 2-nd order time-series.
C2 Posession of ability to practical applications of computerized programming tools (Matlab
environment) for analysis, filtering, parametrization and digital synthesis of stochastic time-series.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01: posseses knowledge in the area of stochastic signal processing methods.
PEK_W02: knows effective algorithms as well as techniques of estimation of basic stochastic
signals parameters.
PEK_W03: knows basic problems of optimal and adaptive filtering, orthogonal parametrization and
digital synthesis of stochastic signals.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to perform analysis of stochastic signals properties in their applications in
telecommunications.
PEK_U02 – is able to apply programming tools (Matlab environment) in analysis and filtering of
stochastic signals.
PEK_U03 – is able to perform computer-aided simulations.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Introduction. Classification of signals. Deterministic and stochastic
Lec 2
Lec 3
Lec 4
Lec 5
Lec 6
Lec 7
Lec 8
Lec 9
Lec 10
signals. Representiation of deterministic signals in the time- and
frequency-domains. Frequency analysis of deterministic signals (DFT and
FFT algorithms and their properties).
Sampling, spectrum leakage, quantization. Linear transformations of
deterministic signals. Classical digital filtering of deterministic signals.
The Z-transformation. Design of FIR and IIR digital filters.
Stochastic signals: description, properties and basic parameters. 2-nd order
stochastic signals. Stationary and non-stationary signals. Ergodic signals.
Linear transformations of 2-nd order stochastic signals.
Comparison of the problems of classical linear filtering of deterministic
signals versus linear optimal filtering of 2-nd order stochastic signals.
Similarities and differences.
Linear prediction of stationary 2-nd order stochastic signals. A set of
normal equations. Covariance matrix of 2-nd order stationary stochastic
signals and its properties. An idea of fast solution of the set of normal
equations.
Forward and backward prediction errors. Normalized Levinson algorithm
as an efficient method of solving the prediction problem. Interpretation and
example of the algorithm operation and evaluation of its convergence
speed.
J-orthogonal realization of the Levinson filter and its properties. Schur
coefficients. Innovations signal and its properties. An idea of parametric
estimation of 2-nd order stochastic signals power spectrum.
Linear innovations filter. Orthogonal parametrization of 2-nd order signals.
Innovations filtering of 2-nf order signals.
Inverse filter problem. Causal stability conditions of the inverse filter.
Modeling filter algorithm and its properties.
Orthogonal filters. Stochastic modeling of 2-nd order stochastic signals.
Number of hours
2
222
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Lec 11 The LPC method of transmission of stochastic signals. Compression of
information. Applications in digital communication systems.
Lec 12 Adaptive orthogonal filtering of non-stationary time-series.
Lec 13 Time-frequency transformations of non-stationary time-series and their
applications.
Lec 14 Future perspectives and directions of development of digital signal
processing in communication systems.
Lec 15 Grading.
2
2
2
2
GraG
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
2
30
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1 Introduction. Generation of deterministic and stochastic signals. Estimation of
basic parameters of signals.
Lab 2 Normalized Levinson algorithm.
2
Lab 3 Innovations filtering of stationary time-series.
4
Lab 4 Three methods of orthogonal parametrization of 2-nd order signals.
4
Lab 5 Stochastic modeling of stationary time-series.
4
Lab 6 Adaptive orthogonal filtering of non-stationary time-series.
4
Lab 7 Parametric estimation of power spectral density of stationary time-series.
4
Lab 8 Parametric estimation of power spectral density of non-stationary time-series.
Time-frequency domains transformations.
4
Total hours
30
Form of classes - project
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
4
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture
N2. Discussion: questions and answers
N3. Laboratory
N4. Consultations
N5. Student’s workload – lecture preparation
N6. Student’s workload – laboratory reports preparation
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W01, PEK_W02, Grading of colloquium, grading of student’s
F1
PEK_W03
F2
answers
PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Grading of simulation concepts, grading of quality
of laboratory reports.
PEK_U03
C= 0,5F1 + 0,5F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zarzycki J. Cyfrowa filtracja ortogonalna sygnałów losowych, WNT, Warszawa 1998
[2] Lyons R.G. Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 1997
[3] Zieliński T., Od teorii do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa, 2006
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Szabatin J., Podstawy teorii sygnałów, Warszawa, WKŁ, 2000
[2] Bendat J.S., Piersol A.G., Metody analizy i pomiaru sygnałów losowych, Warszawa, PWN, 1976
[3] Journal papers recommended by the supervisor.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Professor Jan Zarzycki, jan.zarzycki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Signal Processing Algorithms
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W34
PEK_W01
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1
Wy1, Wy2,
Wy3,
Wy4,Wy15
N1, N2, N4, N5
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W34
C1
Wy3, Wy5
N1, N2, N4, N5
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W34
C1
Wy4÷Wy14
N1, N2, N4, N5
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U30
C2
La2÷La7
N2, N3, N4, N6
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U30
C2
La1÷La5
N2, N3, N4, N6
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U30
C2
La2÷La5
N2, N3, N4, N6
C1
Wy1, Wy2,
Wy3,
Wy4,Wy15
N1, N2, N4, N5
K1TEL_W34
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W34
C1
Wy3, Wy5
N1, N2, N4, N5
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W34
C1
Wy4÷Wy14
N1, N2, N4, N5
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U30
C2
La2÷La7
N2, N3, N4, N6
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY … W-4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Kompatybilność elektromagnetyczna
Name in English: Electromagnetic compatibility
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEK104
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Classes
Number of hours of organized classes in
30
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
90
workload (CNPS)
crediting with
Form of crediting
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final
course
X
Number of ECTS points
5
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Laboratory
30
Project
Seminar
60
crediting with
grade
2
1
2
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
K1TEL_W03
K1TEL_W20
K1TEL_U05
K1TEL_U18
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. To acquire fundamental knowledge of the electromagnetic compatibility principles including
characteristics of interference sources, interference coupling paths, device protection methods, as well
as principles of living organisms protection against electromagnetic fields.
C2. To be skilled in preparing EMC measurement set-up, performing basic emission and susceptibility
testing of electrical and electronic equipment, working out and interpretation of the obtained results
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 ability to describe the Earth electromagnetic environment and explain the impact of
ICT devices and systems, ability to characterize the EMC requirements for equipment
and electronic systems, ability to characterize the source of electromagnetic
disturbances and explain the measures used in electromagnetic compatibility
PEK_W02 ability to characterize radiated and conducted interference, ability to define the
concept of immunity, vulnerability and emission, ability to identify appropriate
measurement methods and to explain what are the criteria for their selection, ability to
describe the causes and effects of electrostatic discharge, NEMP and lightning on
electronic devices, ability to define the general requirements of rooms and objects from
the point of view of electromagnetic compatibility
PEK_W03 ability to identify methods to protect equipment and reduce electromagnetic
disturbances, ability to explain how to protect living organisms from the effects of
disturbances produced by equipment powered by electricity.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 ability to prepare measurement set-up and perform basic emission and susceptibility
testing of electrical and electronic equipment
PEK_U02 ability to work out and interpret obtained results of research
PEK_U03 ability to solve problems related to electromagnetic compatibility
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 The Earth's electromagnetic environment, the risks of equipment and
systems.
Lec 2 EMC requirements for equipment and systems.
Lec 3 Characteristics of sources of electromagnetic disturbances.
Number of hours
2
2
2
Lec 4 Radiated emissions.
Lec 5 Conducted interference.
2
Lec 6 Methods for measuring emission and susceptibility of equipment.
Lec 7 Susceptibility of equipment to electrostatic discharge.
2
Lec 8 NEMP, Lightning.
Lec 9 Methods of equipment protection and electromagnetic interference
prevention
Lec Methods of protection telecommunication equipment against
electromagnetic leakage
10
2
2
2
2
2
Lec
11
Living organisms protection against the effects of disturbances produced
by equipment.
2
Lec
12
General principles of construction equipment including requirements of
electromagnetic compatibility.
2
Lec
13
Protection of information technology objects against Electrostatic
Discharge
2
Lec
Case Study. LKE as an example of accredited laboratory for
electromagnetic compatibility.
2
14
Lec
15
electromagnetic compatibility.
Repetition
2
30
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab Introductory class - introduction, familiarization with the apparatus, safety
1
rules.
2
Lab Radiated power measurement of radio interference with absorption clamp
2
(MDS method).
4
Lab
3
Lab
4
Lab
5
Lab
6
Lab
7
Lab
8
Measurement of conducted radio disturbance using an artificial network.
4
Emission measurement of electrical equipment in the TEM cell.
4
The filters in power circuits.
4
Measurement of absorption materials attenuation.
4
Modern EMC laboratory - class taught by experts from the LKE.
4
Additional lab tour.
4
Total hours
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures with use of blackboard and slide presentations
N2. Online materials and instructions on the website (https://kursy.pwr.wroc.pl/)
N3. Practical exercises by preparing measurement set-up and performing tests
N4. Consultation
N5. Reports acceptances
N6. Own work by preparing to laboratory exercises and reports writing
N7. Self-study preparation for evaluation
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F Educational
effect number
– forming
(during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
PEK_U01÷03
F1- 6
F7
PEK_W01÷03
P= 1/2*(ΣF1÷F6)/6)+1/2*F7
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Checking of preparing to laboratory exercises, collecting and
evaluating of measurement reports.
Written test at the end of semester
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Bem D.J. (red.): Impulsowe narażenia elektromagnetyczne, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 1994.
Charoy A.: Zakłócenia w urządzeniach elektronicznych, WNT, Warszawa, 1999.
Ott H.W.: Metody redukcji zakłóceń i szumów w układach elektronicznych, WNT, Warszawa, 1979.
Rotkiewicz W. (red.): Kompatybilność elektromagnetyczna w radiotechnice, WKiŁ, Warszawa, 1978.
Więckowski T.W.: Badania kompatybilności elektromagnetycznej urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych, Oficyna
Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2001.
Więckowski T.W.: Pomiar emisyjności urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki
Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 1997.
Zakłócenia w aparaturze elektronicznej (praca zbiorowa): Radioelektronik sp. z o.o., Warszawa, 1995.
Paul C.R.: Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility, John Willey & Sons, New Jersey, 2006
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] EMC Requirements for Electronic Systems (Governmental and additional requirements: EN, IEC, CISPR, FCC, etc)
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Tadeusz Więckowski, Tadeusz.Wieckowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETEK014 Electromagnetic compatibility …
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ………
TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational
effect
Correlation between
Subject
subject educational effect objectives***
and educational effects
defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
K1TEL_W24
C1
Lec 1÷Lec 3, Lec 15
N1,N2,N4,N7
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W24
C1
Lec 14÷Lec 7, Lec 15
N1,N2,N4,N7
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W24
C1
Lec 8÷Lec 14, Lec 15
N1,N2,N4,N7
PEK_U01 (skills)
K1TEL_U21
C2
Lab 1÷Lab 8
N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U21
C2
Lab 1÷Lab 8
N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U21
C2
Lab 1÷Lab 8
N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS
Name in Polish
Name in English
Main field of study
Specialization:
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code
Group of courses
SUBJECT CARD
Projekt zespołowy
Team project
Telecommunications
TSI
1st level, full-time
obligatory
ETES3107
NO
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Seminar
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
4
4
2
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquiring the ability to carry out their engineering tasks as part of a complex engineering
task
C2 Gain experience in teamwork, including the ability to planning and scheduling, intra-team
communication, perform the role of a team member or leader, the opportunity to demonstrate
their creativity, openness to innovative approaches focused on the team's success
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 is able to perform tasks in the implementation of complex IT project
PEK_U02 is able to apply the principles of project management for the implementation of
complex IT project
PEK_U03 is able to prepare the project’s documentation
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 can work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in the project and attention
to the timely execution of the tasks assigned
Form of classes - project
Number of
hours
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
Proj 5
Proj 6
Proj 7
Proj 8
Proj 9
Determining the subject and purpose of the project (eg., web information
system, a complex system database, a comprehensive project of
computerization), the allocation of roles in the project, the initial
allocation of tasks to be performed, the choice of team leader
Introduction to the problem area of the project. Overview of solutions in
the area of the problem - an analysis of the methods and applied
information technology.
Analysis of user requirements, including an analysis of the economic
impact of the project implementation. Development of project
assumptions. Determining the initial timetable for action (in the form of
Gantt chart) and the principles of intra-team and teacher communication
Analysis of risks in the project, establish emergency scenarios and ways
to monitor risks. Planning for quality management principles in the
project, development of quality control procedures. Establish rules for
the results subsequent stages justification of a project and rules for
documenting the stages
The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule
of the first stage of the project
The implementation team meetings with the teacher - in accordance with
the agreed schedule (milestone)
The implementation of individual project tasks by scheduling the second
stage of the project
Presentation of the results of the executed project, discuss problems, the
assessment of the completed project by the teacher. Verification of the
project. Determination of possible changes
Presentation of final project documentation in writing form
4
8
4
12
4
12
8
4
60
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. multimedia presentation
N2. discussion
N3. Consultation
N4. Own work
4
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation Educational Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
effect
(F –
number
forming
(during
semester), P
– concluding
(at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01 Rating presenting subsequent stages of the project and team skills: the
timetable, the activity of the team, the ability to apply the principles of
PEK_U02 project management
F2
PEK_K01
PEK_U03 Evaluation of the quality of the executed project and design
documentation
P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Collective work, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), 2009
[2] Praca zbiorowa, Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC Press,
Kraków 2003 (in polish)
[3] J. Robertson, Robertson, S., Full system analysis, WNT Warsaw, 2003
[4] Dennis A., Wixam B.H., System Analysis, Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2003
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] The literature recommended by the teacher
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
prof. dr hab.inż. Andrzej Kucharski , andrzej.kucharski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Team project
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TSI
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of study
and specialization
Subject
objectives
Programme
content
Teaching tool
number
PEK_U01
S1TSI_U13
C1
Proj1–Proj8
N1, N2, N3, N4
PEK_U02
S1TSI_U13
C1
Proj1-Proj4
N1, N2, N3
PEK_U03
S1TSI_U13
C1
Proj9
N2, N3, N4
PEK_K01
S1TSI_K02
C2
Proj1-Proj8
N2, N3, N4
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY of Electronics……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Anteny i propagacja fal radiowych
Name in English
Antennas and radio-wave propagation
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable):
TMU
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETES121
Group of courses
YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes
in University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Laboratory
30
30
60
60
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final
course
X
Number of ECTS points
4
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes
Project
Seminar
crediting with
grade*
2
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining general knowledge about antennas and propagation of radio waves, and in particular about
the types of antennas and their performance and models for the analysis of radio waves propagation.
C2. Acquiring skills to assess antenna parameters/performance and to determine the influence of these
parameters on the link budget as well as to use simple propagation models for estimating performance
of a radio link.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – ability to explain the general principle of antenna operation and its role in the
communication systems
PEK_W02 – ability to characterize the basic parameters of antennas and their impact on the
parameters of the radio link; ability to describe methods for measurement of antenna
circuit parameters and antenna radiation patterns, and the directional gain
PEK_W03 – ability to identify the basic types of antennas and characterize their properties and
applications
PEK_W04 – ability to describe methods for radio link analysis: is able to characterize the
properties of radio waves, and the important parameters of the medium in which the
electromagnetic wave propagates; knows basic tools used to describe the propagation of
radio waves (e.g. link budget)
PEK_W05 – ability to name the phenomena of radio waves propagation and to describe their
impact on the radio link budget
PEK_W06 – ability to describe basic methods used for radio wave propagation calculations in
different frequency bands and in different propagation environments
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – ability to measure the circuit antenna parameters with the use of the vector
network analyzer
PEK_U02 – ability to prepare a measurement system and antenna range to measure the antenna
radiation pattern; ability to assess the results of antenna measurements
PEK_U03 – ability to determine the required antenna gain for the tropospheric radio link
PEK_U04 – ability to determine the optimal geometry of a microwave link in order to
minimize the impact of reflected waves; ability to interpret the impact of obstacles on
the propagation phenomena
PEK_U05 – ability to carry out measurements and calculations connected with ptopagation of
ground-waves
PEK_U06 – ability to select and use models for radio wave propagation calculations
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of
ho
ur
s
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Antenna operation principles and the role of the antenna in the
communication system
Lec 2 Basic antenna parameters and their impact on the parameters of the radio
link
Lec 3 Classification of antennas, characterization of antenna main types, antenna
application review
Lec 4 Principles of broadcasting – radio waves and propagation medium
characterization
Lec 5 The phenomena associated with radio wave propagation
4
Lec 6 Basic methods for the calculation of radio wave propagation
4
Lec 7 Recapitulatory lecture
2
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
2
5
5
4
30
Number of
hours
Lab 1 Discussion of the scope of the laboratory and test equipment presentation.
Discussion of the requirements for reports from laboratory tests.
Lab 2 Measurement of the antenna circuit parameters
4
Lab 3 Antenna radiation pattern measurement on the automated far-field range
4
Lab 4 Selection of the receiving antenna gain based on measurements of the
received signal level, radio wave propagation calculations and the radio link
4
4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Lab 7
Lab 8
budget
Analysis of EM wave propagation in a microwave link with the direct and
reflected waves
Propagation of electromagnetic waves at long, medium and short
wavelengths
Calculation of radio wave propagation: the use of simple propagation
models
Discussion of errors in laboratory reports
Total hours
4
4
4
2
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures using slides and the traditional method (blackboard)
N2. Student consultations
N3. Individual work - preparation for crediting (lecture)
N4. Individual work - preparation for laboratory
N5. Individual work – preparation of laboratory reports
N6. Instrumentation and test-bed for testing electrical parameters of the antenna
N7. Computer station for calculations (radio wave propagation)
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
F2
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
discussion
assessment of laboratory reports
P=50/100*(theory test – lecture)+50/100*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] C.A. Balanis, Antenna theory : analysis and design, Hoboken : Wiley-Interscience, 2005.
[2] D.J. Bem, Anteny i rozchodzenie się fal radiowych, WNT, Warszawa, 1973.
[3] J. Modelski, Pomiary parametrów anten, Warszawa, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki
[4]
[5]
Warszawskiej, 2004.
D.J. Bem, Materiały pomocnicze do obliczeń propagacyjnych, PWr., Wrocław 1974.
R.J. Katulski, Propagacja fal radiowych w telekomunikacji bezprzewodowej, Warszawa,
Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności, 2009.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] T. Milligan, Modern antenna design, IEEE Press -Wiley Interscience, 2005.
[2] L. Boithias, Radio wave propagation, London, North Oxford Acad., 1987.
[3] Shigekazu Shibuya, A basic atlas of radio-wave propagation, New York, John Wiley &
Sons, 1983.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Piotr Słobodzian, piotr.slobodzian@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES121 Antennas and radio-wave propagation
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION Information and Communication Networks
Subject educational
effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of study
and specialization (if applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
S1TIS_W01
C1
Wy1
N1, 2, 3
PEK_W04
S1TIS_W01
S1TIS_W01
S1TIS_W01
C1, C2
C1
C1
Wy2
Wy3
Wy4
N1, 2, 3
N1, 2, 3
N1, 2, 3
PEK_W05
S1TIS_W01
C1
Wy5
N1, 2, 3
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W06
S1TIS_W01
C1
Wy6
S1TIS_U01
C2
La1, La8, La2
PEK_U02
S1TIS_U01
C2
La1, La8, La3
PEK_U03
S1TIS_U01
C2
La1, La8, La4
PEK_U04
S1TIS_U01
C2
La1, La8, La5
PEK_U05
S1TIS_U01
C2
La1, La8, La6
PEK_U06
S1TIS_U01
C2
La1, La8, La7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
PEK_U01 (skills)
N1, 2, 3
N4, 5, 6, 7
N4, 5, 6, 7
N4, 5, 6, 7
N4, 5, 6, 7
N4, 5, 6, 7
N4, 5, 6, 7
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Sterowanie i sygnalizacja w sieciach
Name in English …… Signaling and control in the networks
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ………TSI……………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES122
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes Laboratory
Project
Seminar
30
15
60
60
Examination
Crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
X
2
1
2
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
K1TEL_W28
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 - Obtaining the knowledge about telecommunication nodes control, classification of control systems
and signaling in telecommunication networks.
C2 - Developing the ability of service process of telecommunication network subscriber.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – student has a general knowledge about network control, including classification of
control systems, reliability fundamentals and signaling in telecommunication networks
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to analyze and interpret telecom. connection phases.
PEK_U02 – is able to use Specification and Description Language for description of service
process in telecommunication network.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec 1
Form of classes - lecture
Introduction. Classification of control systems.
Number of hours
2
Lec 2
Subscriber service process. Description of call setup.
2
Lec 3
Specification and Description Language
2
Lec 4
2
Lec 5
Traffic congestions in telecom. systems and methods of preventing
them.
Basics of systems’ reliability theory.
Lec 6
Redundancy in telecom. systems, reliability systems.
2
Lec 7
Signaling fundamentals.
2
Lec 8,9
Subscriber signaling systems.
4
Lec 10,11 Inter-node signaling.
Lec 12.13 Signaling in private and access networks
4
4
Lec 14,15 IP network signaling.
4
2
30
Total hours
Number of hours
Proj 1
Form of classes - project
General concept of the project. Disscussion.
Proj 2
Preparation of project assumptions.
2
Proj 3
Call setup. Functional Description.
2
Proj 4
Functional description of selected services.
2
Proj 5
Description of call and service setup using SDL.
2
Proj 6
Project verification.
2
Proj 7
Working on final version of the project.
2
Proj 8
Project presentation.
1
Total hours
15
2
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01
Written test
F2
Disscussions, laboratory evaluation grade
PEK_U01-02
P=0,5*F1+0,5*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zalecenia ITU-T, normy ETSI
[2] A. Jajszczyk, „Podstawy telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 1990
[3] A. Jajszczyk, „Wstęp do telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 2000
[4] M. Dąbrowski, „Sterowanie i oprogramowanie w telekomunikacyjnych sieciach
zintegrowanych”, WKiŁ 1990
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Przegląd Telekomunikacyjny i Wiadomości Telekomunikacyjne
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES122 Signaling and control in the networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………TSI………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TIS_W04
C1
Lec1-15
N1,2,4
PEK_U01
S1TIS_U04
C2
Proj1-4
N1,2,3
PEK_U02
S1TIS_U04
C2
Proj5-8
N1,2,3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Sieci transportowe i dostępowe
Name in English …… Transports and access networks
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ………TSI……………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES123
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes at
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting (evaluation)
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
Project
Seminar
30
15
60
60
Examination
Crediting
with grade
X
2
2
1
2
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining basic knowledge of transport networks and their architecture, functioning, components and
communication protocols
C2. Gaining basic knowledge of access networks and their architecture, functioning, components and
communication protocols)
C3. Getting skills on analyzing transport and access networks, using line measuring and quality
examination devices and calculating power balance in telecommunication link.)
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 knows functions and capabilities of transport networks
PEK_W02 knows functions and capabilities of access networks
PEK_W03 is able to suggest a structure of transport and access network for specific
requirements
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 is able to analyze structures and protocols of transport and access networks
PEK_U02 is able to use basic measurement devices to get parameters of components and create
basic structures of transport and access networks
PEK_U03 is able to prepare presentation about specific topic after analyzing scientific
literature
.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1,2
Organisation matters. Introduction to transmission systems and networks
FDM, TDM, WDM - general principles
Lec 3,4
PDH systems and networks.
Lec 5,6
Lec 7,8
Lec 9,10
Lec 11
SDH systems and networks.
Optical Transportation Hierarchy (OTH)
Synchronization and functions transportation systems and networks
Service functions of access networks
Lec 12,13
Wired access networks xDSL
Lec 14,15
Optical access networks FITL (active AON and passive PON). Wireless
access networks.
Total hours
Number of hours
Form of classes - seminar
Sem 1,2
Transmission links in PDH and SDH
Monitoring of errors in PDH and SDH
Sem 3
Devices and architecture of PDH and SDH
Sem 4
Wired access networks - HDSL, ADSL, VDSL.
Sem 5
Optical access networks FTTx
Sem 6
Wireless access networks WLL
Sem 7,8
Examining devices and transport and access networks. Maintenance and
management of transport and access networks.
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Multimedia presentation
N4. Discussing problems.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming (during Educational effect number
Way of evaluating educational
effect achievement
semester), P – concluding (at
semester end)
F1
PEK_W01÷PEK_W03
Examination
F2
PEK_U01÷PEK_U03
Disscussions and seminar
evaluation.
P=0,5*F1+0,5*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] S. Kula, Systemy teletransmisyjne, WKiŁ, Warszawa, 2004
[2]
S. Kula, Systemy i sieci dostępowe xDSL, WKiŁ, Warszawa, 2009
[3]
K. Perlicki, Systemy transmisji optycznej WDM, WKiŁ, Warszawa, 2007
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] U. Black, Optical Networks Third Generation Transport Systems, Prentice Hall PTR,
2002
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Zbigniew Siwek, zbigniew.siwek@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES123 Transports and access networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………TSI………………..
Subject educational effect
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
SITIS_W05
C1
Lec 1,2
1,2
PEK_W02
SITIS_W05
C1
Lec 3÷8
1,2
PEK_W03
SITIS_W05
C2
Lec 9÷15
1,2
PEK_U01
SITIS_U05
C3
Sem 1÷6
2,3,4
PEK_U02
SITIS_U05
C3
Sem 7÷8
2,3,4
PEK_U03
SITIS_U05
C3
Sem 1÷6
2,3,4
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish ……Projektowanie sieci teleinformatycznych….
Name in English …Telecommunication networks design…….
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable): … Telecommunication networks
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code …………….
Group of courses YES / NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of
1
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
30
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
2
60
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
1
2
2
0,5
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Completed a course Wired transmission media ETEK030.
2. Completed a course in Telecommunication Networks ETEK017.
3. Completed a course in Computer Networks ETEK002.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gaining detailed knowledge of the design of telecommunication networks.
C2 Acquiring the skills of project planning.
C3 Acquiring the ability to create project documentation and solve common design problems.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 has knowledge of the components of the project documentation
PEK_W02 familiar with the design process
PEK_W03 - knows the methods of designing telecommunication networks
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 - can develop and analyze data design, program and spatial concepts
PEK_U02 - can match the design methods to the task
PEK_U03 - is able to form a coherent project documentation
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1
Introduction. Components of the project documentation
4
Lec 2
The design process
4
Lec 3
Methods of designing telecommunication networks
4
Lec 4 Data analysis. Development of consistent project documentation.
2
Crediting with grade
1
Total hours
15
Lec 5
….
Form of classes - class
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Number of
hours
Proj 1
Introduction, assigning projects topics
2
Proj 2
Analysis of the input data
2
Proj 3,4
Preparation of planning and development concept
4
Proj 5,6
Presentation of planning and development concept
4
Proj 7,8,9, Preparation a project the selected telecommunication network
10,11,12
12
Proj 13,14
Presentation of projects developed
4
Proj 15
Discussion and evaluation of completed projects
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1 Lecture using the array, transparency and slide
N2 Graphical tools to develop drawings
N3 Practical exercises - the preparation and completion of documentation
N4 Consultation
N5 Group work - preparation of concept and design
N6 Own work - preparation for design classes
N7 Self - Self study and preparation to pass
N8 Presentation of the work using the slide
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1-3
Educational effect
number
PEK_W01-03
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
presentation of ideas, presentation of the project, the
final test
PEK_U01-04
C 1/4* (evaluation of the concept) 1/4 * (design review) 1/2 * (assessment test at the end)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
Kabaciński W.: Sieci telekomunikacyjne, Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności Warszawa 2008
Oppenheimer P.: Projektowanie sieci metodą Top-Down PWN Warszawa 2007.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
Comer D.: Sieci komputerowe i intersieci, WNT, 2001
Frączkowski K.: Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki
Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2003.
Praca zbiorowa: Vademecum teleinformatyka; część 1, 2, 3. IDG, Warszawa 1999, 2002, 2004.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Rafał Królikowski, Rafal.Krolikowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
TELECOMUNICATION NETWORKS DESIGN
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TELECOMUNICATION
AND SPECIALIZATION TELECOMUNICATION NETWORKS
Subject educational effect
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
T1A_W04
C1
Wy1,2
1,4,6,7
PEK_W02
T1A_W04
C1
Wy3,4
1,4,6,7
PEK_W03
T1A_W07
C1
Wy5,6,7
1,4,6,7
PEK_U01
T1A_U01
C2
Pr1,2
2,3,4,5,6,7,8
PEK_U02
T1A_U01
C2,3
Pr2-6
2,3,4,5,6,7,8
PEK_U03
T1A_U03
C2,3
Pr7-14
2,3,4,5,6,7,8
PEK_U04
T1A_U16
C3
Pr7-14
2,3,4,5,6,7,8
PEK_W01
T1A_W04
C1
Wy1,2
1,4,6,7
PEK_W02
T1A_W04
C1
Wy3,4
1,4,6,7
PEK_W03
T1A_W07
C1
Wy5,6,7
1,4,6,7
PEK_U01
T1A_U01
C2
Pr1,2
2,3,4,5,6,7,8
PEK_U02
T1A_U01
C2,3
Pr2-6
2,3,4,5,6,7,8
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Urządzenia i systemy multimedialne
Name in English …… Multimedia systems and equipment
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ………TIS……………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES125
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Classes Laboratory
Number of hours of organized classes in
15
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
60
(CNPS)
Examination
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Project
Seminar
30
15
60
30
Crediting with Crediting with
grade
grade
X
5
0,5
1
0,5
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
K1TEL_W13
2.
K1TEL_W36, K1TEL_U32
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Obtaining knowledge about multimedia systems and equipment concerning their operation rules
during multimedia transmission over IP network
C2 Developing of the ability in scope of terminals and videoconferencing network configuration.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has a general knowledge about multimedia transmission, different configurations
and network environments
PEK_W02 – is able to describe basic SIP and H.323 environments’ components
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to describe and choose multimedia systems’ elements
PEK_U02 – is able to diagnose of the system, analyze and interpret multimedia communication
phases
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1,2 Introduction. Multimedia standardization.
4
Lec 3
H.323 environment – architecture and basic functions.
2
Lec4
SIP as an open multimedia environment.
2
4
Lec 5,6 Basic standards and communication protocols for multimedia
transmissions.
Lec 7
Selected multimedia systems and equipment.
3
Total hours
15
Number of hours
Lab1
Form of classes - laboratory
Introduction. Subject area, health and safety conditions overview.
Lab2
Handling of multimedia session over IP network.
2
Lab3
IP monitoring.
2
Lab4,5
Protocols and equipment of H.323 environment.
4
Lab7,8
Protocols and equipment of SIP environment.
4
Lab9
Multimedia transmission over IP network.
2
2
Lab10-14 Preparation of multimedia signal.
Lab6,15 Tests.
10
4
30
Total hours
Number of hours
Proj 1
Form of classes - project
Introduction. Subject area, health and safety conditions overview.
Proj 2-4
Videoconferencing connections.
3
Proj 5-7
Handling of multimedia sessions.
3
Proj 8-10 Transport of multimedia data over IP network.
Proj 11-13 Preparation of multimedia signal.
3
3
Proj 14-15 Presentations and evaluation.
2
1
15
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01-02
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Written test
F2
PEK_U01-02
Tests, disscussions, laboratory evaluation grade
P=0,6*F1+0,4*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zalecenia ITU-T, normy ETSI, standardy IETF
[2] Przegląd Telekomunikacyjny i Wiadomości Telekomunikacyjne
[3] Networld
[4] Rao K.R., Bojkovic Z.S., Milanovic D.A., „Introduction to Multimedia
Communications. Applications, Middleware, Networking”, Wiley 2006.
[5] Bromirski M., Telefonia VoIP. Multimedialne sieci IP, Wydawnictwo BTC, Warszawa
2006r.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Hersent O., Petit J.P., Gurle D., „IP Telephony. Deploying Voice-over-IP Protocols”
[2] Chou P.A., Schaar M., „Multimedia over IP and wireless networks”,
Elsevier/Academic Press 2007
[3] Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, „Fundamentals of multimedia”, Pearson Education
Inc.,New Jersey 2004
[4] Jonathan Davidson, James Peters, Voice over IP Podstawy, MIKOM, Warszawa
2005r., ISBN: 83-7279-500-2
[5] Bromirski M., Telefonia VoIP. Multimedialne sieci IP, Wydawnictwo BTC, Warszawa
2006
[6] Surgut K., Tania telefonia internetowa VoIP, Wydawnictwo Helion, Gliwice 2006r
[7] James R. Wilcox, „Videoconferencing & Interactive Multimedia: The Whole
Picture”,Telecom Books, 2000
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES125 Multimedia systems and equipment
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………TIS………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TIS_W07
C1
Lec1,2,5,6
N1,2,4
PEK_W02
S1TIS_W07
C1
Lec3,4,7
N1,2,4
PEK_U01
S1TIS_U07
C2
PEK_U02
S1TIS_U07
C2
Lab3,4-8,10-14
Proj11-13
Lab2,9
Proj2-4,5-10
N2,3,4,5
N2,3,4,5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Systemy komutacyjne
Name in English …… Switching systems
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): …Teleinformatic Networks (TSI)
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES126
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
30
15
60
30
Crediting with
grade
Crediting with
grade
X
2
1
Project Seminar
1
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Student knows basic concepts in scope of telecommunications.
2. Student has a general knowledge about telecommunication networks.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 – Obtaining a general knowledge about switching systems and especially their basic functions.
C2 – Obtaining the ability of switching system configuration including specification of its main
components.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has a general knowledge about switching systems including functions of
switching nodes and central offices
PEK_W02 – is able to describe contemporary switching node and its main components
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to describe switching functions for specific needs
PEK_U02 – is able to present switching system configuration process for selected user- and
network requirements
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec1,2
Basic switching concepts and switching process description
4
Lec3-5
Lec6
Lec7
General architecture of switching node and its time switch
6
Stored program control
Functions and architecture of terminals
2
2
Lec8
Circuit- and packet switching comparison
2
Lec9-11 Example of central office architecture
Lec12-14 Example of central office control functions
Lec15
6
6
Test
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of hours
Lab1
Introduction. Subject area, health and safety conditions overview.
1
Lab2,3
Configuration of VoIP switch
2
Lab4,5
Configuration of ISDN switch
2
Lab6-9
Softswitches
2
Lab10,11 Interactions between central office and user terminals
2
Lab12,13 Testing of analog subscriber lines
2
Lab14,15 Tests
2
15
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01-02
Written test
F2
Tests, disscussions, written reports
PEK_U01-02
P=0,6*F1+0,4*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zalecenia ITU-T, normy ETSI
[2] A. Jajszczyk, „Podstawy telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 1990
[3] A. Jajszczyk, „Wstęp do telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 2000
[4] G. Danilewicz, W. Kabaciński, „System sygnalizacji nr 7. Protokoły, standaryzacja,
zastosowania”, WKŁ, Warszawa 2005
[5] W. Kabaciński, „Standaryzacja w sieciach ISDN”, Wyd. Politechniki Poznańskiej 1996
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Przegląd Telekomunikacyjny i Wiadomości Telekomunikacyjne
[2] J.G. van Bosse, F.U. Devetak, „Signaling In telecommunication networks”, Wiley 2007
[3] Z. Papir i inni, „Sieci dostępowe dla usług szerokopasmowych”, Wyd. Fundacji
Postępu Telekomunikacji, Kraków 1997
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES126 Switching systems
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION …Teleinformatic networks (TSI)
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
Correlation between subject
Subject
Programme
Teaching tool
educational effect and
objectives***
content***
number***
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)**
S1TIS_W08
C1
Lec1,2,6-8,12-14 N1, N2, N4
S1TIS_W08
C1
Lec3-5,9-11
N1, N2, N4
S1TIS_U08
C2
Lab6-11
N2, N3, N5
S1TIS_U08
C2
Lab2-5,12,13
N2, N3, N5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY W-4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish … Programowalne układy cyfrowe
Name in English … Programmable Logic Devices
Main field of study (if applicable): Telekomunikacja
Specialization (if applicable): … Sieci Teleinformatyczne (TSI)
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETES127
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
15
15
30
30
Crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
Crediting with
grade
X
2
1
0.5
0.5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
K1TEL_W21
K1TEL_W27
K1TEL_U24
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gaining knowledge of programmable logic devices.
C2 Gaining knowledge of hardware description languages used in the computer design of digital
circuits.
C3 Acquiring skills to design combinational and sequential circuits using VHDL.
C4 Acquiring the ability of software for design and simulation of programmable digital systems.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Student know the structure of complex programmable devices.
PEK_W02 Student has knowledge of the basic parameters XC9500 family devices.
PEK_W03 Student has knowledge of the basic parameters SPARTAN III family devices.
PEK_W04 Student know the syntax and structure of the VHDL language.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Student can use the software to design and simulate logic circuits.
PEK_U02 Student can use VHDL to design combinational circuits.
PEK_U03 Student can use VHDL to design sequential circuits.
PEK_U04 Student can use of FPGA hardware resources.
PEK_U05 Student can use IP Cores.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Structures and programming complex PLD (CPLD, FPGA).
Number of
hours
3
Lec 2 XC9500 CPLD family.
Lec 3 Xilinx FPGAs Spartan, Virtex.
2
Lec 4 VHDL. Basics – Concurrent statements.
Lec 5 VHDL. Processes, functions - Sequential statements.
2
Lec 6 VHDL. Counters, registers, frequency dividers.
Lec 7 Designing with IP Core.
2
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1 Introduction. Health and Safety. Terms laboratory. The criteria of
assessment.
Familiarizing with the software package WebPACK
Combinational circuits - implementation, simulation and configuration.
Sequential circuits - implementation, simulation and configuration.
The use of the hardware resources of the Spartan 3 - RAM.
The use of the hardware resources of the Spartan 3 - DCM.
Lab 7 IP Cores.
Lab 8 Exam skills and final test
Total hours
2
2
15
Total hours
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
2
Number of
hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. The traditional lecture.
N2. Tutorials - Talk Solutions jobs
N3. Tutorials - short 10 min. written tests
N4. Practical exercises - practical implementation of systems designed
N5. Consultation
N6. Own work - preparation for laboratory
N7. Self - self-study and exam preparation
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01÷ PEK_U05 Oral replies, discussions
written tests
F2
PEK_W01÷PEK_W04 Written multiple choice.test .
P=F1*0,4+0,6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Pr. Zbiorowa.: Programowalne moduły logiczne w syntezie układów cyfrowych. WKiŁ
[2] Łuba T. (red.): Synteza układów cyfrowych. WKŁ
[3] Łuba T., Jasiński K., Zbierzchowski B.: Specjalizowane układy cyfrowe w strukturach PLD
i FPGA. WKiŁ
[4] Pasierbiński J., Zbysiński P.: Układy programowalne w praktyce. WKŁ
[5] Kalisz J.: Podstawy elektroniki cyfrowej. WKŁ
[6] The Programmable Logic Data Book. Xilinx, Inc.
[7] Libraries Guide. Release 6.3i. Xilinx, Inc.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Development System Reference Guide-6.3i. Xilinx, Inc
[2] Foundation Series User Guide 2.1. Xilinx, Inc.
[3] Hardware User Guide-3.1i. Xilinx, Inc.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Sławomir Sambor, slawomir.sambor@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETES127 Programowalne układy cyfrowe
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……… TSI ……………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TIS_W09
C1
Lec1
1,5,7
PEK_W02
S1TIS_W09
C1
Lec2
1,5,7
PEK_W03
S1TIS_W09
C1
Lec3
1,5,7
PEK_W04
S1TIS_W09
C2
Lec4,5,6,7
1,5,7
PEK_U01
S1TIS_U09
C4
Lab2
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U02
S1TIS_U09
C3,C4
Lab3
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U03
S1TIS_U09
C3,C4
Lab4
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U04
S1TIS_U09
C3,C4
Lab5,6
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_U05
S1TIS_U09
C3,C4
Lab7
2,3,4,5,6
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Inżynieria ruchu 2
Name in English …… Traffic engineering 2
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): …Teleinformatic networks (TSI)
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES128
Group of courses YES
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Seminar
30
60
Crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
2
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Student knows basic concepts in scope of telecommunications.
2. Student knows basics of traffic engineering.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Developing the ability of telecommunication traffic description.
C2 Achieving the ability of selected TDM network components’ dimensioning.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to use basic formulas for traffic load and blocking probability calculation in
selected systems.
PEK_U02 – is able to use of simulation environment to analyse of selected traffic issues.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - project
Proj 1,2,3 Visualisation of teletraffic phenomena using programming tools
Network dimensioning issues
Proj 4,5
Number of hours
6
4
Proj 6-9
Analysis of telecommunication services quality
Proj 10-13 Using simulation tools in traffic engineering
Proj 14,15 Results’ presentation
8
8
4
30
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Project evaluation grade, presentation,
disscussion
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Wstęp do telekomutacji., WNT, Warszawa 2000.
[2] Papir Z.: Ruch telekomunikacyjny i przeciążenia sieci pakietowych., WKŁ, Warszawa
2001.
[3] Villy B. Iversen, „Teletraffic Engineering Handbook (and netw. planning”, ITU.
[4] Grzech A.: Sterowanie ruchem w sieciach teleinformatycznych. Oficyna Wyd. PWr,
Wrocław 2002
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Podstawy komutacji kanałów., WNT, Warszawa 1990.
[2] ITU-T Recommendations.
[3] Instructions and user guides for Opnet IT Guru, OMNET, ns-2, ns-3 simulation tools.
[4] Journals and magazines (IEEE, WUT Library) in scope of traffic engineering.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Traffic Engineering 2
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications (TEL)
AND SPECIALIZATION …Teleinformatic Networks (TSI)……..
Subject educational effect
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TIS_U11
C1
Proj1-9
N1, N2, N3
PEK_U02
S1TIS_U11
C2
Proj10-13
N1, N2, N3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY of Electronics / DEPARTMENT of Telecommunication & Teleinformatics (K3)
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Modelowanie usług teleinformatycznych
Name in English Teleinformatics services modeling
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable): Sieci teleinformatyczne
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETES129
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
30
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
15
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses X
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of 0,5
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W28, K1TEL_U25
2. K1TEL_W26, K1TEL_U23
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Student is able to explain the process of modeling teleinformatics services
C2. Student is able to design, model and simulate selected teleinformatics service.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – Student knows the steps of teleinformatics services modeling and selected life
cycles of service.
PEK_W02 – Student has a basic knowledge of system analysis in service modeling.
PEK_W03 – Student knows modeling of system’s functions and information flow.
PEK_W04 – Student knows the tools for services modeling.
PEK_W05 – Student knows the most important steps of designing physical infrastructure
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – Student is able to carry out modeling demand for multimedia services
PEK_U02 – Student is able to prepare a feasibility study for the designing service
PEK_U03 – Student can prepare the project and model of teleinformatics service with
appropriate tools (CASE)
PEK_U04 – Student is able to project the physical infrastructure
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Introduction. Basic concepts. The life cycle of teleinformatics
3
Lec 2
3
Lec 3
Lec 4
Lec 5
service. Demand modeling.
System analysis in teleinformatics services modeling. Sample
feasibility study – case study.
Designing of system functions and information flow modeling.
Introduction to UML.
Modeling CASE tools supporting modeling teleinformatics
services.
Project of physical infrastructure.
3
3
3
15
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Lab 1 Modeling the demand on teleinformatics services.
Lab 2 Feasibility study.
Lab 3 Project services in UML and implementation fo the model with selected
Number of
hours
3
3
3
tools
Lab 4,5 Computer simulation.
Lab 6,7 Defence of project thesis.
Total hours
3
3
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture using array, slides.
N2. Computer simulation tools.
N3. Mathematical exercises – results discussion.
N4. Practical exercises – network devices configuration and testing.
N5. Consultation.
N6. Individual work – preparation for practical classes
N7. Individual work – self-study.
N8. Materials and Instructions.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
F1-8
PEK_W01-06
Attendance, presentations, defence of project thesis,
PEK_U01-05
C=50/100(project)+50/100(lecture)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Raisanen V., Service Modelling. Principles and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
[2] Mrozowski A., Metoda projektowania i wdrażania złożonych systemów informatycznych,
Politechnika Wrocławska, 2009.
[3] Wrycza S., Marcinkowski B., Wyrzykowski K., Język UML 2.0 w modelowaniu
systemów informatycznych, Helion, 2005.
[4] Suchecki B., Kompletne modele popytu, Polskie Wydawnictwo Ekonomiczne,
Warszawa, 2006.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] [Wrycza S., UML 2.x: ćwiczenia zaawansowane, Helion, Gliwice 2012.
[2] Laskowski S., Modelowanie popytu na usługi telekomunikacyjne, Telekomunikacja i Techniki
Informacyjne 1-2/2000.
[3]
Skrzypek J., Projekty współfinansowane ze środków UE: od pomysłu do studium
wykonalności, Twigger, Warszawa 2005.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Tomasz Długosz, Tomasz.Dlugosz@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Teleinformatics services modeling
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TSI
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TIS_W02
C1
Wy1
1,4,6,8
PEK_W02
S1TIS_W02
C1
Wy2
1,4,6,8
PEK_W03
S1TIS_W02
C1
Wy3
1,4,6,8
PEK_W04
S1TIS_W02
C1
Wy4
1,4,6,8
PEK_W05
S1TIS_W02
C1
Wy5
1,4,6,8
PEK_U01
S1TIS_U02
C2
Pr1
2,3,5,7
PEK_U02
S1TIS_U02
C2
Pr2,3
2,3,5,7
PEK_U03
S1TIS_U02
C2
Pr4
2,3,5,7
PEK_U04
S1TIS_U02
C2
Pr5
2,3,5,7
PEK_W06
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF EELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Propagacja fal radiowych
Name in English
Radio wave propagation
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable):
Mobile Telecommunications
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETES204
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Classes
Number of hours of
30
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
60
student workload
(CNPS)
Crediting Examination /
Form of crediting
with grade crediting with
grade*
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK)
classes
2
2
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Cognition and understanding physical phenomena connected with radio wale propagation
C2 Acquire knowledge of radio wave propagation on various frequencies
C3 Acquire knowledge of radio wave attenuation prediction
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 know how to explain the influence of the physical phenomena on radio wave
propagation
PEK_W02 know how to distinguish behavior of radio waves in certain frequency bands
PEK_W03 know how to select and suggest appropriate propagation model for various
radiocommunication systems
…
relating to skills:
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
…
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1
Introduction – principles of radio transmission
2
Lec 2
Free-space propagation
2
Lec 3
Ground wave propagation
2
Lec 4
Propagation over a reflecting surface
2
Lec 5
Space relevant for propagation, Fresnel zones
2
Lec 6
Propagation in troposphere and ionized media
2
Lec 7
Space and atmospheric noise
2
Lec 8
Propagation in various frequency range
2
Lec 9
2
Lec 10
Phenomena incidental to reception radio waves
(multipath and loses)
- influence on quality of the transmission channel
LF and MF propagation
Lec 11
SF propagation
2
Lec 12
UHF/VHF propagation
2
Lec 13
Propagation in built-up areas
2
Lec 14
Propagation models and methods
2
Lec 15
Proficiency test
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
Lectures
2
Number of
hours
30
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
30
Number of
hours
Lab 5
…
Total hours
Number of
Form of classes - project
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture supported by Power-Point presentations
N2. Tutorials
N3. Student self-work
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
P
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Proficiency test (writing)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Bem D.J.: Anteny i rozchodzenie się fal radiowych, WNT, Warszawa 1973.
[2] Katulski R.J.: Propagacja fal radiowych, WKŁ, Warszawa 2009.
[3] Parsons J.D.: The Mobile Radio Propagation Channel, Pentech Press. London 2000.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[4] Blaunstein N.: Radio Propagation in Cellular Networks, Artech House, Boston –
London 2000.
[5] Hess G.C.: Land-Mobile Radio System Engineering, Artech House, Boston – London
1993.
[6] Mehrotra A.: Cellular Radio Performance Engineering, Artech House, Boston –
London 1994.
[7] Siwiak K.: Radio wave propagation and antennas for personal communications, Artech
House, Boston – London 1994.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Jarosław M. Janiszewski, jarosław.janiszewski @pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
C1
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
Wy1 – Wy7, Wy9
N1, N2, N3
C2
Wy8, Wy10 Wy12,
N1, N2, N3
C3
Wy-13, Wy14
N1, N2, N3
S1TEM_W02
PEK_W02
S1TEM_W02
PEK_W03
S1TEM_W02
…
PEK_U01 (skills)
PEK_U02
…
PEK_K01 (competences)
PEK_K02
…
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS
Name in Polish
Name in English
Main field of study
Specialization:
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code
Group of courses
SUBJECT CARD
Projekt zespołowy
Team project
Telecommunications
TEM
1st level, full-time
obligatory
ETES207
NO
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Seminar
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
4
4
2
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquiring the ability to carry out their engineering tasks as part of a complex engineering
task
C2 Gain experience in teamwork, including the ability to planning and scheduling, intra-team
communication, perform the role of a team member or leader, the opportunity to demonstrate
their creativity, openness to innovative approaches focused on the team's success
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 is able to perform tasks in the implementation of complex IT project
PEK_U02 is able to apply the principles of project management for the implementation of
complex IT project
PEK_U03 is able to prepare the project’s documentation
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 can work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in the project and attention
to the timely execution of the tasks assigned
Form of classes - project
Number of
hours
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
Proj 5
Proj 6
Proj 7
Proj 8
Proj 9
Determining the subject and purpose of the project (eg., web information
system, a complex system database, a comprehensive project of
computerization), the allocation of roles in the project, the initial
allocation of tasks to be performed, the choice of team leader
Introduction to the problem area of the project. Overview of solutions in
the area of the problem - an analysis of the methods and applied
information technology.
Analysis of user requirements, including an analysis of the economic
impact of the project implementation. Development of project
assumptions. Determining the initial timetable for action (in the form of
Gantt chart) and the principles of intra-team and teacher communication
Analysis of risks in the project, establish emergency scenarios and ways
to monitor risks. Planning for quality management principles in the
project, development of quality control procedures. Establish rules for
the results subsequent stages justification of a project and rules for
documenting the stages
The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule
of the first stage of the project
The implementation team meetings with the teacher - in accordance with
the agreed schedule (milestone)
The implementation of individual project tasks by scheduling the second
stage of the project
Presentation of the results of the executed project, discuss problems, the
assessment of the completed project by the teacher. Verification of the
project. Determination of possible changes
Presentation of final project documentation in writing form
4
8
4
12
4
12
8
4
60
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. multimedia presentation
N2. discussion
N3. Consultation
N4. Own work
4
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation Educational Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
effect
(F –
number
forming
(during
semester), P
– concluding
(at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01 Rating presenting subsequent stages of the project and team skills: the
timetable, the activity of the team, the ability to apply the principles of
PEK_U02 project management
F2
PEK_K01
PEK_U03 Evaluation of the quality of the executed project and design
documentation
P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Collective work, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), 2009
[2] Praca zbiorowa, Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC Press,
Kraków 2003 (in polish)
[3] J. Robertson, Robertson, S., Full system analysis, WNT Warsaw, 2003
[4] Dennis A., Wixam B.H., System Analysis, Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2003
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] The literature recommended by the teacher
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
prof. dr hab.inż. Ryszard Zielinski , Ryszard.zielinski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Team project
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TEM
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of study
and specialization
Subject
objectives
Programme
content
Teaching tool
number
PEK_U01
S1TEM_U11
C1
Proj1–Proj8
N1, N2, N3, N4
PEK_U02
S1TEM_U11
C1
Proj1-Proj4
N1, N2, N3
PEK_U03
S1TEM_U11
C1
Proj9
N2, N3, N4
PEK_K01
S1TEM_K02
C2
Proj1-Proj8
N2, N3, N4
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish POMIARY W TELEKOMUNIKACJI
Name in English MEASUREMENTS IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Main field of study (if applicable): TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Specialization (if applicable): Mobile Telecommunications
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETES223
Group of courses NO
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS)
Lecture
30
Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
60
crediting with
grade*
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
-
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
2
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Learning and understanding the need for measurement in telecommunications.
C2. Gaining the knowledge concerning the range and methods of measurements in
telecommunications
C3. Gaining the knowledge concerning the factors limiting the accuracy of the measurement in
telecommunications
C4. Gaining the skills for proper selection of methods and measurement equipment in the
measurement in telecommunications
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Has knowledge about basics of metrology for the purpose of telecommunications including
general information about the signals used in the telecommunications, measured
values and methods of direct and indirect measurements of these quantities
PEK_W02 Has knowledge about the measuring equipment used in the measurements for
telecommunications. Able to characterize the measurement needs in various aspects
of telecommunications, indicate measured values, select the measurement
methodology and estimate the uncertainty.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Can suggest how to measure and explain this choice, identify sources of potential
measurement errors and calculate the value of these errors
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of
hours
Lec 1 Introduction, overview of the lecture, basic concepts of metrology.
2
Lec 2 Measurement, error and uncertainty. Measured values and units in
telecommunication measurements.
4
Lec 3 Power, voltage and current measurement of high frequency signals –
detectors, methods and uncertainty.
2
Lec 4 Usage of oscilloscopes in telecommunications measurements.
4
Lec 5 Spectrum analyzer – principle of operation and measurement usage.
4
Lec 6 Measurements two-port networks parameters - network analyzer
2
Lec 7 Measurements in antenna technology.
2
Lec 8 Measurements in ultra-high frequencies and terahertz technology,
absorption materials.
2
Lec 9 Measurements of QoS in telecommunications
2
Lec 10 Electromagnetic field measurements
2
Lec 11 Automated measuring systems
2
Lec 12 Knowledge test
2
Total hours
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture using multimedia presentations.
N2. Tutorials - discussion of solutions during the lecture
N3. Presentation of measuring devices
N4. Presentations in electronic version
N5. Consultations
N6. Student own work
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
Educational Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
effect number
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
F1
Activity during lectures - quizzes, exams
PEK_U01
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
F2
Knowledge test
PEK_U01
P = 0,4*F1+0,6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Presented during lectures
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Paweł Bieńkowski, pawel.bienkowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Measurements in telecommunications
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION Mobile telecommunications
Subject
educational effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_U01
Correlation between
Subject
Programme content***
Teaching tool
subject educational objectives***
number***
effect and educational
effects defined for
main field of study
and specialization (if
applicable)**
S2TIU_W04
C1
Lec1, Lec2-Lec8, Lec9,Lec11
N1, N2, N4, N5, N6
C2
S2TIU_W04
C2
Lec3, Lec4, Lec5, Lec6, Lec7, Lec10 N1, N5, N6, N7, N8,
C3
N9
S2TIU_U04
C4
Lec3, Lec4, Lec5, Lec6, Lec7, Lec10,
N2, N4, N5, N6
Lec12
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Systemy telekomunikacji mobilnej
Name in English
Mobile communication systems
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): Mobile Telecommunication
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETES224
Group of courses YES*
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Examination
For group of courses mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
7
Classes Laboratory
Project Seminar
45
30
15
90
60
60
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
0
1
1
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
4
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Gaining basic knowledge in the field of the wireless communication systems, including the
basic notions and definitions as well as information related to their purposes, applications
scope and used frequencies.
C2. Gaining the knowledge of the physical phenomena occurring in the radio channel,
techniques used to reduce disadvantageous effects of these phenomena on transmission
quality
C3. Gaining basic knowledge of counting the radio link budget and determining coverage of
wireless systems in various propagation environments
C4. Gaining the knowledge of the various types of wireless networks and systems enabling to
distinguish their characteristics and application areas, architectures, techniques used for
transmission, system procedures and communication protocols, used communications
techniques and medium access protocols and channel organizations
C5. Gaining knowledge of the safety and security techniques used in wireless networks.
C6. Gaining skills in configuring and testing of mobile communications equipment, using
diagnostic tools as well as observations and analysis of various events.
C7. Gaining skills in seeking selective information and presentation preparation, which allows
clearly give students knowledge, present skills or concepts and solutions
C8. Gaining skills in creative discussion that in a factual and substantive can be justified and
defended their technical solution or position
C9. Developing and strengthen social skills including emotional intelligence, involving the
ability to work in a group of students, oriented at effective problem solving.
Responsibility, honesty and fairness in the behavior; observance customs in academia and
society.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 - has knowledge of the types and applications of wireless systems as well as used
frequency bands, network architectures and functions of each of individual component,
the radio interfaces, channels structure and used transmission techniques, capacity and
spectral efficiency of wireless systems
PEK_W02-knows transmission techniques used in wireless systems, including multiple access
methods, medium access control methods, duplex communications, as well as
techniques enabling in wireless systems to improve the quality of service and radio
coverage and access to the radio link
PEK_W03 - knows the basic parameters connecting with the radio link of wireless systems, i.e.
a coverage area, transmission and interference ranges, noises and interferences at the
receiver input; has a deep knowledge of the transmitter and receiver parameters that are
important for the communication range and quality of the radio transmission
PEK_W04 - has the basic knowledge how to determine the a radio link budget as well as
communication range and capacity radio systems; knows the principles of cellular
systems planning
PEK_W05 - knows techniques of data transmission in cellular systems
PEK_W06 - has knowledge of the nature and methods used to provide safety and security of
mobile and wireless systems
PEK_W07 - has knowledge of the current state of the art and trends in developments in the
field of mobile communications systems
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to determine the radio link budget, communication and interference range for
mobile networks
PEK_U02 – is able to use the diagnostic tools dedicated for testing and analysis of mobile
communications systems
PEK_U03 – is able to use a spectrum analyzer and measurement tools used to test the
performance of mobile communication systems
PEK_U04 – is able to find and identify the sources of a radio transmission using modern
measuring devices
PEK_U05– is able to test the operations, features, performance and functionality of mobile
communications systems.
PEK_U06 – is able to configure selected devices and mobile networks
PEK_U07 – is able to critically evaluate the scientific and technical solutions used in mobile
communications systems
PEK_U08 - can make a presentation on the current state of the art for a given problem on the
basis of the literature analysis.
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 - searching for information and its critical analysis, independent and creative
thinking
PEK_K02 - an objective evaluation of arguments to justify the rational explanation and
validation of her/his own point of view, using knowledge of wireless networks nature
PEK_K03 - comply with the customs and rules of the academia society,
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish … Telewizja Cyfrowa …………………………………………….
Name in English … Digital Television …………………………………………….
Main field of study (if applicable): … Telekomunikacja (TEL) ……………………….
Specialization (if applicable): … Telekomunikacja mobilna (TEM)…………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES226………….
Group of courses YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Lecture
15
Classes Laboratory
15
30
30
crediting with
grade*
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct 0,5
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Project Seminar
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquiring knowledge of picture analysis and synthesis in broadcast television and of digital video
signals
C2 Acquiring knowledge of video signal compression basis
C3 Acquiring knowledge of digital television standards and supplementary services
C4 Acquiring general knowledge of TV transmitter and receiver
C5 Acquisition of skills regarding measurements of technical parameters of main TV receiver blocks
C6 Acquisition of skills regarding practical quality assessment of broadcast TV receiver
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Has knowledge of picture analysis and synthesis in broadcast television and of digital video
signals
PEK_W02 Has knowledge of video signal compression basis
PEK_W03 Has knowledge of digital television standards and supplementary services
PEK_W04 Has general knowledge about TV transmitter and receiver
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Can measure technical parameters of main TV receiver blocks
PEK_U02 Can make quality assessment of broadcast TV receiver
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Picture analysis and synthesis basis. Digital video signals.
Number of hours
4
Lec 2 Source coding in television
4
Lec 3 Channel coding and modulation in television
3
Lec 4 Digital television standards
2
Lec 5 Television transmitter and receiver
2
Total hours
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1 Transport Stream and Programme Stream analysis in DVB
4
Lab 2 Spectrum analysis of digital television signal
3
Lab 3 Quality assessment of digital television transmission, terrestial and satellite
4
Lab 4 Sensitivity measurement of digital television receiver
4
Total hours
15
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture with the use of slides and transparencies
N2.Laboratory experiments
N3. Addtional study materials and laboratory instructions
N4.Tutorial
N5. Independent study, revision for laboratory work
N6.Independent study, revision for final test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
forming (during number
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F2
PEK_W01PEK_W04
PEK_U01PEK_U02
Final test
Preparation assessment during laboratory work, laboratory
report check
P=0,85*F1+0,15*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Benoit, H. “Digital Television”, 3rd Edition, Focal Press, 2008
[2] Marek Domański, „Obraz cyfrowy. Podstawy JPEG MPEG”, WKŁ, 2010
[3] Fischer, W. “Digital Video and Audio Broadcasting Technology: A Practical
Engineering Guide (Signals and Communication Technology)”, 3rd Edition, Springer;
2010
[4] John F. Arnold, Michael R. Frater, Mark R. Pickering, “Digital Television: Technology
and Standards”, Wiley, 2007
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] M. Rusin, Telewizja. Systemy transmisji, WKŁ 1990.
[2] A. Karwowska -Lamparska, Telewizyjne systemy cyfrowe, WKŁ 1994.
[3] A.Fiok, Telewizja Podstawy ogólne, WKŁ 1996
[4] Marcelo S. Alencar, “Digital Television Systems”, Cambridge University Press, Print
Publication Year: 2001, Online Publication Date: January 2010
[5] Jerry Whitaker, “Television Receivers: Digital Video for DTV, Cable, and Satellite”,
2001
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Andrzej Sowa, andrzej.sowa@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
… ETES226 Digital Television…………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
…TEL……………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION …TEM…………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
S1TEM_W06
C1
Lec1
N1,4,6
PEK_W02
S1TEM_W06
C2
Lec 2
N1,4,6
PEK_W03
S1TEM_W06
C3
Lec 3, Lec 4
N1,4,6
PEK_W04
S1TEM_W06
C4
Lec 5
N1,4,6
PEK_U01 (skills)
S1TEM_U04
C5
Lab1,Lab2
N2,3,5
PEK_U02
S1TEM_U04
C6
Lab3,Lab4
N2,3,5
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT CHAIR OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND TELEINFORMATICS (W4/K3)
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Planowanie sieci radiokomunikacyjnych
Name in English Planning of Radiocommunication Networks
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable): Mobile Telecommunication
Level and form of studies: 1st/ full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETES227
Group of courses YES /
Lecture
Number of hours of
30
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
90
student workload (CNPS)
Crediting
Form of crediting
Classes
Laboratory
Project
30
60
Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Crediting Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
3
2
-
2
3
1
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Seminar
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Learn and understand the basic structure of the radiocommunication network
C2 Acquisition of knowledge in the modeling of different elements of the radio link
C3 Acquisition of knowledge of the system and radiocommuniction network planning
including electromagnetic compatibility requirements
C4 Acquiring the ability to obtain information from the standardization documents
C5 Learning how to use tools to calculate the power budget of the radio link and perform the
radiocommunication network planning
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 One has detailed knowledge of radio network planning in accordance with the
requirements of intra-and intersystem electromagnetic compatibility.
…
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 One can build models of all radiocommunication network elements, calculate the
power budget of the radio link and the transmission range, choose the appropriate
propagation models and ranges, analyze nonlinear phenomena in the receiver
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of
Lec 1
Basic concepts. The structure of the radio link and a radiocommunication
network
1
Lec 2
Phases of the radiocommunication system planning. Model of the
transmitter in the amplitude selection phase – discrete model statistical and
deterministic
2
Lec 3
Model of the transmitter in the frequency selection phase - band model of a
transmitter
2
Lec 4
Emission standards and models of typical radiocommunication system
transmitters
2
Lec 5
Antenna gain, restrictions on applicability, modeling and design of
broadcasting antenna characteristics
2
Lec 6
Gain of the directional and sectoral antennas, selected standards
1
Lec 7
Structure of the receiver, superheterodyne reception
1
Lec 8
The sensitivity threshold of the receiver in the amplitude selection phase
2
Lec 9
The receiver model used in the frequency selection phase
2
Lec 10 The nonlinear effects in the receiver and their impact on the correct method
2
of planning
Lec 11 Factors affecting the quality of the received signal, the electromagnetic
spectrum sharing, standards and guidelines
1
Lec 12 Propagation models in free space for point to the area and point to point
links
2
Lec 13 The radio wave propagation phenomenon, ground wave propagation,
tropospheric waves, refraction, dispersion and atmospheric attenuation
2
Lec 14 Ionosphere and ionospheric wave propagation
2
Lec 15 Models for wave propagation over flat and spherical earth
2
Lec 16 Models used in planning selected terrestrial radio network (selected topics)
2
Lec 17 Models used in the planning of the selected satellite radio network
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
30
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
…
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Proj 1 Design and execution of applications:
1. propagation loss computed for the selected propagation models
2. presenting the phenomenon of fading for selected environments
3. radiation pattern of the antenna system
Construction of the MathCad spread-sheet for the selected parameters
Preparing of presentation and presentation of the spread-sheet and the
results of calculations
Proj 2 The use of a software application for the analysis and planning of the
selected wireless system:
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
15
15
1. choosing the right system parameters (standards and guidelines)
2. choosing the right method and calculations
3. perform calculations
4. preparing presentations and present the results of calculations
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
30
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture
N2. Quizzes checking the knowledge and skills
N3. Presentation of synthetic design task by the teacher
N4. Presentation of the project task
N5. Consultation
N6. Self study
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F2
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
PEK_W01
PEK_U01
Activity at lectures, completion of written tests, pass
exam
Active participation in classes, evaluation of two projects
(project and presentation)
C=0.6*F1+0.4*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Daniel J. Bem,: „Modelowanie systemów radiokomunikacyjnych”, W-w, 1985, skrypt Politechniki
Wrocławskiej
[2] Zalecenia ITU-R: P.370-7, P. 1546-1, P.453-9, F.1191-3, EN 302 774, SM. 1541-1, BT.419-3, EN
302 326
[3] Ryszard J. Katulski,: „Propagacja fal radiowych w telekomunikacji bezprzewodowej”, WKŁ,
2009.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[4] Ryszard J. Zieliński,: „Kompatybilność elektromagnetyczna w telekomunikacji satelitarnej”,
Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, 1999.
[5] Martin P. Clark,: „Wireless Access Networks”, Wiley 2000.
[6] Harry R. Anderson,: “Fixed Broadband Wireless System Design”, Wiley, 2003.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Ryszard J Zieliński, Ryszard.zielinski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETES227 Planning of Radiocommunication Networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION
Mobile Telecommunication (TEM)
Subject educational effect
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TIU_W08
C1
Lec 1
N1, N2, N5, N6
PEK_W01
S1TIU_W08
C2
Lec 2-Lec 15
N1, N2, N5, N6
PEK_W01
S1TIU_W08
C3
Lec 16-Lec 17
N1, N2, N5, N6
PEK_U01
S1TIU_U11
C4
Proj 1, Proj 2
N3, N4, N5, N6
PEK_U01
S1TIU_U11
C5
Proj 1, Proj 2
N3, N4, N5, N6
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW
FACULTY ………W-4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish.
Transmisja danych.
Name in English
Data transmission….
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Mobile Telecommunications TEM
Level and form of studies:
1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETES228
Group of courses
YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes
in University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final
course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for
direct teacher-student contact (BK)
classes
Classes Laboratory
15
30
30
30
Crediting with
grade*
Project Seminar
Crediting with
grade*
X
2
1
0,5
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Zdobycie podstawowej wiedzy dotyczącej transmisji danych we współczesnych sieciach
telekomunikacyjnych, związanej z ograniczeniami fizycznymi transmisji, modelem funkcjonalnym
sieci, mediami transmisyjnymi, technikami transmisyjnymi.
C2. Zdobycie podstawowej wiedzy o rozwoju technik transmisyjnych, sieci pakietowych oraz
sposobach zapewniania jakości transmisji danych we współczesnych sieciach telekomunikacyjnych.
C3. Zdobycie umiejętności konfigurowania urządzeń i usług dla wybranych technik transmisji
danych, stosowania narzędzi diagnostycznych, rejestrowania i analizy parametrów badanych łączy.
C1. Gaining basic knowledge of data transmission in modern telecommunications networks,
associated with: physical transmission limitations, functional model network, media transmission
and transmission techniques.
C2. Gaining basic knowledge of the evolution of the techniques for transmission, packet networks,
and ensure the quality of data transmission in modern telecommunications networks.
C3. Acquiring the ability to configure the devices and services for specific techniques of data
transmission, the use of diagnostic tools, data registration and analysis of the parameters of the tested
links.
1
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – posiada podstawową wiedzę o transmisji danych we współczesnej
telekomunikacji i koncepcjach jej rozwoju. Zna model warstwowy sieci transmisji
danych i zakres realizowanych funkcji transmisyjnych w poszczególnych warstwach.
PEK_W02 – posiada podstawową wiedzę o mediach używanych do transmisji danych ,ich
budowie, zjawisk wpływających na transmisję i stosowanych technik transmisyjnych.
PEK_W03 - Zna wady i zaletach różnych technik transmisji danych i zna podstawowe
parametry i zależności opisujące jakość kanału.
PEK_W04- posiada podstawową wiedzę o rozwoju technik transmisyjnych , sposobach
zwielokrotniania transmisji, metodach zapewniania parametrów jakości QoS.
PEK_W01 – The student has basic knowledge of the data transmission in modern
telecommunications network and concepts of its development. He knows the layers
model of the data transmission network and range of functions used in different
layers.
PEK_W02 – The student has basic knowledge of the media used for data transmission, the
construction, the phenomena that affect the transmission and used transmission
techniques.
PEK_W03 - The student know the advantages and disadvantages of various techniques of data
transmision and know the basic parameters and equations describing the quality of the
channel.
PEK_W04- The student has basic knowledge about the development of the data transmission
techniques, methods of transmission rate multiplication, methods of providing QoS
parameters.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – potrafi posługiwać się narzędziami diagnostycznymi i urządzeniami do
testowania i analizy.
PEK_U02 - potrafi skonfigurować urządzenia i usługi dla wybranych technik transmisji
danych.
PEK_U03 – potrafi zarejestrować i przeprowadzić analizę zarejestrowanych danych .
PEK_U01 – The student is able to use the diagnostic tools and equipment for testing and
analysis.
PEK_U02 - The student is able to configure the devices and services for selected transmission
techniques.
PEK_U03 – The student is able to capture and analyzed the recorded data.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Wprowadzenie, Transmisji danych we współczesnej telekomunikacji:
definicje danych transmisji danych, kanał w systemie
Lec1 telekomunikacyjnym, topologie sieci, dekompozycja sieci transmisji
danych - komponenty strukturalne i funkcjonalne;
Number of hours
2
2
Lec2
Introduction, Data transmission in modern telecommunications,
definitions of data, data transmission, channel in the telecommunication
system, network topologies, decomposition of data networks - structural
and functional components;
Koncepcja rozwoju sieci transmisji danych i model odniesienia dla
systemów otwartych: kierunki rozwoju sieci transmisji danych, kierunki
rozwoju sieci pakietowych IP, globalna infrastruktura informacyjna –
GII, definicja modelu OSI, model odniesienia OSI, siedmiowarstwowy
model OSI
2
Concept of evolution of the data transmision network and reference
model for the open systems: trends of developments IP packed
networks, global information infrastructure - GII, definition of OSI
reference model, seven-layers OSI model.
Media transmisyjne: podział systemów teletransmisyjnych, definicja
medium transmisyjnego, podział widma elektromagnetycznego, podział
mediów: media kablowe (kable typu skrętka, kable współosiowe, kable
światłowodowe - parametry i właściwości), systemy radiowe parametry i właściwości, systemy satelitarne - parametry i właściwości;
Lec3 Transmission media: division of transmission systems, the definition of
the transmission medium, the distribution of the electromagnetic
spectrum, a division of the media: the cables (twisted-pair cables,
coaxial cables, fiber optic cables - the parameters and properties) radio
systems - characteristics and properties, satellite systems characteristics and properties;
Lec4
Rodzaje komutacji w sieciach transmisji danych i sygnały ograniczone
szerokością pasma: komutacja łączy, komutacja wiadomości, komutacja
pakietów; sygnał analogowy i cyfrowy, transmisja analogowa i cyfrowa,
transmisja danych w kanale podstawowym, typy połączeń na podstawie
trybów pracy modemu, maksymalna szybkość przesyłania danych w
kanale;
Types of switching over a data network and bandwidth limited signals:
circuit switching, message switching, packet switching, analog and
digital signals, analog and digital transmission, data transmission in
basic channel, types of connections based on the operation modes of
modems, the maximum data rate in channel;
Transmisja cyfrowa i zwielokrotnienie, systemy nośne i systemy
synchroniczne SDH: zwielokrotnienie czasowe i częstotliwościowe,
cyfrowe kody liniowe, rodzaje modulacji, detekcja i korekcja błędów;
system nośny T-1 Bella, system nośny wg. zaleceń CCITT PCM (2,048
Mb/s), zwielokrotnienie plezjohroniczne, struktura i hierarchia
Lec5 zwielokrotnienia SDH;
2
2
2
Digital transmission and multiplication, carrier systems and
synchronous systems SDH: time and frequency multiplication, digital
linear codes, types of modulation, detection and correction of errors, the
carrier system T-1 Bell and E-1 PCM (2.048 Mb / s), plezjohronous
3
multiplication , structure and hierarchy of SDH multiplication;
Jakość usług QoS w sieciach transmisji danych i kierunki rozwoju sieci
pakietowych IP: sieci TDM i sieci pakietowe, definicja parametrów
jakości QoS, metody oceny parametrów jakości, model architektury
IntServ i DiffServ, protokoły MPLS i RSVP, model sieci następnej
generacji NGN.
Lec6
3
QoS in data transmission network and trends of IP network evolution:
TDM and packet networks, the definition of QoS parameters, methods
to evaluate of quality parameters, the architecture model IntServ and
DiffServ , MPLS and RSVP protocols, the model of next-generation
network NGN.
Rozwój technik transmisyjnych w sieciach transmisji danych i
zaliczenie wykładu: techniki transmisyjne w dostępie kablowym,
techniki transmisyjne w dostępie komutowanym, dostęp poprzez sieci
telewizji kablowych, dostęp przez sieć telefonii komórkowej, dostęp
poprzez systemy satelitarne, dostęp poprzez łącza radiowe WLAN;
Lec7
3
The development of techniques for transmission in a data transmission
network and the completion of the lecture: the transmission in a cable
access, the transmission technology in a circuit switched access , access
via cable television networks, access via the mobile phone network,
access via satellite systems, access via WLAN;
Total hours
15
Form of classes - laboratory
La1
La2
La3
La4
La5
Number of
hours
Transmisja głosu w sieciach IP - usługa VoIP
Transmission voice over IP - VoIP
Łącze SHDSL
SHDSL link
Tory telekomunikacyjne transmisji danych
Telecommunication links to data transmission
Łącze ADSL
ADSL link
Łącze ISDN
ISDN link
3
Total hours
15
3
3
3
3
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Wykład z wykorzystaniem tablicy i slajdów.
N2. Materiały i instrukcje on-line na portalu internetowym (http://kursy.krt.pwr.wroc.pl/).
N3. Ćwiczenia praktyczne – konfigurowanie urządzeń i testy funkcjonalne.
N4. Konsultacje.
N5. Odbiory sprawozdań.
N6. Praca własna – przygotowanie do ćwiczeń laboratoryjnych i wykonanie sprawozdań.
N7. Praca własna – samodzielne studia i przygotowanie do zaliczenia.
N1. Lectures using the board and slides
4
N2. Laboratory Materials and instructions in educational portal (https://kursy. pwr.wroc.pl/)
N3. Practical exercises - the configuration of network devices and functional tests
N4. Consultations
N5. Reception of reports.
N6. Own work - preparation for laboratory and preparation reports
N7. Self-study and preparation for pass the course
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEME
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1-5
Educational effect
number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
PEK_U01÷03
Checking the students preparation to the
laboratory, the receipt and evaluation reports.
Tests with lecture
PEK_Lec01÷04
P= 1/2*(ΣF1÷F5)/5)+1/2*F6
F6
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zenon Baran (praca zbiorowa); Podstawy transmisji danych; WKŁ 1982
[2] Comer D.E.: Sieci komputerowe i intersieci, WNT, Warszawa 2000.
[3] E. Bilski, I. Dubielewicz , Model odniesienia dla współdziałania systemów otwartych,
tom1, PWP, Wrocław 1993
[4] Vademecum teleinformatyka cz. I i II, IDG, Warszawa 1999, 2000
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] ITU-T and ETSI Recommendations, IETF Documents - RFC (ang. Request For
Comments).
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Waldemar, Grzebyk, Waldemar.Grzebyk@pwr.wroc.pl
5
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETES228 Data transmission
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunication (TEL)
AND SPECIALIZATION
Mobile Telecommunications (TEM)
Subject
educational
effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
S1TEM_W08
C1,C2
Lec1,Lec2
S1TEM_W08
C1,C2
Lec3,Lec4
S1TEM_W08
C1,C2
Lec5,Lec6
S1TEM_W08
C1,C2
Lec7
S1TEM_U06
C3
La1÷La5
S1TEM_U06
C3
La1÷La5
S1TEM_U06
C3
La1÷La5
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Teaching tool
number***
N1,N2,N4,N7
N1,N2,N4,N7
N1,N2,N4,N7
N1,N2,N4,N7
N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W-4…… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …Programowanie w języku Java…………………………….
Name in English …Programming in Java…………………………………………….
Main field of study (if applicable): …TEL……………………….
Specialization (if applicable): ……TEM, TMU………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code …TKEA010………….
Group of courses YES / NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
2
60
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
2
2
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Knowledge of any object oriented programming language
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Ability to create Java applications
C2 Knowledge of essential Java classes/libraries
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Student is able to use a chosen IDE for Java
PEK_U02 Knows standard Java classes
PEK_U03 Is able to create event driven GUI applications
PEK_U04 Is able to design and implement complex Java application
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - laboratory
N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f
h
o
u
r
s
La1
Introduction. Installation and configuration of selected 4
IDE. Basic Java application. Running and debugging
code.
L2
Java types and essential classes.
4
La3,4
Inheritance in Java. Class hierarchiy. Polymorphism.
Interfaces and abstract classes.
6
La5-8
Introduction to GUI programming. Event handling.
Creating custom gui components.
6
La9,10
Threads and synchronisation
La11-15
Individual project
1
0
Total hours
3
0
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Practical excersises - execution of tasks assigned during classes
N2. Individual work - preparing for classes
N3. Individual work - project
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_U01, 02, 03
F1
PEK_U01, 02, 03
F2
PEK_U04
F3
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
class tests, homework
execution of tasks assigned during classes
individual project
C = 0.4 * F1 + 0.1*F2 + 0.5*F3
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Bruce Eckel, "Thinking in Java"
http://www.mindviewinc.com/Books/downloads.html
[2]
Sharon Zakhour, Scott Hommel, Jacob Royal, Isaac Rabinovitch, Tom Risser, Mark
Hoeber, "The Java™ Tutorial"
http://download.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/
[3]
David J. Eck, "Introduction to Programming Using Java"
http://math.hws.edu/javanotes/
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] James Gosling, Bill Joy, Guy Steele, Gilad Bracha, "The Java Language Specification"
http://java.sun.com/docs/books/jls/
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Bartłomiej Golenko, bartlomiej.golenko@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U09, S1TEM_U07
C1, C2
La1
1
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U09, S1TEM_U07
C1, C2
La2,3,4,9,10
1,2,3
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U09, S1TEM_U07
C1, C2
La5,6,7,8
1,2,3
PEK_U04
S1TMU_U09, S1TEM_U07
C1, C2
La11-15
3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS (W4) / DEPARTMENT K3
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Radio programowalne
Name in English
Software Defined Radio
Main field of study (if applicable):
Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable):
Mobile Telecommunications (TEM)
Level and form of studies:
1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETES234
Group of courses
YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Lecture
15
Classes Laboratory
15
30
crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
30
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
1
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gaining basic knowledge related to the Software Defined Radio, requirements that SDR
devices should comply with and the architecture thereof
C2 Gaining basic knowledge on ways of implementing SDR transmitters and receivers,
methods and programming languages
C3 Gaining skills related to solving problems while implementing SDR projects
C4 Gaining skills of configuring, implementing solutions and solving problems encountered
during programming SDR devices
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – is able to describe what the software defined radio is and explain the SDR
principle of operation.
PEK_W02 – is able to enumerate individual components of the basic SDR architecture, define
basic requirements and technological limitations.
PEK_W03 – knows functions of the SDR transmitter/receiver individual blocks, is able to
recommend a way of implementing individual component blocks.
PEK_W04 – is able to indicate potential problems with implementing the software defined
radio, propose further development steps.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to prepare an environment for programming software defined radio
devices.
PEK_U02 – is able to build a simple transmitter and receiver utilizing basic modulation types
with the use of the software defined radio.
PEK_U03 – is able to build a transmitter and receiver utilizing the frequency hopping spread
spectrum technique.
PEK_U04 – is able to build a transmitter and receiver utilizing the OFDM technique.
PEK_U05 – is able to solve problems arising during the implementation of the software
defined radio
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec 1
Form of classes - lecture
Introduction to of the software defined radio concept
Lec 2
Basic architecture of the software defined radio
Number of hours
2
2
Lec 3,4 SDR receiver architecture
4
Lec 5,6 SDR transmitter architecture
4
Lec 7
Problems related to the implementation of SDR receiver architecture
1
Lec 8
Material review
2
Total hours
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab 1 Becoming acquainted with the programming environment, the hardware platform and
basics related to the programming of the software defined radio.
Lab 2 Construction of the transmitter and its respective receiver utilizing basic modulation
types (e.g. BPSK, QPSK). Determination of SNR and BER.
Lab 3 Construction of the transmitter and its respective receiver utilizing the frequency
hopping spread spectrum technique. Determination of SNR and BER.
Lab Construction of the transmitter and its respective receiver utilizing the OFDM
4,5 technique. Determination of SNR and BER.
Lab 5 Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. A lecture with the use of the blackboard, transparencies and slides.
N2. Technical specifications of wireless short-range systems
N3. Simulation and programming tools (e.g. Matlab Simulink)
N4. Consultations and discussions
N5. Student’s independent work – preparation for laboratory classes
N6. Student’s independent work – studies and preparation for the exam
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester end)
F1
PEK_W01-04
F2–5
PEK_U01-05
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
written assessment
report of activity during the laboratory
P= 0,5*F1 + 0,5*średnia (F2-5)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
3
3
3
6
15
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Kamil Staniec, kamil.staniec@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES234 Software Defined Radio
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TEM
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W03
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U05
PEK_U03
PEK_U05
PEK_U04
PEK_U05
S1TEM-W03
S1TEM-W03
S1TEM-W03
S1TEM-W03
S1TEM-W03
S1TEM-W03
S1TEM-U01
C1
C1
C2
C2
C3
C2
C4
Lec 1
Lec 2
Lec 3,4
Lec 5,6
Lec 7
Lec 8
Lab 1
N1,2,4,6
N1,2,4,6
N1,2,4,6
N1,2,4,6
N1,2,4,6
N1,2,4,6
N2,3,4,5
S1TEM-U01
C4
Lab 2
N2,3,4,5
S1TEM-U01
C4
Lab 3
N2,3,4,5
S1TEM-U01
C4
Lab 4,5
N2,3,4,5
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS
Name in Polish
Name in English
Main field of study
Specialization:
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code
Group of courses
SUBJECT CARD
Projekt zespołowy
Team project
Telecommunications
TMU
1st level, full-time
obligatory
ETES307
NO
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Seminar
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
4
4
2
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquiring the ability to carry out their engineering tasks as part of a complex engineering
task
C2 Gain experience in teamwork, including the ability to planning and scheduling, intra-team
communication, perform the role of a team member or leader, the opportunity to demonstrate
their creativity, openness to innovative approaches focused on the team's success
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 is able to perform tasks in the implementation of complex IT project
PEK_U02 is able to apply the principles of project management for the implementation of
complex IT project
PEK_U03 is able to prepare the project’s documentation
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 can work with the team, has a consciousness of their role in the project and attention
to the timely execution of the tasks assigned
Form of classes - project
Number of
hours
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
Proj 5
Proj 6
Proj 7
Proj 8
Proj 9
Determining the subject and purpose of the project (eg., web information
system, a complex system database, a comprehensive project of
computerization), the allocation of roles in the project, the initial
allocation of tasks to be performed, the choice of team leader
Introduction to the problem area of the project. Overview of solutions in
the area of the problem - an analysis of the methods and applied
information technology.
Analysis of user requirements, including an analysis of the economic
impact of the project implementation. Development of project
assumptions. Determining the initial timetable for action (in the form of
Gantt chart) and the principles of intra-team and teacher communication
Analysis of risks in the project, establish emergency scenarios and ways
to monitor risks. Planning for quality management principles in the
project, development of quality control procedures. Establish rules for
the results subsequent stages justification of a project and rules for
documenting the stages
The implementation of individual project tasks according to the schedule
of the first stage of the project
The implementation team meetings with the teacher - in accordance with
the agreed schedule (milestone)
The implementation of individual project tasks by scheduling the second
stage of the project
Presentation of the results of the executed project, discuss problems, the
assessment of the completed project by the teacher. Verification of the
project. Determination of possible changes
Presentation of final project documentation in writing form
4
8
4
12
4
12
8
4
60
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. multimedia presentation
N2. discussion
N3. Consultation
N4. Own work
4
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation Educational Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
effect
(F –
number
forming
(during
semester), P
– concluding
(at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01 Rating presenting subsequent stages of the project and team skills: the
timetable, the activity of the team, the ability to apply the principles of
PEK_U02 project management
F2
PEK_K01
PEK_U03 Evaluation of the quality of the executed project and design
documentation
P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Collective work, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), 2009
[2] Praca zbiorowa, Zarządzanie projektem informatycznym - model najlepszych praktyk, IFC Press,
Kraków 2003 (in polish)
[3] J. Robertson, Robertson, S., Full system analysis, WNT Warsaw, 2003
[4] Dennis A., Wixam B.H., System Analysis, Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2003
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] The literature recommended by the teacher
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
prof. dr hab. inż. Jan Zarzycki , jan.zarzycki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Team project
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TMU
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of study
and specialization
Subject
objectives
Programme
content
Teaching tool
number
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U12
C1
Proj1–Proj8
N1, N2, N3, N4
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U12
C1
Proj1-Proj4
N1, N2, N3
PEK_U03
S1TSMU_U12
C1
Proj9
N2, N3, N4
PEK_K01
S1TMU_K02
C2
Proj1-Proj8
N2, N3, N4
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Zarządzanie w systemach operacyjnych Linux
Name in English
Management of Linux Operating Systems
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): Multimedia in Telecommunication (TMU)
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code
ETES323
Group of courses YES
Lecture
15
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
30
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
x
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
15
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
1
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W08, K1TEL_U06, K1TEL_U07
2. K1TEL_W19
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
Knowledge of a Modern Operating Systems Architecture, tools and management
techniques
C1
C2 Practical knowledge of Linux Operating Systems Administration..
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – Be familiar with various operating systems. Have a good understanding of the
configuration and management of structure of file system, processes and memory,
input/output operations and communication between systems.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – Student is able to install Linux Operating System, to conduct complex
administration operations on files and processes , monitor and change main system
parameters.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Operating System installation.
Number of hours
1
Lec 2 File Systems and Files
1
Lec 3 Monitoring System parameters
1
Lec 4 Data transfer
Lec 5
Lec 6 Administration of Users accounts
Lec 7
1
1
Lec 8 System security mechanisms
1
Lec 9 Device drivers installation
Lec 10
Lec 11 Start and shutdown of system configuration
1
1
Lec 12 Configuration of Kernel parameters
1
Lec 13 Configuration of remote access
1
Lec 14 Printers and printing system configuration
1
Lec 15 Network configuration
1
Total hours
15
Form of classes - class
15
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
hours
Lab 1
Knowledge:
- Operating System installation
- Configuration of file systems
2
Lab 2
Knowledge:
- Monitor of System parameters – methods and tools
- Data transfer – create of backups
2
Lab 3
Knowledge:
- Administration of Users accounts
- System security configuration
4
Lab 4
Knowledge:
- Processes in Operating System – tasks management
- Device drivers installation
4
Lab 5
Knowledge:
- Start and shutdown of system configuration
- Configuration of Kernel parameters
2
Lab 6
Knowledge:
- Configuration of remote access
- Printers and printing system configuration
4
Lab 7
Network configuration (TCP/IP protocol)
Lab 8
Operating System packages management
Total hours
15
Form of classes - project
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Number of
hours
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1 Lecture and Slides presentations
N2. Linux Operating System – SUSE distribution – virtual machine
N3. Info prepared for students for each LAB.
N4. Consultations
N5. Homework – preparation for laboratory
N6. Homework – preparation for pass test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W01-04
F1
F2
PEK_U01-02
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Lecture pass test
Laboratory pass test
P = 50% F1 + 50% F2 (F1 and F2 must pass > 50%)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Dokumentacja Administratora systemu SUSE Linux. (www.novell.com/documentation)
[2]
[3]
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zasoby internetowe
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Zbigniew Sołtys zbigniew.soltys@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Operating Systems
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TMU_W04
C1
W1-W15
N1- N4
S1TMU_U04
C2
Lab1-Lab8
N2- N6
knowledge
PEK_U01
skills
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …………………… Interfejsy urządzeń teleinformatycznych
Name in English ………………… Information and Communication Interfaces
Main field of study (if applicable): TEL
Specialization (if applicable): …… TMU
Level and form of studies: ……… 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: ………………… obligatory
Subject code …………….……… ETES324
Group of courses …………………YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
15
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
30
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Examination
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
Project
15
15
30
60
crediting with
grade*
crediting with
grade*
1
1
1
1
Seminar
X
4
1,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W07
2. K1TEL_W08, K1TEL_U06, K1TEL_U07
3. K1TEL_W26, K1TEL_U23
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 After this course you should have the basic knowledge on electronic equipment interfaces.
C2 The ability of proper interface selection for the arrangement of data exchange between electronic
unit
C3 The knowledge and ability of basic interface configuration
C4. The knowledge and ability of basic interface programming
C5. The knowledge and ability of communication protocol implementation
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – Knows and can explain complexity of inter-instruments communication
PEK_W02 – Is properly identifying the communication interface between units
PEK_W03 – Knows the roles of data exchange in communication system
PEK_W04 – Knows the requirements of proper communication
PEK_W05 – Knows and can select communication interface according to the system requirements
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – Is able to connect two units using interface
PEK_U02 – Is able to configure communication interface
PEK_U03 – Can check proper connection via interface
PEK_U04 – Is able to implement communication protocol and run up communication
PEK_U05 – Is able to design communication protocol between two devices
PEK_U06 – Is able to analyze and use the documentation from module producer.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1 Introduction, syllabus presentation and qualification roles
1
Lec 2 Why are needed interfaces for the proper communication
2
Lec 3 Rudiments of communication, analog interfaces
2
Lec 4 Basic serial interfaces – RS323/RS422/RS485
2
Lec 5 Devices internal serial interfaces – I2C, SPI
2
Lec 6 Serial interface in automation – CAN
2
Lec 7 Parallel interfaces
2
Total hours
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1 Introduction, laboratory security roles
Lab 2 Introduction to the programming of microcontroller with many interfaces on board
(MS430). First program writing
Lab 3
Programming of microcontroller using interrupt, program based on interrupt service
Lab 4
Lab 5
Programming of RS232 and RS485 for the communication
Lab 6
Lab 7
Cooperation of microcontrollers via SPI and I2C interfaces
Lab 8
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Number
of hours
1
2
4
4
4
15
Number
of hours
Proj 1
Introduction, qualification roles presentation, groups definition
1
Proj 2
Project subject recognition, documentation studies, task definition
2
Proj 3
Proj 4
Elaboration of connection method, The selection of protocol and ports, block
diagram of the solution
4
Proj 5
Proj 6
Programming of protocol and communication service, testing
4
Proj 7
Proj 8
Results presentation and qualification
4
Total hours
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture slide based
N2. Technical specification of the interfaces
N3. Electronic circuits producers documentation
N4. Interfaces configuration under the teacher supervising
N5. Interfaces protocol implementation and programming under the teacher supervising
N6. Consultancy
N7. Self-work – laboratory task preparation
N8. Self-work – project realization
N9. Self-work – literaturę and documentation studies –exam passing preparation.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
[F – forming
Educational effect
(during semester),
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
P – concluding
(at semester end)]
F1
PEK-W01-05
Written examination
F2
PEK_U01-05
Laboratory results presentation
F3
PEK-W01-03,
Project final documentation + presentation
PEK_U01-07
C = 0,6*F1+0,1*F2+0,3*F3
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
T.Bilski, Interfejsy i urządzenia zewnętrzne, WPP, Poznań 2007
[2]
D.R. Hanson; Interfejsy i implementacje w języku C : techniki tworzenia kodu wielokrotnego
użytku, PWN 2006.
J. Bogusz; Lokalne interfejsy szeregowe w systemach cyfrowych : [I²C, Microwire, SPI,
SMBus, 1-Wire], BTC 2004
[3]
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
K.Wojtuszkiewicz; Urządzenia peryferyjne i interfejsy, PWN, 2007
[2]
[3]
M. Gook; Interfejsy sprzętowe komputerów PC; Helion Gliwice 2005.
Dokumentacje techniczne urządzeń teleinformatycznych
Specyfikacje protokołów teleinformatycznych
[4]
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Krzysztof Kardach,
krzysztof.kardach@pwr.wroc.pl
Gzegorz Haza, Grzegorz.haza@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETES324 Information and Communication Interfaces
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ….ETI
AND SPECIALIZATION ……TMU
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
PEK_U01 (skills)
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
PEK_U04
PEK_U05
PEK_U06
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TMU_W05
S1TMU_W05
S1TMU_W05
S1TMU_W05
S1TMU_W05
S1TMU_U15
S1TMU_U15
S1TMU_U15
S1TMU_U15
S1TMU_U15
S1TMU_U15
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1
C1
C1
C1
C2
C3
Lec 2, Lec 3
Lec 3-8
Lec 3
Lec 3
Lec 3-8, Lab5-8
Lab5-8, Proj3-4
N1,2,3,6,7,8,9
N1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9
N1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
N1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
N1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
N2,3,4,5,6,7,8
C4
C5
C5
C2
C2
Lab5-8, Proj3-6
La5-8, Proj3-6
La5-8, Proj3-6
Proj3-6
Lab3-8, Proj3-6
N2,3,4,5,6,7,8
N3,4,5,6,7,8
N2,3,4,5,6,7,8
N2,3,4,5,6,8
N2,3,4,5,6,7,8
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY W-4 / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Przetwarzanie adaptacyjne i tablicowe
Name in English Adaptive and Array Processing
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): Multimedia in Telecommunications
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code ETES325
Group of courses YES / NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
30
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
15
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
X
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of 0.5
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
1
0.5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W34
2. K1TEL_U30
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Be familiar with fundamentals of adaptive filtering
C2. Skills attainment to execute performance analysis of different class of adaptive filters
C1.Familiarization with fundamentals of robust adaptive filtering
C4. Be familiar with fundamentals of array processing and beamforming process dedicated to uniform
sensor configurations
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – be familiar with knowledge on optimal and adaptive filtering dedicated to deterministic
and stochastic signals
PEK_W02 – have knowledge on the latest solutions of adaptive filtering techniques
PEK_W03 – be familiar with methods of analytic signal calculation
PEK_W04 – have knowledge on fundamental spatial filtering algorithms dedicated to uniform sensor
arrays
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – be able to prepare experiments with an adaptive filtering algorithms
PEK_U02 – be capable of using different classes of adaptive filtering in off-line experiments
PEK_U03 – be able to execute parametric study of the implemented algorithms of adaptive filtering
PEK_U04 – be capable of using spatial filters to beamforming in off-line experiments
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
N
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1
Lec 2
Lec 3
Lec 4
Wiener filter with FIR structure, normal equation. Exact and approximate
solutions. Steepest descent method
Stochastic approximation. adaptive algorithms with constant gain, family of LMS
adaptive algorithms
Adaptive algorithms with variable gain. Normalized LMS (NLMS) and
decorrelation LMS (DLMS) algorithms
Variable step size adaptive filters. Robust adaptive filtering
2
2
2
2
Lec 7
Introduction to narrowband array processing: analytic signals, quadrature signal 2
processing, discrete Hilbert transform
Snapshots, spatial filter structure, directional vector of sensor arrays, array factor 2
function
Classical methods of beam synthesis, beam forming
2
Lec 8
Final test
1
Total hours
15
Lec 5
Lec 6
Form of classes - class
N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f
h
o
u
r
s
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
N
u
m
b
e
r
Form of classes - laboratory
o
f
h
o
u
r
s
Lab 1 Registration in the Moodle System. The general rules of working under Matlab system.
Examples – reading o wav files and scaling of plots in time
Lab 2 Examination of Wiener filter properties. Implementation of exact and recursive method
of normal equation solution. Steepest descent method analysis.
Lab 3 Performance analysis of adaptive filters with constant gain: LMS and LMAD, with
Gaussian noise and speech at the input
Lab 4 Steepest descent method. Implementation and analysis of classical adaptive filters with
time-varying step size: NLMS and DLMS.
Lab 5 Performance of the NLMS and DLMS adaptive filters in echo cancellation problem.
Calculation of the learning curve and misalignment function
Lab 6 Performance analysis of classical algorithms for different classes and levels of
disturbances in reference signal.
Lab 7 Implementation of exemplary robust adaptive filter SN NLMS. Performance analysis
of SN NLMS algorithm for different classes and levels of disturbances in reference
signal
Lab 8 Implementation of simple acoustic spatial filter for dominating bins in spectrum of
acoustic signal
Total hours
Form of classes - project
N
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
Form of classes - seminar
N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f
h
o
u
r
s
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Classical form of lectures with chalkboard and slides
N2. Electronic resources to lectures, labs and projects accessible for the registered participants on web
site zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl
N3. Numerical system Matlab to algorithms implementation and off-line experiments
N4. Scripts and functions with exemplary implementations of adaptive filters
N5. Preparations to laboratory
N6. Preparations to final test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1-F5
PEK_U01-04
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Preparation to labs, reports in the form of written
document , activity during tasks execution
P=0.1*(F1+F2+F3+F4+F5)+0.5*(grade from final test)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
1.
2.
3.
Sayed, Fundamentals of Adaptive Filtering, Willey, 2003
R.A. Mozingo, T.W. Miller, Introduction to Adaptive Arrays, 2004
Lyons R.G., Understanding Digital Signal Processing, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
1.
Latest paper from IEEE Press devoted to optimal and adaptive filtering
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Robert Hossa, Robert.Hossa@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES325 Adaptive and Array Processing
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION Multimedia in Telecommunications
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TMU_W08
C1
Wy1,2,3
N1,N2,N6
PEK_W02
S1TMU_W08
C3
Wy3,4
N1,N2,N6
PEK_W03
S1TMU_W08
C4
Wy5
N1,N2,N6
PEK_W04
S1TMU_W08
C4
Wy6,7
N1,N2,N6
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U06
C1
La1,2
N2,N3,N5
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U06
C1
La3,4,5
N2,N3,N5
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U06
C2
La5,6,7
N2,N3,N5
PEK_U04
S1TMU_U06
C3, C4
La8
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N2,N3,N5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY … W-4… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish … Procesory DSP w systemach wbudowanych ….
Name in English … DSP processors in embedded systems ……….
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL) ….
Specialization (if applicable): … Multimedia in Telecommunications (TMU) .
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code … ETES326 ….
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes
Laboratory
30
Project
Seminar
60
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final
course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
2
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W35
2. K1TEL_U31
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquiring skills of creating and debugging simple DSP programs and performing their functional
correctness analysis and profiling
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to create a linker command file for a hardware platform and to write
simple assembler programs for a DSP processor
PEK_U02 – is able to implement a simple DSP algorithm on a DSP processor in high level
language
PEK_U03 – is able to use DSP library functions and to write assembler functions
implementing a simple DSP algorithm on a DSP processor
PEK_U04 – is able to use an IDE for a DSP processor for purposes of debugging, verification
of functional correctness and profiling of programs being created
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
La1,2
Configuration of a text linker for a chosen hardware platform. Simple arithmetic
operations. Addressing modes of a DSP processor
4
La3,4
Access to a DSP processor’s peripherals from assembly language
4
La5,6
Interrupts. Timer
4
La7,8,9
Design and high level language implementation of a digital filter
6
La10,11,12 Implementation of a digital filter using DSPLIB
6
La13,14,15 Design and implementation of an assembler function of digital filtering
6
Total hours
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. On-line materials and instructions (available on WWW page of the
N2 Exercises – writing programs for a DSP processor
N3. Consultations
N4. Home work – preparing for laboratory exercises
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
Educational
effect number
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1-F6
PEK_U01-04
P = (F1+F2+...+F6)/6
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Partial e-tests, writing programs (with grade), discussions of
presented solutions
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Users guides of processors used in the laboratory – Texas Instruments – available also on
WWW page of the course
[2] Texas Instruments’ Teaching ROM for the processors used in the laboratory
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Lyons, R. G.:”Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów”. Wyd. 2
rozsz. Warszawa : Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności, 2010.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Andrzej Lewandowski, andrzej.lewandowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
FOR SUBJECT
ETES326 DSP processors in embedded systems
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
…TEL…
AND SPECIALIZATION … TMU……………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U06
C1
La1-6
N1,N2, N3, N4
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U06
C1
La7-9
N1,N2,N3, N4
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U06
C1
La10-15
N1,N2,N3, N4
S1TMU_U06
C1
La1-15
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N1,N2,N3, N4
PEK_U04
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …………………… Układy programowalne w technologii FPGA
Name in English ………………… Programmable logic devices in the FPGA technology
Main field of study (if applicable): TEL
Specialization (if applicable): ……TIM
Level and form of studies: ……… 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:……………………obligatory
Subject code …………….…………ETES327
Group of courses …………………YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
30
15
60
30
Examination
crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
X
3
1
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 – Getting knowledge on FPGA programmable structures organization and construction and its use
in the Digital systems building.
C2 – Acquiring of knowledge of algorithms and computation technique and internal communication on
the FPGA structure
C3 – Collection of skills in synthesis, design, simulation and implementation of selected components
on the FPGA structure
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – Knows the architecture and work of integrated application oriented circuits (ASIC) and
programmable circuits like SPLD, CPLD with the special stress on the FPGA
PEK_W02 – Knows the H&W platform for given application and is able to drive the implementation
process.
PEK_W03 – Is getting knowledge on system on chip solution (SOC) for embedded applications.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – Is able to use tools for design of logical structures on selected programmable circuits
family
PEK_U02 – Is getting practices in design of logical structure for performing defined processing
functionality
PEK_U03 – Is able to make synthesis and implementation of prepared work algorithm as well as verify
the concept using simulation tools.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1
Lec 2
Lec 3
Lec 4
Lec 5
Lec 6
Lec 7
Review of programmable logic structure and methods of programming
Review of internal H&W resources for selected programmable circuits,
mainly elementary logical cell, memory units, shift registers, clock
management blocks
Project synthesis, implementation and optimization for programmable logic
based on FPGA
Implementation of arithmetical units for programmable logic
FIR filter structures for effective implementation on FPGA matrices. Parallel
and serial implementation
Trigonometric, linear and hyperbolic functions implementation on the
Lec 9
programmable structures.
Lec 11 CIC filters on programmable structures
Lec 12 Direct Digital synthesis, digital mixers
Lec 8
Number of
hours
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
Lec 13 SoC concept on the FPGA structures
Lec 14 Review of selected processors structures for the FPGA matrices
2
Lec 15 BUSes for the SoC in FPGA
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
2
Number
of hours
Tools and laboratory work stand environment recognition
Synthesis, implementation and simulation process – first steps
Digital function generators
2
2
2
Arithmetic units on the FPGA structures
4
Lab 6
Lab 7
Implementation of parallel structures with and without pipelining use
Implementation of given serial structures with the use of RAM and circular buffer
Total hours
2
3
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture
N2. Consultancy
N3. Self-work – literature studies.
N4. Self-work – task description in H&W description language (VHDL)
N5. Laboratory task studies and preparation to the final test.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
[F – forming
(during semester), Educational effect number
P – concluding
(at semester end)]
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Oral answers, laboratory task performance quality,
laboratory entrance tests
F1
PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U07
F2
PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W015 Lecture credit
P = 0.4 F1 + 0.6 F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Układy programowalne praktyce, J. Pasiebiński, P. Zbysiński,WKŁ, 2002
Układy programowalne, pierwsze kroki, P. Zbysiński, J.Pasierbiński, BTC, 2004
Synthesis of Arithmetic Circuits (FPGA, ASIC and Embedded System), J.P. Deschamps, G. J. A.
Bioul, G.D. Sutter, Willey,2006
Advanced FPGA Design – Architecture, Implementation, and Optimization, S. Kilts, Willey,
2007
Synteza układów cyfrowych, praca pod red. T.Łuba, WKŁ, 2003
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
Projektowanie układów cyfrowych z wykorzystaniem języka VHDL, M. Zwoliński, WkiŁ
Język VHDL. Projektowanie programowalnych układów logicznych, K. Skahill, WNT
Język VHDL w praktyce, praca pod red. J. Kalisza, WkiŁ
[3]
[4] Introduction to Programmable Logic, K. Parnell, N. Metha, Xilinx, 2004
[5] Dokumentacje układów z firmy Xilinx, www.xilinx.com
[6] Dokumentacje układów z firmy Altera www.altera.com
[7] Dokumentacje układów z firmy Actel www.actel.com
[8] G.Haza, Materiały do laboratorium przygotowane na stronie kursu
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Krzysztof Kardach,
krzysztof.kardach@pwr.wroc.pl
Gzegorz Haza, Grzegorz.haza@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ETES327 Programmable logic devices in the FPGA technology
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
…………ETI……………..
AND SPECIALIZATION …………TIM…………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
Subject
effects defined for main field of
objectives***
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
S1TMU_W08
C1
Lec1- Lec 5
N1,N2,N3,N5
PEK_W02
S1TMU_W08
C1, C2
Lec 1- Lec 15
N1,N2,N3,N5
PEK_W03
S1TMU_W08
C2
Lec 6- Lec 15
N1,N2,N3,N5
PEK_U01 (skills)
S1TMU_U07
C3
Lab1
N2,N3,N4
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U07
S1TMU_U07
C3
C3
Lab3-Lab7
Lab2, Lab3-Lab7
N2,N3,N4
N2,N3,N4
…
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Przetwarzanie obrazów w systemach multimedialnych
Name in English
Image processing in multimedia systems
Main field of study (if applicable): Telekomunikacja TEL
Specialization (if applicable):
Multimedia w telekomuniakcji TMU
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETES328
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in 30
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload 60
(CNPS)
Examination
Form of crediting
Classes Laboratory
Project
15
15
60
30
crediting with
grade*
crediting with
grade*
2
1
1
0.5
Seminar
For group of courses mark (X) final course X
Number of ECTS points
5
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct 1
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
K1TEL_W14
K1TEL_U12
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 To acquire the basic knowledge on digital image processing methods focusing on those
used in multimedia systems.
C2 To understand requirements that image processing systems must meet and also to
understand the meaning of algorithms widely used in multimedia systems as well as parameters
that characterize the performance.
C3 To acquire skill of implementing basic algorithms of image processing in MATLAB as
well as the skill of evaluating such algorithms.
C4 To acquire skill of understanding the requirements related to image processing systems.
C5 To acquire skill of choosing appropriate methods of image processing.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has a general knowledge of the formation process, the acquisition and
representation of a color image in the digital system. Familiar with basic relations and
parameters ruling that process and understands their influence to the image formation
process.
PEK_W02 – familiar with basic concepts of image processing including the concept of the
image, convolution, cross-correlation, Fourier transform, two-dimensional filter.
PEK_W03 – has knowledge of basic methods of image processing in digital systems, including
expertise in image filtering using FIR filters, median filters, bilateral filters.
PEK_W04 – has a basic knowledge of lossy image compression methods. Familiar with the
individual blocks of image processing chain in the JPEG standard and understands their
importance. Familiar with image processing methods implemented in the JPEG
standard.
PEK_W05 – has knowledge of basic image analysis tools, including; knowledge on properties
of the two-dimensional Fourier transform and knowledge on basic tools for statistical
image analysis. Understands the importance of basic parameters of the image.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – can use simulation software (MATLAB) to the extent necessary to implement the
basic image processing algorithms.
PEK_U02 – can prepare appropriate procedures and data to test the operational correctness of
the implemented algorithms.
PEK_U03 – can implement the basic algorithms of digital image processing.
PEK_U04 – can design a simple image acquisition system using ready-to-use components or
items i.e. camera, computer, software.
PEK_U05 – can prepare the data and procedures used to evaluate the quality and performance
of the implemented algorithms
…
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes – lecture
Lec Introduction to digital image processing. Description of basic image
1 processing chain. Examples of systems and applications.
Lec The image formation process. The importance of the basic elements of a
2 typical camera. CCD and CMOS image sensors. Color image acquisition
techniques. Representation of images in digital systems.
Number of hours
22
2
2
6
Lec The basic operations performed on images, including: sampling,
3 quantization, convolution, cross-correlation
Lec Image transforms, including: Fourier transform, discrete cosine transform.
4
Lec Basic methods of image filtering, including: FIR filters, bilateral filters,
5 median filters, homomorphic filters
Lec Selected methods of image analysis, including: edge detection, histogram
6 modeling
Lec Selected image coding methods, including: JPEG standard
7
4
4
8
2
2
4
2
30
Total hours
Form of classes – laboratory
Lab Preparation for image processing in MATLAB. Getting to know the basic
1 commands for reading and writing images to disk, the command to display
the images. To know the ways of representation of different types of images
Lab Observation of the effects of sampling and quantization of images.
2
Lab Development of individual codes implementing convolution and cross-correlation.
3 Preparation of the test images. Testing of the codes using prepared images.
Evaluation of the obtained results
Lab The use of Fourier Transforms for image analysis, including the preparation
4 of the relevant test images, learn how to use procedures of forward and
inverse Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) in MATLAB software. Running tests
on sample images. Property analysis of Fourier transform and evaluation of
the use of Fourier transform as a tool for image analysis.\
Lab Development of individual codes implementing simple FIR filter, bilateral filter,
5 median filter. Preparation of the test images. Testing of the codes with the use
of prepared images. Validation of codes developed and the speed of the
filter as a function of its row. Evaluation of filters for their effectiveness in
the process of denoising the image
Lab The use of Discrete Cosine Transform in the coding (compression) images,
6 including: preparation of relevant test images, learn how to use procedure of
forward and inverse DCT available in MATLAB.
Number of hours
2
1
2
2
3
1
Running tests on example images. Property analysis of the DCT and the
assessment of its possible use as a tool for image compression
Lab Development of individual codes implementing simple edge detectors.
7 Preparation of the test images. Running tests on prepared images.
Validation of the developed codes. Evaluation of detectors designed to
search specific features of the image. Comparison of the performance of the
codes developed with the procedures existing in MATLAB.
Lab Development of individual codes implementing simple algorithms for
8 evaluating basic image statistics: mean value, variance, histogram.
2
2
Development of individual algorithm for histogram modeling. Preparation
of the test images. Running tests on prepared images.
Validation of the developed codes. The assessment of the suitability of the
histogram modeling algorithms to improve the quality of images.
Total hours
30
Form of classes – Project
Proj An introduction to the subject. A general overview of the design
methodology of the software elements of the digital image processing
1
system.
Proj Overview of an example project of an image processing algorithm
2
Proj Implementation of selected projects, including: discussing with any design
group, on the basis of consultations, issues related to a specific topic,
3
development of their own solutions, the implementation of the algorithm in
MATLAB environment.
Proj Presentation of projects for the group.
4
Number of hours
2
2
9
2
15
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture with partial use of the computer and the projector.
N2. Homework-independent study and exam preparation.
N3. Homework-preparation for laboratory activities.
N4. Homework-preparation for project activities.
N5. Laboratory instructions.
N6. Consultation
N7. Simulation tools - MATLAB software.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
Educational effect number
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_U01
Practical test
F2-F6
PEK_U02,PEK_U03, PEK_U05
Discussion, written reports
F7
PEK_U04
Discussion
F8
PEK_U04
Practical test
F9
PEK_W01-PEK_W05
Colloquium
C=1/2*F9+1/4*(F2+..+F6)/5+ 1/4*(F7+F8)/2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Gonzalez R. C., Woods R. E., Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education, Wydanie III,
2008
[2] J.S. Lim, Two Dimensional Signal and Image Processing, Prentice-Hall, NJ,1990
[3] Z.Wróbel, R.Koprowski, Image Processing in MATLAB. Wyd. Uniw. Śl., K-ce 2001, in
polish
[4] Mathworks web page: http://www.mathworks.com/
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Articles about specific imaging techniques or algorithms as well as applications.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Jan Mazur, jan.mazur@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETES328 Image processing in multimedia systems
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TMU
Subject educational Correlation between subject educational
Subject
effect
effect and educational effects defined for objectives**
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
*
PEK_W01
S1TMU_W08, S1TMU_W10
C1
Lec1
N1, N2, N5, N6
PEK_W02
S1TMU_W08, S1TMU_W10
C1
Lec3- Lec5
N1, N2, N6
PEK_W03
S1TMU_W08, S1TMU_W10
C1, C2
Lec5, Lec6
N1,N2, N6
PEK_W04
S1TMU_W08, S1TMU_W10
C1, C2
Lec4, Lec7
N1,N2, N6
PEK_W05
S1TMU_W08, S1TMU_W10
C1
Lec4, Lec6
N1,N2, N6
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U11, S1TMU_U07
C3
Lab1
N1,N3,N5, N6, N7
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U11, S1TMU_U07,
S1TMU_U06
C5
S1TMU_U11, S1TMU_U07,
S1TMU_U06
C3
S1TMU_U11, S1TMU_U07,
S1TMU_U06
C2, C4
S1TMU_U11, S1TMU_U07,
S1TMU_U06
C5
PEK_U03
PEK_U04
PEK_U05
Lab2- Lab8, N1,N3,N4,N5,N6,N7
Proj1-Proj3,
Lab2- Lab8, N1,N3,N5, N6, N7
Proj1-Proj3
Lec1,Lec2,
N1,N4, N6, N7
Proj1-Proj2
Lab1-Lab8,
Proj1-Proj3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N1,N3,N4, N6, N7
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …of Electronics…… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …Inteligentne systemy przetwarzania sygnałów...
Name in English …Smart signal processing systems…
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): …Multimedia in telecommunications (TMU)
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETES329
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
30
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
60
Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
crediting with
grade
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
x
2
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W14, K1TEL_U12
2. S1TMU_W09, S1TMU_U08
3. S1TMU_W07, S1TMU_U05
4. S1TMU_W05, S1TMU_U15
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. It has a basic knowledge of smart signal processing systems. He can explain how they work
and propose their own solutions
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01. Has knowledge about the requirements for signal processing systems and the
methods to achieve these goals
PEK_W02. Has knowledge of the organization of the smart signal processing systems
PEK_W03. Has knowledge of selected solutions in signal processing systems
relating to skills:
PEK_U01. Ability to plan solutions of the intelligent signal processing systems
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec3
Introduction: definition of the signal processing system, what is the
intelligence of such systems, general examples
Classification of signal processing systems in aspects: inputs, processing
methods, purposes of the processing, usage of the results
System for gathering and analysis of seismic signals
4
4
Lec4
System for automatic speech recognition and speech enhancement
4
Lec5
System for array processing system - passive radar
4
Lec6
Systems for image processing
4
Lec7
Presentation of students' own individual solutions
6
Total hours
30
Lec1
Lec2
4
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. The lecture mainly using the board, use of multimedia for presenting examples
N2. Presentation by the student of solution examples
N3. Consultation
N4. Individual study
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Rate the presentation of the proposed solution
C = F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Lyons R.G. Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa 1997
[2] Zieliński T., Od teorii do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa, 2006
[3] Makowski R., Automatyczne rozpoznawanie mowy – wybrane zagadnienia, Oficyna
Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2011
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Ryszard Makowski, ryszard.makowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
PEK_W02
…
…
PEK_U01 (skills)
PEK_U02
…
PEK_K01 (competences)
PEK_K02
…
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Teaching tool
number***
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY … W-4… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish … Systemy czasu rzeczywistego ….
Name in English … Real time systems ……….
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL) ….
Specialization (if applicable): … Multimedia in Telecommunications (TMU) .
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code … ETES334 ….
Group of courses YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Lecture
15
30
30
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
15
Project Seminar
1
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K1TEL_W08
K1TEL_U06
K1TEL_U07
K1TEL_W19
K1TEL_U17
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquiring general knowledge regarding real time systems – their architecture, operation and basic
properties
C2 Acquiring skills of using a real time operating system and API functions , creating multitask
applications, using appropriate inter-process communication and synchronization methods
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 - has got a basic knowledge of embedded systems, real-time systems and real-time
operating systems being used. She/he knows the basic functions of a real-time operating
system kernel.
PEK_W02 – has got a basic knowledge of multitasking models and the management of
processes and threads in real-time operating systems
PEK_W03 –knows inter-process communication methods in real time operating systems
PEK_W04 –knows basic synchronization methods used in real time operating
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – can use API functions to create and manage processes and threads in multi-tasking
application
PEK_U02 – can use API functions to create and manage processes and threads in multi-tasking
application is able to use appropriate inter process communication methods
PEK_U03 – is able to use necessary synchronization methods and to use signals in
multitasking applications
Form of classes - class
Introduction. Basic definitions and terms, characteristics of embedded systems
C1,2 real time systems and real time operating systems. Services of real time
operating system’s kernel
C3 Multitasking. Process and threads management
Number of
hours
4
2
C4,5 Inter process communication in real time operating systems
4
C6,7 Task synchronization. Timers and events
4
C8 Review
1
Total hours
15
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
La1,2
Process management in a real time operating system.
4
La3
Thread management in a real time operating system.
2
La4,5
Inter process communication
4
La6,7
synchronization methods
4
La8
Signals
1
Total hours
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture with slides and board
N2. Exercises – writing multitasking applications in a real time operating system
N3. Consultations
N4. Homework – preparation for laboratory exercises
N5. Homework – self study and preparation for the final test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – Educational
forming (during effect number
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1-F8
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
PEK_U01-03 Writing programs (with grade), discussions
P = 50/100*(final test)+50/100*((F1+F2+…+F8)/8)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Ułasiewicz, J.: „Systemy czasu rzeczywistego QNX6 Neutrino”. Warszawa : Wydawnictwo
BTC, cop. 2007.
[2] Li, Q. , Yao, C: “Real-time concepts for embedded systems”. San Francisco [etc.] : CMP
Books, cop. 2003.
[3] Sacha, K.: „Systemy czasu rzeczywistego”. Warszawa : Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki
Warszawskiej,
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Liu, J. W. S.:”Real-time systems”. Upper Saddle River, N. J. : Prentice Hall,
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Andrzej Lewandowski, andrzej.lewandowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……… ETES334 Real time systems …………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………TEL………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ………TMU……………………..
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
S1TMU_W03
C1
Wy1,2
N1,N3,N5
PEK_W02
S1TMU_W03
C1
Wy3
N1,N3,N5
PEK_W03
S1TMU_W03
C1
Wy4,5
N1,N3,N5
PEK_W04
S1TMU_W03
C1
Wy6,7
N1,N3,N5
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U03
C2
La1-3
N2,N3,N4
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U03
C2
La4,5
N2,N3,N4
S1TMU_U03
C2
La6-8
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N2,N3,N4
PEK_U03
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Miernictwo 1
Name in English
Measurement technique 1
Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science,
Electronics, Teleinformatics, Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies:
1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETEW001
Group of courses
NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
30
120
crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
4
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
0
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Acquiring basic knowledge in the field of metrology
C2. Acquiring knowledge in the field of measurement theory
C3. Acquiring knowledge in the field of technique electrical and nonelectrical quantities measurement
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – explains the basic concepts in the field of metrology
PEK_W02 – explains the theoretical fundamentals of measurement technique
PEK_W03 – describes construction and operation of measuring devices and systems
PEK_W04 – explains principles of measurement of nonelectrical quantities
PEK_W05 – characterises measurements of constant and time-variable electrical quantities
PEK_W06 – describes measurement methods of power and passive elements properties
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec1
Introduction to metrology
4
Lec2
2
Lec3
Measurement units and systems, standards of electrical quantities and
time
Direct and indirect measurement methods
2
Lec4
Measurement accuracy and approaches to its assessment
4
Lec5
General characteristics of measurement devices
2
Lec6
Construction and operation of measuring devices and systems
6
Lec7
Principles of nonelectrical quantities measurement
1
Lec8
Measurement of constant electrical quantities
1
Lec9
Measurement of time-variable quantities
4
Lec10 Measurement of power and passive elements properties
Lec11 Summing-up knowledge in the field of measurement techniques
2
2
30
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lectures with the use of multimedia presentations
N2. Conspectus available in the PDF format
N3. Individual consultations
N4. Own work – repetition of delivered material
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W01 - PEK_W06 Final test
C
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Chwaleba A., Poniński M., Siedlecki A.: Metrologia elektryczna. WNT, Warszawa 2003.
Tumański S.: Technika pomiarowa. WNT, Warszawa 2013.
Sydenham P.H. (ed.): Podręcznik metrologii (T1-T2). WKiŁ, Warszawa 1988, 1990.
Dusza J. Gortat G., Leśniewski A.: Podstawy miernictwa. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej,
Warszawa 1998.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Barzykowski J. (red.): Współczesna metrologia - zagadnienia wybrane. WNT, Warszawa 2004.
[2] Mroczka J. (red.): Problemy metrologii elektronicznej i fotonicznej (T1-T4). Oficyna Wydawnicza
Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2008-2011.
[3] Piotrowski J.: Podstawy miernictwa. Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 1997.
[4] Jaworski J., Morawski R., Olędzki J.: Wstęp do metrologii i techniki eksperymentu. WNT, Warszawa 1992.
[5] Taylor J.: Wstęp do analizy błędu pomiarowego. PWN, Warszawa 1995.
[6] Winiecki W.: Organizacja komputerowych systemów pomiarowych. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki
Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2006.
[7] Wyrażanie niepewności pomiaru. Przewodnik. Główny Urząd Miar, Warszawa 1999.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Adam G. Polak, Ph.D., D.Sc., adam.polak@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Measurement technique 1
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control
Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science, Electronics,
Teleinformatics, Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational Correlation between subject educational effect and
Subject
Programme
effect
educational effects defined for main field of study and objectives*** content***
specialization (if applicable)**
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
C1
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
PEK_W02
C2
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
PEK_W03
C3
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
PEK_W04
C3
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
PEK_W05
C3
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
PEK_W06
C3
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
K1AIR_ W08, K1EKA_W07, K1INF_W08,
PEK_W01C1-C3
PEK_W06
K1TEL_W07, K1TIN_W08
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
PEK_W01
Teaching
tool
number***
Wy1
N1, N2
Wy2-Wy4
N1, N2
Wy5, Wy6
N1, N2
Wy7
N1, N2
Wy8, Wy9
N1, N2
Wy10
N1, N2
Wy11
N3, N4
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Miernictwo 2
Name in English
Measurement technique 2
Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science,
Electronics, Teleinformatics, Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies:
1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETEW002
Group of courses
NO
Lecture Classes Laboratory
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Project Seminar
15
60
Crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
2
0,5
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
K1EKA_W07 or K1INF_W08 or K1TEL_W07 or K1AIR_W08 or K1_TIN_W08
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Exploitation of analog and digital measurement devices according to rules.
C2. Acquisition of skills of plan and perform of measurement
C3. Acquisition of skills of simply measurements results analyze
C4. Learning using of oscilloscope
C5. Acquisition of skills of DC voltage measurements
C6. Acquisition of skills of DC current measurements
C7. Acquisition of skills of statistical analyze of measurement results
C8. Meeting of electrical periodic signals and measurement of their frequency
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 –can describe structure, use basic analog and digital measurement devices
PEK_U02 – can connect measurement circuit and write measurement results
PEK_U03 – can describe structure, basic functions and applications and use oscilloscope.
PEK_U04 – can perform and analyze of DC voltage measurements
PEK_U05 – can perform and analyze of DC current measurements
PEK_U06 – can assess final measurement result base many statistical independent
measurements and analyze such an experiment
PEK_U07 – can perform and analyze of measurement of frequency and phase of periodic
signals
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Form of classes - lecture
Total hours
Form of classes – laboratory
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Lab 7
Lab 8
Organizational matters, health and safety regulations and laboratory rules
Measurement devices
Oscilloscope - principle of operation, maintenance and using
DC voltage measurement with analog and digital instruments
DC current measurement with analog and digital instruments
Statistical methods of measurement results evaluation
Measurements of the frequency and the phase of periodic signals
Repetytorium
Total hours
Number of
hours
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Own work - preparation for laboratory
N2. Laboratory classes – short 10 min. tests of theoretical preparation
N3. Laboratory classes – combining measurement circuits and using instruments
N4. Laboratory classes – protocols of the experiments
N5. Consultations
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
PEK_U01÷PEK_U07
Written quizzes, discussions and efficiency of
services and connect devices, protocols
C=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Chwaleba A., Poniński M., Siedlecki A.: „Metrologia elektryczna”, ,WNT, Warszawa 1996r
Dusza J.: „Podstawy miernictwa”, Oficyna Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1998r.
Marcyniuk A.: „Podstawy metrologii elektrycznej”, WNT, Warszawa 1984r.
Taylor J.: „Wstęp do analizy błędu pomiarowego”, PWN, Warszawa 1995r.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
Bolkowski S.: „Elektrotechnika”, Wydawnictwa Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, Warszawa 1993r.
Marve C.: „Zarys cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów”, Warszawa 1999r.
Winiecki W.: „Organizacja komputerowych systemów pomiarowych”, Oficyna Wydawnicza
Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1997r.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Zbigniew Świerczyński, Ph.D., Zbigniew.Swierczynski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
Measurement technique 2
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control
Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science, Electronics,
Teleinformatics, Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational
effect
PEK_U01 (skills)
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
PEK_U04
PEK_U05
PEK_U06
PEK_U07
Correlation between subject educational effect
Subject
Programme Teaching tool
and educational effects defined for main field of objectives*** content***
number***
study and specialization (if applicable)**
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
K1EKA_U05, K1INF_U06, K1TEL_U05,
K1AIR_U07, K1TIN_U06
C1, C2, C3
Lab1, Lab2
N1÷N5
C1, C2, C3
Lab2-Lab8
N1÷N5
C1, C2, C3, C4
Lab3
N1÷N5
C1, C2, C3, C5
Lab4
N1÷N5
C1, C2, C3, C6
Lab5
N1÷N5
C1, C2, C3, C7
Lab6
N1÷N5
C1, C2, C3, C8
Lab7
N1÷N5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Grafika inżynierska
Name in English
Technical drawing
Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science,
Electronics, Teleinformatics, Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies:
1st, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code
ETEW003
Group of courses
YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Lecture
Classes
15
15
90
30
Laboratory Project Seminar
crediting with crediting with
grade
grade
X
4
-
1
0.5
0.5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of design and construction technological documentation
of electronic devices:
C1.1. projection methods.
C1.2. draw line and other elements of the technical drawing,
C1.3. by technical letter,
C1.4. drawing in the view bar and cross sections,
C1.5. dimensioning,
C1.6. drawing and dimensioning tools,
C1.7. drawing penetrate solids.
C2. To acquire skills in the use of basic forms of writing, casting techniques and describe models of
objects using different types of sections.
C3. Acquisition and persisting social competence in terms of the importance of technical
documentation engineer work and is aware of the responsibility associated with the
creation of technical documentation.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
knows the rules and read the documentation of the construction technology of electronic
devices.
PEK_W01 – knows projection methods
PEK_W02 - knows the rules draw lines and other elements of the technical drawing,
PEK_W03 - knows technical writing,
PEK_W04 – knowledge of drawing in the view bar and cross sections,
PEK_W05 – knowledge of dimensioning,
PEK_W06 - has a basic knowledge of drawing and dimensioning tools,
PEK_W07 - has a basic knowledge of drawing the penetration of solids.
…
relating to skills:
know how to use basic forms, write cast techniques and describe the object model using
various cross sections
PEK_U01 - is able to correctly cast the item onto a plane,
PEK_U02 - can perform technical drawing in accordance with the principles,
PEK_U03 - can actually describe the figure by letter,
PEK_U04 - can properly to draw views and cross sections,
PEK_U05 - can properly dimension the drawing items
PEK_U06 - is able to correctly draw and size the threaded connection
PEK_U07 - is able to correctly draw the intertwining of solids.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Lec 2
Form of classes - lecture
Organisational matters. The importance of documentation in
engineering activities. The basic method of casting block plane,
The principle of creating a technical drawing,
Lec 3
Basic ways of describing the technical drawing,
2
Lec 4
The principle of drawing views and cross sections,
2
Lec 5
Principles of dimensioning objects
2
Lec 6
2
Lec 7
The basic principles of drawing and dimensioning of threaded
connections
The basic principles of drawing up penetrate solids.
2
Lec 8
Colloquium
1
Total hours
15
Lec 1
Form of classes - class
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
Cl 5
Cl 6
Organisational matters. Perspective drawing.
Throw the solid plane.
Throw the solid plane with respect to the sections.
Throw the solid plane with descriptions and dimensioning.
Thread connections with dimensioning
Other projections on a plane than rectangular
2
2
Number of
hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
Cl 7 Drawing Test
Cl 8 Summary activities.
Total hours
2
1
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional Lecture with slides
N2. Consultation
N3. Own Work – drawings
N4.Oown Work-independent studies and preparation for the seminar on
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W1 – PEK_W7
F1
crediting with grade
F2
exercise
PEK_U01 PEK_U07
P = (F1*3 + F2)/4
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] T. Dobrzański. Rysunek techniczny maszynowy. WNT
[2] J. Houszka. Podstawy konstrukcji mechanicznych w elektronice.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Poradnik inżyniera mechanika. Praca zbiorowa
[2] Zbiory Polskich Norm
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Janusz Janiczek, 71 320 6308, janusz.janiczek@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Technical drawing
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control
Engineering and Robotics, Computer Science, Electronics,
Teleinformatics, Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
PEK_W06
PEK_W07
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
PEK_U04
PEK_U05
PEK_U06
PEK_U07
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1AIR_W10
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
C1.1 – C1.7 Lec.1 – Lec.8
Teaching tool
number***
1, 2, 4
K1EKA_W09
K1INF_W10
K1TEL_W09
K1TIN_W09
K1AIR_U10
C2
Cl. 1 – Cl. 8
K1EKA_U08
K1INF_U09
K1TEL_U08
K1TIN_U09
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
2, 3
Zał. nr 3 do ZW
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Podstawy telekomunikacji
Name in English: Introduction to Telecommunications
Main field of study (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETEW004
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes
in University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for
direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
Project Seminar
30
60
credit
with a
grade
2
0
1
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
Knowledge concerning mathematical analysis 1.2A (K1TEL_W02) and linear algebra with
analytical geometry A (K1TEL_W01), proved by positive examination results..
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Getting the knowledge concerning basics of telecommunications
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
I. Relating to knowledge: has basic knowledge of telecommunications
PEK_W01 – knows basics of signal representation in time and frequency domain.
PEK_W02 – knows basis notions used in the description of telecommunication systems.
PEK_W03 – knows basics of analog and digital modulations..
PEK_W04 – has the knowledge concerning pulse modulations, knows sampling theorem.
PEK_W05 – has the knowledge concerning Pulse Code Modulation and basics of coding in
telecommunications.
PEK_W06 – has the knowledge concerning noise and interference in telecommunications systems.
PEK_W07 – knows the theorem about bandwidth of telecommunication channel and principles of
wideband systems.
PEK_W08 – knows basis notion of multiplexing.
1
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1,2
Lec 3
Lec 4,5
Lec 6
Lec 7,8
Lec 9
Lec 10-12
Lec 13
Lec 14
Lec 15
Organizational matters. Signals in time and frequency domain.
Telecommunication system – basic concepts.
Analog and digital modulations.
Pulse modulations. Sampling theorem.
Pulse Code Modulation.
Coding in telecommunications.
Noise and interference in telecommunication systems.
Bandwidth of telecommunication channel. Wideband systems.
Multiple systems
Final test.
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lectures
N2. Consultations.
N3. Student’s own work – self-studies and preparations for final test.
2
Number
of hours
4
2
4
2
4
2
6
2
2
2
30
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
Educational effect number
Way of evaluating
educational effect
achievement
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester end)
PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W08
F1
Written or electronic test
P = F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Simon Haykin, Systemy telekomunikacyjne. Cz. 1. Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności,
Warszawa 2004.
[2] Simon Haykin, Systemy telekomunikacyjne. Cz. 2. Wydawnictwa Komunikacji i Łączności,
Warszawa 2004.
[3] Daniel Józef Bem, Systemy telekomunikacyjne. Cz. 1, Modulacja, systemy wielokrotne, szumy.
Politechnika Wrocławska, Wrocław 1978.
SECONDARY LITERATURE IN POLISH:
[1] W. David Gregg, Podstawy telekomunikacji analogowej i cyfrowej, Wydawnictwa NaukowoTechniczne, Warszawa 1983.
SECONDARY LITERATURE IN ENGLISH:
[1] Tommy Öberg, Modulation, detection and coding, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester 2001.
[2] Jerry D. Gibson, Principles of digital and analog communications, MacMillan Publ., New York,
1993.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Andrzej Kucharski, 71 320 29 12; andrzej.kucharski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT Introduction to telecommunications
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
Correlation between subject Subje
educational effect and
ct
educational effects defined object
for main field of study and ives**
specialization (if
*
applicable)**
K1TEL_W13
C1
K1TEL_W13
C1
K1TEL_W13
C1
K1TEL_W13
C1
Programme
content***
Teaching
tool
number**
*
Lec1, Lec2
Lec3
Lec4, Lec5
Lec6
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
PEK_W05
K1TEL_W13
C1
Lec7÷Lec9
1,2,3
PEK_W06
K1TEL_W13
C1
PEK_W07
PEK_W08
K1TEL_W13
K1TEL_W13
C1
C1
Lec10÷Lec12
Lec13
Lec14
1,2,3
1,2,3
3
1,2,3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY W-4 / DEPARTMENT I-6
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Podstawy techniki mikroprocesorowej 1
Name in English
Foundations of Microprocessor Techniques 1
Main field of study (if applicable):
Control and Robotics, Electronics, Computer
Science, Telecommunication, Teleinformatics
1st level, full-time
obligatory
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code:
Group of courses:
ETEW006
YES
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
Number of hours of organized classes
in University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS)
30
15
60
30
Form of crediting
Crediting
with grade
Crediting
with grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
3
including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes
-
1
including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student
contact (BK) classes
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Knowledge of architecture, rules of work and applications of microprocessors and microcontrollers
in digital systems.
C2. Knowledge of internal structure and programming rules of microprocessors and microcontrollers.
C3. Knowledge of standard devices collaborating with microprocessors and microcontrollers.
C4. Skills of programming and debugging the code fixed to internal structure of microcontrollers using
special tool environment.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – knows the architecture and the organization of microprocessors and microcontrollers.
PEK_W02 – knows the internal structure and programming methods of microprocessors and
microcontrollers.
PEK_W03 – knows the peripheral devices and the rules of their collaboration with microprocessors and
microcontrollers.
PEK_W04 – knows the foundations of algorithms and applications creation for microcomputer systems
using selected programming environments.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – can use the environments for microprocessor systems programming.
PEK_U02 – can prepare the algorithms, implement and debug the programs fixed to internal structure
of microcontrollers using selected environment.
PEK_U03 – can use the data taken from the microprocessor systems schema to create the program
applications.
PEK_U04 – can use the assembler features to prepare the programs dedicated to microprocessors and
microcontrollers
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Introduction – elementary definitions and names.
Lec 1
Standard structures of microprocessor systems.
Microprocessor and microcontroller structure.
Lec 2
Computer architecture: von Neumann and Harvard type.
Lec 3 Types of processors, rules of data processing.
Lec 4
Addressing modes, groups of operations, decoding rules
and the main phases of the single processor operation.
Number of hours
2
2
2
2
Lec 5 Architecture of selected microcontrollers.
2
Lec 6 Computer memory: ROM, RAM – features.
2
Lec 7 Stack as hardware and software device, rules of stack usage.
2
Lec 8 Interrupts: classification, controller, priority.
2
Lec 9
Timers and counters (CTC).
Structure and programming of timers in selected microcomputer systems.
2
Lec 10 Serial transmission – rules and serial port structure
2
Lec 11 A/D and D/A converters, rules of conversion, typical devices
2
Lec 12 DMA – features, rules of transmission, typical devices
2
Lec 13
Power reduction in microcontrollers. Electromagnetic compability.
Reliability of user applications.
2
Lec 14 Future of microprocessors and microcontroller systems.
2
Lec 15 Repetitory
2
Total hours
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
30
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of hours
Arithmetic and logic operations, data transfer from/to registers
2
and different types of memory using available addressing modes.
Program collaboration with simple I/O devices: LEDs, logic states buttons,
2
rectangular wave generator, relays.
Program collaboration with matrix keyboard, problem of key repetition,
2
problem of solid and stable state of key reading
Program collaboration with LCD – static and dynamic presentations,
2
LCD driving
2
Program collaboration with timers: clock and stopper devices creation
Lab 6 Programs dedicated to processor interrupts.
Lab 7 Programs dedicated to serial transmission
Total hours
2
2
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture using slides and multimedia presentation
N2. Additional files available via dedicated website
N3. Thematic discussions using different audio-visual utensils
N4. Practical exercises – the project phase, analysis and program implementation of algorithms
for selected microprocessor systems
N5. Consultations
N6. Individual work focused on laboratory exercises
N7. Individual work about the microcomputer and microcontroller systems and the final test resume
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
Educational effect
(during semester), P –
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
concluding (at semester end)
assessment of written reports about each laboratory
F1
PEK_U01-04
exercise, evaluation of laboratory preparation and
accuracy of the exercise realization
F2
PEK_W01-04
the final test
P = 0.2*F1 + 0.8*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
Badźmirowski K., Pieńkos J., Myzik I., Piotrowski A.; Układy i systemy mikroprocesorowe cz.I i
cz.II; WNT
[2] Chalk B.S.: Organizacja i architektura komputerów; WNT
[3] Grabowski J., Koślacz S.: Podstawy i praktyka programowania mikroprocesorów, WNT
[4] Janiczek J., A. Stępień; Systemy mikroprocesorowe. Mikrokontroler 80(C)51/52; Wydawnictwo
EZN, Wrocław
[5] Janiczek J., Stępień A.: Laboratorium systemów mikroprocesorowych cz. I. WEZN, Wrocław
[6] Janiczek J., Stępień A.: Laboratorium systemów mikroprocesorowych cz. II. WCKP, Wrocław
[7] Skorupski A.: Podstawy budowy i działania komputerów; WKiŁ
[8] Wilkinson B., Układy cyfrowe. WKŁ, Warszawa
[9] Dokumentacje mikrokontrolerów: Atmel, Dallas, Infineon, Intel, Philips, Siemens,
STmicroelectronics, Texas Instruments (Internet source)
[10] Dokumentacja programów narzędziowych firm: Keil Software, IAR, Raisonance,
STMicroelectronics, TASKING, Texas Instruments (Internet source)
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
Horowitz P., Hill W., Sztuka elektroniki. WKŁ, Warszawa
Biernat J.: Arytmetyka komputerów. WNT, Warszawa
Pieńkos J., Turczyński J., Układy scalone TTL w systemach cyfrowych. WKŁ, Warszawa
Wirth N.: Algorytmy+struktury danych=programy. WNT, Warszawa
Clements A.:The Principles of Computer Hardware, 4e, Oxford University Press
Furber S.: ARM System – on – chip architecture. Addison Wesley
Koopman P.Jr.: Stack computers. The New Wave, Mountain View Press
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Jacek Mazurkiewicz, PhD, Jacek.Mazurkiewicz@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
Foundations of Microprocessor Techniques 1
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Control and Robotics, Electronics, Computer Science, Telecommunication,
Teleinformatics
Subject educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization
(if applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1AIR_W17, K1EKA_W16, K1INF_W17,
K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16
C1
PEK_W02
K1AIR_W17, K1EKA_W16, K1INF_W17,
K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16
C2
Lec2,4,5,10
N1,N2,N3,N5,N7
PEK_W03
K1AIR_W17, K1EKA_W16, K1INF_W17,
K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16
C3
Lec6,8,9,11,
N1,N2,N3,N5,N7
PEK_W04
K1AIR_W17, K1EKA_W16, K1INF_W17,
K1TEL_W16, K1TIN_W16
C2, C4
Lec7,8,10,13
N1,N2,N3,N5,N7
PEK_U01
K1AIR_U16, K1EKA_U14, K1INF_U15,
K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15
C4
Lab1,2
N2,N4,N5,N6
PEK_U02
K1AIR_U16, K1EKA_U14, K1INF_U15,
K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15
C4
Lab3,4,5,6,7
N2,N4,N5,N6
PEK_U03
K1AIR_U16, K1EKA_U14, K1INF_U15,
K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15
C4
Lab5,6,7
N2,N4,N5,N6
PEK_U04
K1AIR_U16, K1EKA_U14, K1INF_U15,
K1TEL_U14, K1TIN_U15
C4
Lab1,2,3,4,5,6,7
N2,N4,N5,N6
Lec1,2,3,12,14 N1,N2,N3,N5,N7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT I-6
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Technologie informacyjne
Name in English: Information technologies
Main field of study: Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and
Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code: ETEW007
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes
Laboratory
15
15
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
-
1
1
1
Project
Seminar
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Acquisition of basic knowledge on information technology, hardware and network
C2. Acquisition of knowledge of services in computer networks and selected applications
C3. Acquisition of knowledge of method of acquire and process information
C4. Acquisition of knowledge of computer tools for text editing and perform simple engineering
calculations
C5. Acquirement of skills of editing sophisticated text documents
C6. Acquirement of skills to use informatics tools for engineering calculations and graphical
presentation of results
C7 Acquirement of skills to create sophisticated multimedia presentations
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge
PEK_W01 Knows the basic information technology
PEK_W02 Knows the computer and network hardware and network access technologies
PEK_W03 Knows the basic principles of editing texts
PEK_W04 Knows the tools to engineering calculations
PEK_W05 Knows the structure of relational databases, forms queries, data access technologies and
methods to secure access to confidential data
PEK_W06 Knows the basic rules for creating multimedia presentations and programs and tools that
support that process
PEK_W07 Knows the basic services in computer networks
PEK_W08 Knows the basic methods of obtaining information on the Internet.
relating to skills
PEK_U01 Is able to create advanced text documents
PEK_U02 Is able to use tools to engineering calculations and graphical presentation of results
PEK_U03 Is able to create powerful multimedia presentations
relating to social competences
Is aware of the importance of information retrieval skills and their critical analysis,
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
Understands the need for self-education and to develop the ability to independently
apply their knowledge and skills.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of hours
Form of classes – lecture
Wy1
Fundamentals of information technology. Computer hardware and network
hardware. Network access technologies. Software, copyrights, licenses (commercial
software, shareware, freeware, open source). Issues of security, performance and
reliability.
2
Wy2
Text processing. Text files and formatted files. Documents, templates, editing and
rules of document formatting, mail merge.
2
Wy3
The spreadsheet. Formulas and conversion, filters, reports, scenarios, statistics.
2
Wy4
Database. Construction of a relational database. Forms queries. Data access
technologies. Security, data protection, confidentiality, dispersion, coherence.
Standards.
2
Wy5
Managerial and presentation graphics. Presentation software. Visualization of data
and statistics. Multimedia presentations. Web Publishing. The site of the company.
2
Wy6
Services in computer networks. E-mail, e-bank, e-learning, e-commerce, e-business,
e-work, e-advertising. Multimedia, integration of services. Electronic documents.
Digital signature. Security of transactions.
2
Wy7
Acquisition and processing of information. Internet. Effective information retrieval,
digital libraries, knowledge portals, knowledge extraction.
2
Wy8
Repertory
1
Total hours
15
Form of classes – Laboratory
La1
Text processing (editing, formatting, organizing documents, lists: content, figures,
tables, double signatures).
2
La2
Serial correspondence (templates, data sheets, word file, Excel file, CSV file, an
Access database).
2
La3
The spreadsheet (formulas and conversion, filters, queries, selective filtering of
information in the workbook).
2
La4
Spreadsheet - using solver to solve simple engineering tasks.
2
La5
Spreadsheet - scenarios, graphical presentation of results.
2
La6
Presentations - standard and advanced animations, navigation elements in the
presentation
2
La7
Presentations - Multimedia items
2
La8
Repertory
1
Total hours
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1
N2
N3
Number of hours
Lecture with a video projector.
Laboratory exercises
Consultations.
N4
Self-study – preparation for the final test.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
F2
P= 0.5*F1+0.5*F2
Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_W01 - PEK_W14
Test result
PEK_U01 - PEK_U09
Evaluation of made exercise
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
1. Tanenbaum A., Sieci Komputerowe, Helion, 2004
2. Flanczewski S i inni, MS Office 2003 PL w biznesie, Helion, 2006
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Prof. dr hab. inż. Czesław Smutnicki, czesław.smutnicki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT:
Information technologies
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics and
Telecommunications, Computer Science, Teleinformatics
Subject educational Correlation between subject educational
Subject
effect
effect and educational effects defined for objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
PEK_W01
K1AIR_W18
C1
Wy1
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W02
K1AIR_W18
C2
Wy1
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W03
K1AIR_W18
C3, C4
Wy2
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W04
K1AIR_W18
C4
Wy3
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W05
K1AIR_W18
C1, C3
Wy4
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W06
K1AIR_W18
C1, C3
Wy5
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W07
K1AIR_W18
C1
Wy6
N1, N2, N4
PEK_W08
K1AIR_W18
C3
Wy7
N1, N2, N4
PEK_U01
K1AIR_U17
C5
La1, La2
N2, N3
PEK_U02
K1AIR_U17
C6
La3-La5
N2, N3
PEK_U03
K1AIR_U17
C7
La6, La7
N2, N3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS
Name in Polish
Name in English
Main field of study:
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code:
Group of courses:
SUBJECT CARD
Teoria Systemów
Systems Theory
Computer Science, Control Engineering and Robotics,
Electronics, Telecommunications, Teleinformatics
1st level, full-time
obligatory
ETEW008
YES
Lecture
Classes
Laboratory
Number of hours of organized classes in
15
15
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
30
60
workload (CNPS)
crediting with crediting with
Form of crediting
grade
Seminar
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final
course
X
Number of ECTS points :
3
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for
direct teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Project
2
1
1
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. 1. K1AIR_W01, K1EKA_W01, K1INF_W01, K1TEL_W01, K1TIN_W01
2. K1AIR_U01, K1EKA_U01, K1INF_U01, K1TEL_U01, K1TIN_U01
3. K1AIR_W02, K1EKA_W02, K1INF_W02, K1TEL_W02, K1TIN_W02
4. K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_U02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_U02
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquisition of the knowledge about the methods of representation of systems, and about
classification of systems
C2 Acquisition of the basic knowledge about properties of the compound systems, including systems
of cascade structure, parallel structure, feedback structure, and mixed structures
C3 Acquisition of the knowledge in the formulating problems and problem solving in the areas of
identification, recognition, analysis, decision making, and control
C4 Acquiring skills in creating the mathematical models of the system and the formal knowledge
representation of the system in a form of block-diagrams and graphs structures
C5 Acquiring skills in designing and implementing algorithms for solving simple problems in the areas
of identification, classification and control
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 is familiar with the representations of the knowledge about a system, and knows
the methods of creating a mathematical model of the system
PEK_W02 knows properties of the compound systems structures
PEK_W03 is familiar with the ways of formulating and solving problems in the basic areas
of identification, recognition, analysis, decision making, and control …
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 is able to construct a linear model in the matrix form for the static and dynamic
systems
PEK_U02 is able to aggregate the systems of different structures
PEK_U03 is able to choose and is able to use a proper algorithm for solving a simple problem
in systems area
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec 1
Lec 2
Lec 3
Lec 4
Lec 5
Lec 6
Lec 7
Lec 8
Form of classes - lecture
Basic concepts. Systems approach as a universal tool. Examples.
Creating input-output systems. Systems classifications.
Methods of knowledge representation of the system. Mathematical
models. State space. Block Diagram. Graphs structures. Knowledge
representation on logical level – Expert systems.
The structure of compound systems – cascade (series of system),
parallel, feedback, and mixed. Aggregation and decomposition.
Identification of the static systems. Measures of the quality of the
model. Identification algorithms. Examples.
Recognition (classification) of the system. Simple recognition
algorithms (NN and NM). Practical examples.
Task analysis and decision making for static systems. A
comprehensive example.
Task analysis for dynamic systems. Finding state trajectory for
discrete case.
Control problem. Review of methods for solving. The idea of
adaptive control with model identification.
Total hours
Form of classes - class
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
Cl 5
Organizational issues. Short repetition of matrix algebra. Creating an
exemplary static input-output system
Description of simple systems in block-diagram form and by matrix
equations. Description of systems by using other forms of
knowledge representation.
Solving the problems for systems of the different structures. Finding
the model of the aggregated system.
Solving the problems of identification of systems by using the
identification algorithms. Finding the best models for different
quality criteria.
Solving the problems of recognition - application of NN and NM
Number of hours
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
Number of hours
2
2
2
2
2
Cl 6
Cl 7
Cl 8
algorithms in practical issues
Solving the problems of analysis of static systems and decision
making for static systems
Finding the state trajectories for dynamical systems for sample
descriptions of discrete state space.
Solving the exemplary tasks concerning program of the course
(repetition – preparing for the final test)
Total hours
2
2
1
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture with multimedia resources
N2. Presentation of synthetic training issues (about 10 minutes - by the teacher)
N3. Solving the tasks designated by the teacher - followed by discussion
N4. Tutorials – short written test
N5. Consultations
N6. Own work - preparation for exercise
N7. Own work - self-study, preparation for the final test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester end)
PEK_W01, PEK_W02,
F1
PEK_W03
F2
PEK_U01, PEK_U02,
PEK_U03
Activity on lectures; percentage of the
correct answers on the final test
Activity on classes (exercises); results of
the written tests concerning selected
exercises
P = 0.4*F1 + 0.6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Koszałka L., Kurzyński M., Tasks and Problems of Identification, Experiment and Recognition
/Zbiór zadań i problemów z teorii identyfikacji, eksperymentu i rozpoznawania/, OWPWr,
Wrocław, 1991 /in Polish/
[2] Bubnicki Z., Fundamentals of Management Information Systems /Podstawy
informatycznych systemów zarządzania/, OWPWr, Wrocław, 1993 /in Polish/.
[3] Cichosz J., An introduction to system identification, series: Advanced Informatics and Control,
PWr., 2011.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
References recommended by the lecturer at the end of each lecture.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr Leszek Koszałka, e-mail: leszek.koszalka@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
SYSTEMS THEORY
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Computer Sciences, Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,
Telecommunications, Teleinformatics
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization
Subject
objectives
Programme
content
Teaching tool
number
PEK_W01
K1AIR_W12, K1EKA_W11,
K1INF_W12, K1TEL_W11,
K1TIN_W11
C1, C4
Lec1, Lec2,
Lec3, Lec8, Cl1,
Cl2, Cl8
N1-N7
PEK_W02
K1AIR_W12, K1EKA_W11,
K1INF_W12, K1TEL_W11,
K1TIN_W11
C2, C4
Lec2, Lec3,
Lec8, Cl3, Cl8
N1-N7
PEK_W03
K1AIR_W12, K1EKA_W11,
K1INF_W12, K1TEL_W11,
K1TIN_W11
C3, C5
Lec4, Lec5,
Lec6, Lec7,
Lec8, Cl4-Cl8
N1-N7
PEK_U01
K1AIR_U12, K1EKA_U10,
K1INF_U11, K1TEL_U10,
K1TIN_U11
C1, C4
Lec1, Lec2,
Lec3, Lec8, Cl1,
Cl2, Cl8
N1-N7
PEK_U02
K1AIR_U12, K1EKA_U10,
K1INF_U11, K1TEL_U10,
K1TIN_U11
C1, C2, C4
Lec3, Lec8, Cl3,
Cl6, Cl8
N1-N7
PEK_U03
K1AIR_U12, K1EKA_U10,
K1INF_U11, K1TEL_U10,
K1TIN_U11
C3, C5
Lec4 - Lec7, Cl4
- Cl8
N1-N7
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Inżynierskie zastosowania statystyki
Name in English Mathematical Statistics with Applications in Engineering
Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,
Telecomunication, Computer Science, Teleinformatics
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code ETEW009
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
15
30
30
60
crediting with
grade
crediting with
grade
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
5
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
3
2
3
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1AIR_W04, K1EKA_W04, K1INF_W04, K1TEL_W04, K1TIN_W04
1. K1AIR_W02, K1EKA_W02, K1INF_W02, K1TEL_W02, K1TIN_W02
K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_U02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_U02
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Getting knowledge of testing hypothesis and basic tests on parameters and selected non-parametric
tests
C2 Getting knowledge of requirements imposed on estimators, classic methods of their constructing
and applications
C3 Getting knowledge of applications the estimation and hypotheses testing in information processing
systems and telecomunication
C4 Getting skills in selecting and applying statistical tests
C5 Getting skills in selecting and applying estimation methods for simple statistical models.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 - has knowledge of testing hypothesis and basic tests on parameters and selected nonparametric tests
PEK_W02 - has knowledge of requirements imposed on estimators, classic methods of their
constructing and applications
PEK_W03 - knows applications the estimation and hypotheses testing in information processing
systems and telecomunication
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to to apply basic statistical tests
PEK_U02 – has skills that are necessary in selecting and applying estimation methods for simple
statistical models.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Review of tasks of math statistics and its applications in
Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,
Telecomunication, Computer Science, Teleinformatics
Statistical tests – basic notions (errors of 1-st and 2-nd
kind), example of a simple test
2
Lec 3
PDF's of basic statistics, tests for the mean and variance and
their applications
2
Lec 4
Tests for correlatiion, selected non-parametric test,
examples of selecting tests
2
Lec 5
Basic of the estimation theory, consistency, variance,
Cramer-Rao inequality
2
Lec 6
Methodd of moment and max. likelihood, examples of appl.
Lec 7
Introduction to linear regression
Lec 8
Review of the cours
Lec 1
Lec 2
2
2
2
1
Total hours
Form of classes - class
Cl 1
Repetition of basic notions of the probabability theory
(c.d.f., p.d.f.) and examples
15
Number of
hours
2
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..Cl 5
Cl 6
Cl 7
Cl 8
Cl 9
Cl 10
Cl 11
Cl 12
Cl 13
Cl 14
Cl 15
Repetition of basic notions of the probabability theory 2 the
role of the position and scale parameters and their
estimation
Examples of formulating statistical hypothesis, examples of
simple tests + review of statistical packages
Errors of 1-st and 2-nd kind. Examples illustrating practical
consequences of selecting a significance level.
Data spreadshits in typical statistical packages. Detailed
ananlysis of the test for the mean (var. known)
Quantiles of typical distributions. Basic properties of chi^2,
Student-t, Snedecr-F distributions
Getting skills in applying the test for the mean (var.
unknown)
Test for the variance and appl. For quality control
Kolmogorov-Smirnov and chi^2 Pearson tests on real-life
data
Examples illustrating simple non-parametric tests
The test for the correlation coefficient (Spearman's)
Bias, variance and consistency of classic estimators for
mean and var. (recall laws of large numbers and CLT)
MLE and method of moments for deriving estimators in
simple problems
Linear regression
Review of statistical problems
Total hours
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Lab 7
Lab 8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
30
Number of
hours
Introduction
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
Form of classes - project
Proj 2
2
Form of classes - laboratory
Total hours
Proj 1
2
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lectures + Video projector
N2. Short presentation of a class content
N3. Exercises with discussion
N4 Short tests
N5 Consulting
N6 Homework - analysis of results
N7 Homework – studies of selected methods
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
F2
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
PEK_W01,PEK_W02, Questions and answers during lectures
PEK_W03
PEK_U01, PEK_U02, Active participation – classes,
PEK_U03
tests
F3
C=0.3*F1 + 0.7*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Koronacki J., Mielniczuk J., Statystyka dla kierunków technicznych i przyrodniczych.
Warszawa, 2001.
WNT
[2] Gajek, Kałuszka, “Wnioskowanie statystyczne”, WNT, Warszawa, 2000
[3] Wybrane rozdziały z podręczników prof. Magiery i prof. Krzyśko (będą wskazane na wykładzie)
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Kordecki W., Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 2003.
[2] Krysicki W. i inni, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna w
Część I i II, PWN, Warszawa, 1996.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Prof. dr hab. Rafajłowicz 320-27-95 ewaryst.rafajlowicz@pwr.wroc.pl
zadaniach,
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1AIR_W16, K1EKA_W15,
K1INF_W16, K1TEL_W15,
K1TIN_W15
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1, C4
Wy1, Wy5,
Wy6, Wy7,
Cw2, Cw3Cw11
N1-N7
PEK_W02
K1AIR_W16, K1EKA_W15,
K1INF_W16, K1TEL_W15,
K1TIN_W15
C2, C3
Wy1, Wy3,
Wy8, Cw12 Cw14
N1-N7
PEK_W03
K1AIR_W16, K1EKA_W15,
K1INF_W16, K1TEL_W15,
K1TIN_W15
C3,-C5
Wy1, Wy3,
Wy4, Wy7,
Cw3, Cw4,
Cw7-Cw11,
Cw14
N1-N7
PEK_U01
K1AIR_U15, K1EKA_U13,
K1INF_U14, K1TEL_U13,
K1TIN_U14
C1, C4
Wy1, Wy5,
Wy6, Wy7,
Cw2, Cw8Cw11
N1-N7
PEK_U02
K1AIR_U15, K1EKA_U13,
K1INF_U14, K1TEL_U13,
K1TIN_U14
C1, C2, C4
Wy1, Wy3,
Wy8, Cw12 Cw14
N1-N7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr2a do ZW16/2013
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT of HUMANITIES
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Filozofia
Name in English Philosophy
Fields of study: Automatyka i Robotyka, Telekomunikacja, , Informatyka,
Teleinformatyka
Level and form of studies: 1st
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code FLEW001
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Number of hours of
30
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
60
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Non
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 To acquaint students with specificity of philosophical reflection.
C2 Systematize and deepen the knowledge of the basic methods of inference that regulate and organize
our knowledge.
C3 Performance considerations of engineer’s activity and to present the issue of social responsibility in
science and technology.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge:
PEK_ HUM W07 The student gains knowledge of the basic methods of inference (deduction,
induction and abduction).
PEK_ HUM W08 The student has knowledge that is essential to understanding and interpreting
social and philosophical considerations of engineer’s activity.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes – lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1
The main issues and trends of philosophy
2
Lec 2
The similarities and differences between philosophy and religion
2
Lec 3
The similarities and differences between philosophy and science
2
Lec 4
The basic assumptions of epistemology
2
Lec 5
The basic assumptions of ontology
2
Lec 6
The basic assumptions of ethics
2
Lec 7,8
The overview of contemporary philosophical thought
4
Lec 9,10
The basic principles of social philosophy
4
Lec 11, 12 The basic principles of the philosophy of science and technology
4
Lec 13, 14 The problem of social responsibility of science and technology
4
Lec 15
The social and philosophical considerations of engineer’s activity.
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes – class
Number of
hours
Cl 1
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
Form of classes – laboratory
Number of
hours
Lab1
Lab2
Lab3
Lab4
Lab5
…
Total hours
Form of classes – Project
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
Proj1
Proj2
Proj3
Proj4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem1
Sem2
Sem3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Multimedia presentation.
N2. Lecture
N3. Interactive lecture
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation(F – forming Educational effect number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
PEK_ HUM W07
F1
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
Passing test, active participation in lectures
PEK_ HUM W08
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] [1] S. Blackburn, Oksfordzki słownik filozoficzny, Warszawa 2004;
[2] T. Buksiński, Publiczne sfery i religie, Poznań 2011,
[3] A. Chalmers, Czym jest to, co zwiemy nauką, Wrocław 1997;
[4] R. M. Chisholm, Teoria poznania,1994;
[5] Ch. Frankfort- Nachmiast, D. Nachmiast, Metody badawcze w naukach społecznych,
Poznań 2001;
[6] A. Grobler, Metodologia nauk, Kraków 2004;
[7] M. Heidegger, Budować mieszkać myśleć, Warszawa 1977;
[8] M. Heller, Filozofia przyrody, Kraków 2005;
[9] T. Kuhn, Dwa bieguny, Warszawa 1985;
[10] B. Latour, Polityka natury, Warszawa 2009;
[11] E. Martens, H. Schnädelbach, Filozofia. Podstawowe pytania, Warszawa 1995;
[12] K.R. Popper, Wiedza obiektywna, Warszawa 1992;
[13] J. Woleński, Epistemologia, Warszawa 2005;
[14] M. Tempczyk, Ontologia świata przyrody, Kraków 2005.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] [1] A. Anzenbacher, Wprowadzenie do filozofii, Kraków 2000;
[2] R. Goodin, P. Pettit, Przewodnik po współczesnej filozofii politycznej;
[3] B. Depré, 50 teorii filozofii, które powinieneś znać, Warszawa 2008.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Marek Sikora m.sikora@pwr.wroc.pl
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012
WYDZIAŁ ELEKTRONIKI
Nazwa w języku polskim:
Nazwa w języku angielskim:
Kierunek studiów:
Stopień studiów i forma:
Rodzaj przedmiotu:
Kod przedmiotu:
Grupa kursów:
Liczba godzin zajęć
zorganizowanych w Uczelni
(ZZU)
Liczba godzin całkowitego
nakładu pracy studenta
(CNPS)
Forma zaliczenia
Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć
kurs końcowy (X)
Liczba punktów ECTS
w tym liczba punktów
odpowiadająca zajęciom
o charakterze praktycznym (P)
w tym liczba punktów ECTS
odpowiadająca zajęciom
wymagającym bezpośredniego
kontaktu (BK)
KARTA PRZEDMIOTU
Fizyka 1.1A
Physics 1.1A
Automatyka i Robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka,
Telekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka
I stopień, stacjonarna
obowiązkowy, ogólnouczelniany
FZP1060
TAK
Wykład
Ćwiczenia
30
15
100
50
Egzamin
Zaliczenie
na ocenę
Laboratorium
Projekt
Seminarium
X
5
-
3
1
4
WYMAGANIA WSTĘPNE W ZAKRESIE WIEDZY, UMIEJĘTNOŚCI I INNYCH
KOMPETENCJI
1. K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_W02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_W02, K1INF_U02,
K1TEL_W02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_W02, K1TIN_U02
CELE PRZEDMIOTU
C1. Nabycie podstawowej wiedzy z następujących działów fizyki : mechaniki klasycznej, ruchu
falowego, termodynamiki fenomenologicznej, fizyki jądra atomu i fizyki fazy skondensowanej
C2. Zdobycie umiejętności jakościowego rozumienia, interpretacji oraz ilościowej analizy – w oparciu
o prawa fizyki – wybranych zjawisk i procesów fizycznych z zakresu:
PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA
Z zakresu wiedzy:
PEK_W01 - Zna metody przedstawienia wielkości wektorowych oraz podstawy rachunku
wektorowego w prostokątnym układzie współrzędnych
PEK_W02 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa mechaniki punktu materialnego, układu
punktów materialnych i bryły sztywnej; w tym: prawa zachowania pędu, momentu pędu
i energii
PEK_W03 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa kinematyki i dynamiki ruchu drgającego
PEK_W04 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa ruchu falowego; w tym: własności
monochromatycznej fali płaskiej i fali stojącej, interferencji fal oraz transportu energii
przez fale
PEK_W05 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe prawa termodynamiki fenomenologicznej; w tym:
model i własności gazu doskonałego, zasady termodynamiki, rozkłady Maxwella i
Boltzmanna
PEK_W06 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe własności jadra atomowego; w tym: modele jadra
atomowego, własności sił jądrowych, reakcje rozpadu i syntezy jądrowej
PEK_W07 – Zna i potrafi objaśnić podstawowe własności krystalicznych ciał stałych; w tym:
podstawy teorii pasmowej ciał stałych, własności elektryczne i optyczne
półprzewodników, podstawy działania przyrządów półprzewodnikowych
Z zakresu umiejętności:
PEK_U01 – Potrafi opisać ilościowo i jakościowo zjawiska posługując się podstawowymi prawami
mechaniki klasycznej, a w szczególności prawami dynamiki oraz zasadami zachowania
PEK_U02 – Potrafi opisać ilościowo i jakościowo własności drgań harmonicznych oraz ruchu
faloowego
PEK_U03 – Potrafi opisać ilościowo i jakościowo zjawiska posługując się podstawowymi prawami
oraz zasadami termodynamiki fenomenologicznej
TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE
Wy 1
Wy 1
Forma zajęć - wykład
Sprawy organizacyjne
Przedstawienie wielkości wektorowych w kartezjańskim układzie
współrzędnych
Dynamika punktu materialnego. Równania ruchu dla prostych
przypadków
Praca i energia mechaniczna. Zasada zachowania energii mechanicznej
Dynamika układu punktów materialnych i bryły sztywnej. Zasady
zachowania pędu i momentu pędu
Dynamika bryły sztywnej, Prawo zachowania momentu pędu
Wy 2,
Wy3
Wy3
Wy4,
Wy5
Wy6
Wy7,
Ruch drgający
Wy8
Wy8,Wy9 Fale mechaniczne: równanie i energia fali, interferencja fal, fale stojące
Zasady termodynamiki, energia wewnętrzna, zasada ekwipartycji energii
Wy10
Elementy teorii kinetyczno-molekularnej gazu doskonałego, rozkłady
Wy11
Maxwella i Boltzmanna
Wy12, Fizyka jądrowa – budowa atomu, siły jądrowe, promieniotwórczość,
Wy13
reakcje rozpadu i syntezy jądrowej
Elementy fizyki fazy skondensowanej – struktura pasmowa ciał
Wy14,
stałych, przewodnictwo cieplne izolatorów, własności elektryczne i
Wy15
optyczne ciał stałych
Suma godzin
Liczba godzin
1
1
3
1
4
2
3
3
2
2
2
4
30
Ćw1
Ćw2
Ćw3
Ćw4
Ćw5
Ćw6
Ćw7
Ćw8
Forma zajęć - ćwiczenia
Liczba godzin
Sprawy organizacyjne. Rozwiązywanie zadań z zakresu rachunku
2
wektorowego
Zastosowanie zasad Newtona do rozwiązywania równań ruchu;
wyznaczanie zależności od czasu wartości podstawowych wielkości
2
kinematycznych i dynamicznych
Rozwiązywanie wybranych zagadnień z zakresu dynamiki punktu
2
materialnego
Rozwiązywanie zadań z zakresu kinematyki i dynamiki ruchu
obrotowego bryły sztywnej wokół ustalonej osi
oraz zasady
2
zachowania momentu pędu
Analiza i rozwiązywania zadań z zakresu dynamiki ruchu drgającego
2
Rozwiązywanie zadań z zakresu fizyki fal mechanicznych
2
Rozwiązywanie zadań z wykorzystaniem zasad termodynamiki
2
Repetytorium
1
Suma godzin
15
STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE
N1. Wykład – metoda tradycyjna z wykorzystaniem multimediów
N2. Ćwiczenia rachunkowe – metoda tradycyjna, dyskusja nad rozwiązaniami zadań
N3. Ćwiczenia rachunkowe – krótkie 10 min. sprawdziany pisemne
N4. Konsultacje
N5. Praca własna – przygotowanie do ćwiczeń
N6. Praca własna – przygotowanie do egzaminu
OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA
Oceny (F – formująca (w
trakcie semestru), P –
podsumowująca (na
koniec semestru)
F1
F2
Numer efektu kształcenia
PEK_U01-U03
PEK_W01-W07
P = F2 z uwzględnieniem F1
Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia
Pisemne sprawdziany
Egzamin pisemno-ustny
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA
[1] D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki, tom 1, 2,4-5, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN,
Warszawa 2003
[2] J. Walker, Podstawy fizyki. Zbiór zadań, PWN, Warszawa 2005.
LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA
[1] I.W. Sawieliew, Wykłady z fizyki, tom 1-3, Wydawnictwa Naukowe PWN, Warszawa, 2003.
[2] K. Sierański, K. Jezierski, B. Kołodka, Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 1. i 2., Oficyna
Wydawnicza SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2005;
[3] K. Sierański, J. Szatkowski, Wzory i prawa z objaśnieniami, cz. 3., Oficyna Wydawnicza
SCRIPTA, Wrocław 2008.
[4] K. Jezierski, B. Kołodka, K. Sierański, Zadania z rozwiązaniami, cz. 1., i 2., Oficyna Wydawnicza
SCRIPTA, Wrocław 1999-2003.
[5] R R. A. Serway, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 8th Ed., Brooks/Cole, Belmont 2009;
Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, 8th Ed., Brooks/Cole, Belmont 2009.
[6] Paul A. Tipler, Gene Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Extended Version, W. H.
Freeman 2007.
OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMIĘ, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)
Prof. dr hab. Janusz M. Pawlikowski, 71 320 23 90; janusz.m.pawlikowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU
Fizyka 1.1A
Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU
Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka, Telekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka
Przedmiotowy efekt
kształcenia
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
PEK_W06
PEK_W07
Odniesienie przedmiotowego
efektu do efektów kształcenia
zdefiniowanych dla kierunku
studiów i specjalności
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
K1AIR_W06, K1EKA_W06,
K1INF_W07, K1TEL_W06,
K1TIN_W07
Cele
przedmiotu
Treści
programowe
Numer
narzędzia
dydaktycznego
C1
Wy1
N1,N4,N6
C1
Wy2÷Wy6
N1,N4,N6
C1
Wy7÷Wy8
N1,N4,N6
C1
Wy8÷Wy9
N1,N4,N6
C1
Wy10÷Wy11
N1,N4,N6
C1
Wy12÷Wy13
N1,N4,N6
C1
Wy14÷Wy15
N1,N4,N6
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
K1AIR_U04, K1EKA_U03,
K1INF_U04, K1TEL_U03,
K1TIN_U04
K1AIR_U04, K1EKA_U03,
K1INF_U04, K1TEL_U03,
K1TIN_U04
K1AIR_U04, K1EKA_U03,
K1INF_U04, K1TEL_U03,
K1TIN_U04
C2
Ćw1÷Ćw4
N2÷N6
C2
Ćw5÷Ćw6
N2÷N6
C2
Ćw7
N2÷N6
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012
WYDZIAŁ ELEKTRONIKI
Nazwa w języku polskim:
Nazwa w języku angielskim:
Kierunek studiów:
Stopień studiów i forma:
Rodzaj przedmiotu:
Kod przedmiotu:
Grupa kursów:
KARTA PRZEDMIOTU
Fizyka 3.1
Physics 3.1
Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka,
Telekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka
I stopień, stacjonarna
obowiązkowy, ogólnouczelniany
FZP2079
NIE
Wykład
Liczba godzin zajęć
zorganizowanych w Uczelni
(ZZU)
Liczba godzin całkowitego
nakładu pracy studenta
(CNPS)
Forma zaliczenia
Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć
kurs końcowy (X)
Liczba punktów ECTS
w tym liczba punktów
odpowiadająca zajęciom
o charakterze praktycznym (P)
w tym liczba punktów ECTS
odpowiadająca zajęciom
wymagającym bezpośredniego
kontaktu (BK)
Ćwiczenia
Laboratorium
Projekt
Seminarium
15
60
Zaliczenie
na ocenę
2
2
2
WYMAGANIA WSTĘPNE W ZAKRESIE WIEDZY, UMIEJĘTNOŚCI I INNYCH
KOMPETENCJI
1. K1AIR_W06, K1AIR_U04, K1EKA_W06, K1EKA_U03, K1INF_W07, K1INF_U04,
K1TEL_W06, K1TEL_U03, K1TIN_W07, K1TIN_U04
2. K1AIR_W02, K1AIR_U02, K1EKA_W02, K1EKA_U02, K1INF_W02, K1INF_U02,
K1TEL_W02, K1TEL_U02, K1TIN_W02, K1TIN_U02
CELE PRZEDMIOTU
C1 Opanowanie umiejętności przeprowadzenia prostego eksperymentu
C2 Uzyskanie umiejętności opracowanie eksperymentu w postaci raportu
C3 Uzyskanie umiejętności szacowania niepewności uzyskanych rezultatów
PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA
Z zakresu umiejętności:
PEK_U01 - umie posługiwać się prostymi przyrządami pomiarowymi (do pomiaru długości, czasu
oraz innych wielkości fizycznych)
PEK_U02 - potrafi wykonać pomiary podstawowych wielkości fizycznych z wykorzystaniem
instrukcji stanowiska pomiarowego
PEK_U03 - potrafi, z wykorzystaniem narzędzi inżynierskich, opracować wyniki pomiarów oraz
przeprowadzić analizę niepewności pomiarowych
La1
La2
La3
La4
La5
La6
La7
La8
TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE
Forma zajęć – laboratorium
Wprowadzenie do LPF: sprawy organizacji i przebiegu zajęć, zapoznanie
studentów: a) z zasadami bezpiecznego wykonywania pomiarów (krótkie
szkolenie z zakresu BHP), b) z zasadami pisemnego opracowania
sprawozdań/raportów, c) z podstawami analizy niepewności
pomiarowych. Wykonanie prostych pomiarów.
Wykonanie pomiarów za pomocą mierników analogowych i cyfrowych
układu elektrycznego. Statystyczne opracowanie otrzymanych wyników
pomiarów prostych i złożonych, szacowanie niepewności pomiarów
prostych i złożonych, graficzna prezentacja rezultatów pomiarów i
niepewności pomiarowych, opracowanie sprawozdania.
Wykonanie pomiarów wybranych wielkości fizycznych, opracowanie
pisemnego sprawozdania
Wykonanie pomiarów wybranych wielkości fizycznych, opracowanie
pisemnego sprawozdania
Wykonanie pomiarów wybranych wielkości fizycznych, opracowanie
pisemnego sprawozdania
Wykonanie pomiarów wybranych wielkości fizycznych, opracowanie
pisemnego sprawozdania
Wykonanie pomiarów wybranych wielkości fizycznych, opracowanie
pisemnego sprawozdania
Repetytorium
Suma godzin
Liczba godzin
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE
N1. Praca własna – przygotowanie do przeprowadzenia eksperymentu (zapoznanie się z instrukcją
roboczą stanowiska pomiarowego, sposobem przeprowadzenia eksperymentu ćwiczeń oraz
metodami opracowania rezultatów)
N2.Kilkuminutowe sprawdziany pisemne poprzedzające pomiary
N3. Samodzielne wykonanie eksperymentu
N4. Strona internetowa laboratorium z informacjami dotyczącymi regulaminu laboratorium,
regulaminu BHP, spisu ćwiczeń, opisu ćwiczeń, instrukcji roboczych, przykładowych
sprawozdań, pomocy dydaktycznych
N5. Konsultacje
OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA
Oceny (F – formująca (w
trakcie semestru), P –
podsumowująca (na
koniec semestru)
Numer efektu
kształcenia
Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia
F1
PEK_U01-U03
Odpowiedzi ustne,
dyskusje, pisemne sprawdziany,
ocena raportów z każdego wykonanego ćwiczenia
P = F1
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA:
[1] Ćwiczenia Laboratoryjne z Fizyki, Tomy 1-4, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej
(dostępne wraz z instrukcjami roboczymi na stronie http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/lpf)
[2] Opisy eksperymentów oraz instrukcje robocze dostępne na stronie http://www.if.pwr.wroc.pl/lpf
LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA:.
[1] D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J.Walker: Podstawy Fizyki, tomy 1-2, 4, Wydawnictwa Naukowe
PWN, Warszawa 2003.
[2] I.W. Sawieliew, Wykłady z Fizyki tom1 i 2 , Wydawnictwa Naukowe PWN, Warszawa, 2003.
OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMIĘ, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)
Dr hab. Ewa Rysiakiewicz-Pasek; ewa.rysiakiewicz-pasek@pwr.wroc.pl
MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU
Fizyka 3.1
Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA NA KIERUNKU
Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Informatyka, Telekomunikacja, Teleinformatyka
Przedmiotowy
efekt
kształcenia
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do
efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla
kierunku studiów i specjalności (o ile
dotyczy)
K1AIR_U05, K1EKA_U04, K1INF_U05,
K1TEL_U04, K1TIN_U05
K1AIR_U05, K1EKA_U04, K1INF_U05,
K1TEL_U04, K1TIN_U05
K1AIR_U05, K1EKA_U04, K1INF_U05,
K1TEL_U04, K1TIN_U05
Cele przedmiotu
Treści
programowe
Numer
narzędzia
dydaktycznego
C1
La1-La8
N1,N2,N3,N4,N5
C1, C2
La1-La8
N1,N2,N3,N4,N5
C3
La1-La8
N1,N2,N3,N4,N5
Zał.
nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Podstawy programowania
Programming principles
Control Engineering and Robotics,
Electronics, Computer Science,
Telecommunications, Teleinformatics
1st level, full-time
obligatory
INEW0001
YES
Name in Polish
Name in English
Main field of study (if applicable):
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code
Group of courses:
Number of hours of organized
classes in University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
student workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Lecture
Classes
Laboratory
30
15
15
40
40
40
Seminar
crediting with crediting with crediting with
grade
grade
grade
For group of courses mark (X)
final course
X
Number of ECTS points
4
including number of ECTS points
for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points
for direct teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
Project
-
1
2
1
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquisition of basic knowledge on computer algorithms, how they are presented and
analyzed.
C2 Learning the basic programming constructs which are common to most of algorithmic
languages: types, variables, conditional branching, looping, functions with arguments,
recursion, arrays, lists, files
C3 Acquiring the ability of the structural and procedural programming in C + +.
C4 Getting familiar with standard algorithms processing large amounts of data, i.e.: searching,
aggregating and sorting.
C5 Getting Acquainted with selected forms of dynamic and complex data structures: list,
stack, queue and tree
C6 Acquiring the ability to configure and use the selected integrated development
environment to improve the processes of editing, compiling and testing multi-file
programming projects.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Has a basic knowledge of modern programming languages and paradigms.
PEK_W02 Knows fundamental principles and structures to represent algorithm in the form of
flowchart
PEK_W03 Knows the syntax, semantics, specific programming constructs and concepts in
C++ programming language.
PEK_W04 Knows the principles of structured and procedural programming.
PEK_W05 Understands concepts of iteration, recursion, memory organization, pointer
arithmetic, dynamic resource allocation and release.
PEK_W06 Knows the basic algorithms for searching, aggregation and sorting of the data.
PEK_W07 Has the knowledge of the selected dynamic and complex data structures.
PEK_W08 Has knowledge of modern software tools and integrated development environments
supporting the work of the programmer
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Can represent an algorithm in the flowchart form.
PEK_U02 Can construct a solution for simple programming tasks that require the use of
several branches, loops or recursion.
PEK_U03 Can define and invoke functions, choose the way of passing the input and output
parameters.
PEK_U04 Can define, initialize and process basic data representations: arrays, strings,
structures and their combinations.
PEK_U05 Can properly structure the program code and data in C + +, in accordance with the
principles of structured and procedural programming.
PEK_U06 Can program the data storage operations in non-volatile memory using file-streams.
PEK_U07 Can appropriately use pointers and dynamic memory management, including
proper allocation / deallocation procedures.
PEK_U08 Is able to design and program a set of functions that hide implementation details for
complex and dynamic data structures.
PEK_U09 Is able to propose and carry out the testing procedure for symbolic or dynamic
software validation.
PEK_U10 Can use the integrated development environment to configure, edit, and test singlethreaded console applications.
PEK_U11 Is able to retrieve information about programming constructs and concepts from the
technical documentation, the Internet and other sources in Polish and English.
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 Understands the need for lifelong learning, systematic review of new publications
in the field of computer science and studying documentation of new programming
tools.
PEK_K02 Is conscious of the legal and social aspects of information technology and the need
for ethics in professional activities.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number
of hours
The algorithms and methods for their representation. The dominant programming
2
paradigms. The flowcharts. The stages and tools used during software development.
The overall structure, syntax and semantics of the program in C++. Examples of
source code for simple console applications.
Computer data and their representations. Data types and ranges of values. Program
2
variables, variable declaration and initialization. The visibility of identifiers. Storage
classes. Predefined scalar types and user defined types (typedef). Logic, bitwise and
arithmetic operators. Rules for calculation of algebraic expressions. The standard
mathematical functions. Dealing with streams and basic input/output operations.
Dialogue with the user in text mode. Formatted input and output using standard
libraries <stdio.h> <iostream>.
Basic programming instructions: assignment, conditional selection and choice.
2
Controlling the flow of the algorithm, folding and nesting conditional instructions.
Examples of algorithms that process small amounts of data (without using a loop).
The concept of iterations in the program. The types of loops: while, do-while, for.
Terms of completion and nesting the loops. Instructions to break or continue the
loop. Simple iterative algorithms: counting, searching the minimum or maximum,
summing up the data values retrieved from the stream.
Arrays in C++. Array declaring, defining and indexing. Processing array data using
2
a loop. One-dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays.
Functions and procedures in programming languages. Declaring, defining and
2
invoking the function. Parameter-less functions. Explicit passing of the data via the
argument list or the return statement. Passing arguments by value and by reference.
Default values for arguments. Overloaded functions. Inline functions. Recursion.
Computer memory addresses, pointers to variables and memory, pointers arithmetic
2
in C/C++.
The relationship between pointers and arrays. Working with arrays using the pointer
notation i. Passing arguments to the function by address. Standard C functions which
operate directly on computer memory <mem.h> (memset, memcpy, memcmp,
memmove, etc.)
Array representation of strings in C/C++. Declaring, defining, and manipulating the
2
strings. Standard C library <string.h> (strcpy, strcmp, strcat, strlen, etc.). Examples
of user-defined functions for processing textual data.
Midterm (forming) exam
2
Program specification, testing, error handling, code documentation.
Recursion and recursive algorithms. Binary search and sorting of the arrays.
2
Form of classes – lecture
Lec 1
Lec 2
Lec 3
Lec 4
Lec 5
Lec 6
Lec 7
Lec 8
Lec 9
Lec 10 Structural type - the concept of structures in C. Definition, declaration and
initialization of structural variables. Nesting of composite types (structures and
arrays). An example of a simple in+memory database using the representation in the
form of arrays of structures.
Lec 11 Support for external memory in the form of raw data files. Random access and text
files. Procedural <stdio.h> and object-oriented <fstream> <stream> libraries for
standard file operations. Input and output operations for the characters, strings and
formatted data. Binary data - block files. Portability of the data representation
between different operating systems.
Lec 12 Dynamic memory allocation. Allocating and freeing the allocated memory (malloc,
calloc, free, new and delete operators). Heap overflow and dynamic data corruption.
Dynamic allocation and reallocation of arrays of a specified size.
2
2
2
Lec 13 The complex pointer data structures. The array of pointers to simple variables, array
of pointers to arrays, dynamic array of pointers to dynamic strings. Pointers to
functions. Standard qsort function.
Lec 14 Dynamic and recursive data structures: the pointer-driven list, stack, queue, priority
queue, binary tree, and their properties.
Lec 15 Lecture summary and final test
Form of classes - class
Cl 2
Cl 3
Cl 4
Cl 5
Cl 6
Cl 7
Cl 8
2
2
30
Total hours
Cl 1
2
Overview of the program and the organization of classes.
Writing algorithms using flowcharts language.
Representation of standard data types in C. Appropriate selection of the data type for
variables. Data representation constraints. The dialogue with the user using standard
printf and scanf functions. Formatting data (construction of format strings
containing different control sequences) Writing mathematical expressions in C/C++.
Write boolean expressions.
The concept of iterations. The role and selection of the control variables for the loop.
Loop breaking constructs. Iterative algorithms (count, sum, maximum, minimum,
calculation of the series). The equivalence of the loop.
Structured and procedural programming. Sub-division of tasks into functions, the
concept of program menu. Visibility range and overriding the identifiers.
Basic array processing algorithms (filling, comparing items, search, move, delete,
add items). Pseudo-dynamic array (static array with a counter of used items).
Parameterization of algorithms. Appropriate selection of the method for passing
input/output parameters between the functions.
Text processing functions. Code analysis of the standard functions <string.h>
library. User-defined functions for character string processing.
Dynamic allocation and reallocation of memory. One-dimensional arrays of variable
size. Pointer arithmetic and pointer casting. Exercise with accessing the memory
through pointers.
The structural decomposition of large programs and complex data representation.
Discussion and practice the representation of simple in-memory database (using an
array of structures). User defined data type, enumeration. Encoding data using the
dictionary.
Exercises with data storage in external memory using file streams. Text and binary
representation of numerical data. Error detection during file stream input / output
operations. Controlling the location of the file position indicator. Basic algorithms
for sequential processing of text and raw binary files.
Analysis of the standard implementations of complex-dynamic data structures: the
linked list, stack, queue, priority queue. Analysis of the standard implementation of
selected array sorting algorithms.
Repetition and examination
Total hours
Number
of hours
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1 Overview of the program and the organization of the laboratory classes. Workplace
training in health and safety. Setting up development environment (DevC + +,
Visual Studio). An example of a console program using simple variables,
assignment statements, and console input output operations. Editing, compiling,
running and debugging the program.
Lab 2 Exercises with the creation of example programs illustrating the use of basic C/C++
constructs and concepts: assignment, conditional branching (if, if-else), selection
(switch, case, break, default). Nesting branching instructions. The calculation of
mathematical expressions.
Lab 3 Exercises with the creation of programs that illustrate the use of the user loop
(while, do-while, for). Standard iterative algorithms: counting, summing, searching
the maximum and minimum.
Exercises with creating user-defined functions. Parameterless functions. Local
variables. Passing parameters through global variables.
Lab 4 Exercises with the creation of programs that illustrate the use of the array data
representation. Processing arrays using a loop. Selected algorithms for processing
arrays: linear and binary search, bubble sort and insertion sort. The functions with
explicit argument list. Passing arguments by value, reference and address.
Lab 5 Exercises with the creation of programs illustrating the processing of textual data,
represented as an array of characters. Accessing the variables using pointers.
Programs that use dynamic allocation and re-allocation of one-dimensional arrays.
Debugging and testing the correctness of the programs.
Lab 6 Implementing simple in-memory database using representation in the form of an
array of structures (or array of pointers to dynamic structures). Extending the
functionalities of database program: adding archiving operations in the external
memory (in the form of text or binary files).
Lab 7 User-defined implementation of selected dynamic data structure: the linked list,
queue, priority queue or a tree. Exercises with creating programs using recursion.
Lab 8 Repetition and assessment
Total hours
N1.
N2.
N3.
N4.
N5.
N6.
TEACHING TOOLS USED
Traditional lectures using multimedia projector
Individual work - preparing for the classes by solving predefined exercises
Individual work - self-implementation of appointed laboratory programs
Program code inspections carried out by the laboratory instructor
Individual work - self-study and preparation for tests
Consultations
Number
of hours
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
Educational effect
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
F – forming (during
number
semester,
P – concluding (at
semester end)
F1
PEK_U01 – U02,
PEK_U08 – U09,
PEK_U11,
PEK_K01 – K02
F2
PEK_U03 – U07,
PEK_U10
Assessment of oral questioning. Evaluation of the
individual solution for class sample exercises. Final test
for the class form.
Assessment of the progress of laboratory exercises. Code
inspection of the programs created by student, carried out
by laboratory instructor.
F3
PEK_W01 – W04
Midterm lecture test
F4
PEK_W05 – W07
Final lecture test
P = 1/4*F1 + 1/4*F2 + 1/2*( 1/3*F3 + 2/3*F4 )
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Grębosz J., Symfonia C++, Standard, Editions 2000, Kraków, 2005, 2008, 2010
Stroustrup B., Język C++, WNT, Warszawa 2004
Eckel B., Thinking in C++, Helion, Gliwice 2002
Wróblewski P., Algorytmy, struktury danych i techniki programowania. Helion, 2009
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Kernighan R., Ritchie C., Język C, PWN, Warszawa
Segewick C., Algorytmy w C++. W.N.-T., Warszawa, 1999
Lippman S. B., Lajoie J., Podstawy języka C++, WNT, Warszawa 2003
Neapolitan R., Naimipour K., Podstawy algorytmów z przykładami w C++. Wyd. Helion, 2004
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Marek Piasecki, marek.piasecki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
FOR SUBJECT: Programming principles
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Control Engineering and Robotics, Electronics,
Computer Science, Telecommunications, Teleinformatics
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization
(if applicable)*
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
PEK_W01
(knowledge) K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
K1AIR_U08, K1EKA_U06, K1INF_U07,
PEK_W02
K1TEL_U06, K1TIN_U07
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
PEK_W03
K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
PEK_W04
K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
PEK_W05
K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
PEK_W06
K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
PEK_W07
K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
PEK_W08
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
K1AIR_U08, K1EKA_U06, K1INF_U07,
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U06, K1TIN_U07
(skills)
K1AIR_U08, K1EKA_U06, K1INF_U07,
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U06, K1TIN_U07
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
Subject
educational
effect
PEK_U04
PEK_U05
PEK_U06
PEK_U07
PEK_U08
PEK_U09
PEK_U10
PEK_K01
(competences)
PEK_K02
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
K1AIR_U08, K1EKA_U06, K1INF_U07,
K1TEL_U06, K1TIN_U07
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
K1AIR_U08, K1EKA_U06, K1INF_U07,
K1TEL_U06, K1TIN_U07
K1AIR_U08, K1EKA_U06, K1INF_U07,
K1TEL_U06, K1TIN_U07
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08,
K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08,
K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
Subject
objectives
Programme
content
Teaching tool
number
C1, C2, C3
Lec1
N1, N5
C1
Lec1
N1, N2
C2
Lec2, Lec3, Lec4,
Lec5
N1, N2, N3, N4
C1, C3
Lec1, Lec3, Lec10
N1, N2, N3
C1, C2
Lec3, Lec6, Lec9
N1, N2, N3
Lec3, Lec4, Lec5,
Lec9, Lec11
Lec12, Lec13,
Lec14
N1, N2, N3,
N4, N6
C6
Lec1
N1, N3, N4
C1
Cl1
N1, N2
C1, C4
Cl2, Cl3, Lab2
N1, N2, N3, N6
C2
Cl3, Lab3
N1, N2, N3
C2
Lec4, Lec7, Lec10,
Cl4, Cl5, Cl6, Lab4,
Lab5, Lab6
N1, N2, N3
C3
Cl3
N1, N2
C2
Cl6, Lab6
N1, N2, N3, N5
C2, C5
Cl5, Lab5
N1, N2, N3
C5
Cl7, Lab7
N1, N2, N3,
N5, N6
C6
Lab1, Lab4, Lab5
N3, N4
C6
Lab1
N3, N4, N6
C1, C2, C3
Lec1, Cl7, Lab7
N1, N4, N5, N6
C6
Lec1, Lec8, Cl1,
Lab1
N1, N4
C1, C4
C5
N1, N2, N3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT OF CONTROL ENGINEERING
AND ROBOTICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish:
Programowanie obiektowe
Name in English:
Object Oriented Programming
Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics
Level and form of studies:
1st level, full-time
Kind of subject:
obligatory
Subject code:
INEW002
Group of courses:
YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
30
30
90
90
credited with
grade
credited with
grade
Project Seminar
X
6
-
2
1
2
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1AIR_W09, K1EKA_W08, K1INF_W09, K1TEL_W08, K1TIN_W40
2. K1AIR_U09, K1EKA_U07, K1INF_U08, K1TEL_U07, K1TIN_U08
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 The student would be introduce in the basis of object oriented programming, its
engineering and methodology
C2 The student would know how to prepare program source code using object oriented
approach
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01
Student knows the idea of the object oriented approach.
PEK_W02
Can explain the fundaments of object oriented methodology as the tool of the
comprehending the real world.
PEK_W03
Can know an idea of object oriented methodology based on Unified Modeling
Language (UML).
PEK_W04
Student knows basic tools and paradigms of the object oriented approach.
PEK_W05
Student knows basic programming tools on the exampled object oriented
programming C++ language.
Relating to skills:
PEK_U01
Can independently formulate and use the technology of the object oriented
programming.
PEK_U02
Can create and execute the parts of the source code containing definitions of
constructors both in the basis and in the derived classes.
PEK_U03
Can create and execute the parts of the independently drawn up source code
containing virtual functions and overloaded operators.
PROGRAM CONTENT
Form of the lecture
Number of
hours
Introduction. Object oriented approach – a general idea.
Presentation of the main application of the object oriented approach (project
Lec2
management, etc.) and the nowadays object oriented programming languages
Object oriented programming language C++. Main paradigms, Constructors
Lec3
and destructors.
Gadgets in C++. Default arguments, references, complex declarators,
Lec4
modificators, etc. A copy constructor and the assignment operator.
Assessment of the main nowadays object oriented programming languages:
Lec5
C++, C# and Java. Microsoft .NET framework.
Object oriented programming language Java. Main ideas. Packages and
Lec6
implementations.
Object oriented programming language C#. Main ideas. Interfaces and
Lec7
garbage collection.
Object oriented approach. Encapsulation and inheritance. Virtual functions
Lec8
and abstract classes.
Creation of the simple class. Encapsulation. Static data and functions.
Lec9 Operator overloading as the global and member function. Operator
overloading in C++ and C#.
Inheritance and derived classes. Multiply inheritance in C++ and interfaces in
Lec10
C# and Java.
Lec11 C# language. Classes, expressions and operators.
Lec12 Inheritance, interfaces, iterators, exceptions handling, processes and threads
2
Lec1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Virtual functions and abstract classes. Basis of the Unified Modeling
Language (UML). Class diagrams. Examples, case studies.
Lec14 Recapitulatory lecture.
Total hours
Lec13
4
2
30
Number of
hours
Form of the laboratory
L1,2
Getting acquainted with the programming platform. Simple program in
structural methodology.
4
L3-6
Application of the object oriented approach for the individual simple
program in C++ agreed with the lecturer
8
L7-10 Individual program in C++ agreed with the lecturer
8
L11-12 Individual simple program in C# or Java agreed with the lecturer
4
L13-15 Individual program in C# or Java agreed with the lecturer
6
Total hours
N1.
N2.
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
LCD Projector, blackboard
Computer with an access to the Internet, Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
MS .NET Framework, MS Office
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
Educational effect number
F1
PEK_W01-W05
F2
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
Lectures credited with grade
Program code presented and credited with
PEK_U01-U03
grade
P = 0.6 * F1 + 0.4 * F2 (while lab ranked)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Grębosz J., Symfonia C++ standard. Programowanie w języku C++ orientowane
obiektowo, Kraków, Oficyna Kallimach, 2005.
[2] Stroustrup B., Język C++, Warszawa, WNT, 2004.
[3] Eckel, B.Thinking in Java, Wydawnictwo Helion, 2006
[4] Hejlsberg A., Torgersen M., Wiltamuth S., Golde P., Język C#. Programowanie.
Wydanie III, Microsoft .NET Development Series
[5] Kisilewicz J., Język C++. Programowanie obiektowe, Wrocław, Oficyna Wydawnicza
Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2005.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[6] Martin F., UML w kropelce, Warszawa, Oficyna Wydawnicza LTP, 2005.
[7] Martin J., Odell J.J., Podstawy metod obiektowych, WNT, 1997
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Jerzy Kotowski (jerzy.kotowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Object Oriented Programming
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Control Engineering and Robotics
Correlation between subject educational effect and
Program
content***
Teaching
tool
number***
C1
Wyk1-2
N1
C1
Wyk3, Wyk5
N1
C1
Wyk13
N1
Subject
Subject educational
educational effects defined for main field of study
effect
objectives***
and specialization (if applicable)**
(knowledge)
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
K1AIR_W13, K1EKA_W12, K1INF_W13,
K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12
K1AIR_W13, K1EKA_W12, K1INF_W13,
K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12
K1AIR_W13, K1EKA_W12, K1INF_W13,
K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12
K1AIR_W13, K1EKA_W12, K1INF_W13,
K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12
K1AIR_W13, K1EKA_W12, K1INF_W13,
K1TEL_W12, K1TIN_W12
C1
C1
Wyk6-7,Wyk8,
Wyk11-12
Wyk4, Wyk9,
Wyk10
N1
N1
(skills)
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
K1AIR_U13, K1EKA_U11, K1INF_U12,
K1TEL_U11, K1TIN_U12
K1AIR_U13, K1EKA_U11, K1INF_U12,
K1TEL_U11, K1TIN_U12
K1AIR_U13, K1EKA_U11, K1INF_U12,
K1TEL_U11, K1TIN_U12
C2
L1-6
N2
C2
L7-10
N2
C2
L11-15
N2
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
FACULTY
SUBJECT CARD
Name in English
Name in Polish
Main field of study (if applicable)
Specialization (if applicable)
Level and form of studies
Kind of subject
Subject code
Group of courses
Mathematical Analysis 2.3A
Analiza Matematyczna 2.3 A
1st level, full-time
obligatory
MAP1149
Yes
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Lecture
30
Classes
0
150
0
exam
X
5
3
0
0
3
0
Laboratory Project
Seminar
PREREQUISITIES
Knowledge of differential and integral calculus of function of one variable
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Knowledge of basic properties of infinite series and power series.
C2. Understanding the basic concepts of differential calculus of several variables.
C3. Understanding the basic concepts of integral calculus of functions of several variables.
C4. Understanding the Laplace transform and Fourier transform.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge:
PEK_W1. Know the basic criteria of convergence of infinite series.
PEK_W2. Know the basic concepts of differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables.
1
PEK_W3. Know the basic concepts of differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables.
Relating to skills:
PEK_U1. Can find power series of a function, knows how to use power series for approximations of functions
PEK_U2. Can compute the partial derivatives, directional and gradient functions of several variables and interpret the
wielkoćci, able to solve problems for the optimization of functions of several variables
PEK_U3. Is able to calculate and interpret the integral multiple, able to solve engineering problems using double and triple
integrals
PEK_U4. Can calculate integral transforms from simple functions
Relating to social competences:
PEK_K1. Understand the role played by Mathematical Analysis to analyze technical problems
Wy1
Wy2
Wy3
Wy4
PROGRAM CONTENT
Form of classes - lectures
Hours
Improper integrals. Cauchy principal value.
2.0
Infinite series. The basic criteria for convergence of series. Absolute and conditional convergence. 2.0
Leibniz criterion.
Power series. The radius and interval of convergence. Cauchy theorem - Hadamard. Taylor Series. 2.0
n
n
2.0
Properties of the space R . Subsets of the space R . Functions of several variables.
Wy5 Partial derivatives of the first order. Definition. Geometric interpretation. Higher order partial
2.0
derivatives. Schwarz theorem
Wy6 The plane tangent to the graph of a function of two variables. Directional derivatives. Gradient of a 2.0
function.
Wy7 Local extremes of functions of two variables. Sufficient conditions for the existence of extreme. 2.0
The smallest and the largest value of the function on the set. Examples of extremal problems in
geometry and technology.
Wy8 Conditional extremes conditional function of two variables. Applications. Examples of
2.0
optimization problems.
Wy9 Double integrals. The definition of the double integral. Geometric and physical interpretation.
2.0
Calculation of double integrals normal regions.
Wy10 Properties of double integrals. Jacobian function. Change of variables in double integrals. Double 2.0
integral in polar coordinates.
Wy11 Triple integrals. Reversal iterated integrals. Change of variables in cylindrical and spherical
2.0
coordinates
Wy12 Applications of double and triple integrals in geometry and physics.
2.0
Wy13 Laplace transform.
2.0
Wy14 Inverse Laplace transform and its applications
2.0
Wy15 Introduction to the Fourier transform.
2.0
Total hours
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture - traditional method
N3. Student’s self work with the assistance of mathematical packages
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F-forming; P - Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect
2
concluding)
F1
F2
F3
P - sets the lecturer
PEK_W1, PEK_W2,
PEK_U1, PEK_U2,
PEK_K1
PEK_W2, PEK_U2,
PEK_U3, PEK_K1
all
achievement
test
test
exam
LITERATURE
PRIMARY
A1. F. Leja, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2012
A2. R. Leitner, Zarys Matematyki Wyższej dla Studiów Technicznych, Cz. 1-2 WNT, Warszawa, 2006.
SECONDARY
B1. W. Krysicki, L. Włodarski, Analiza Matematyczna w Zadaniach, Cz. II, PWN, Warszawa 2006
B2. G. M. Fichtenholz, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, T. I-II, PWN, Warszawa 2007
B3. M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Analiza Matematyczna 2. Przykłady i Zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011
SUBJECT SUPERVISORS
1. Komisja Programowa Instytutu Matematyki i Informatyki
2. prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichoń (Jacek.Cichon@pwr.wroc.pl)
3. dr Agnieszka Wyłomańska (Agnieszka.Wylomanska@pwr.wroc.pl)
3
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
Analiza Matematyczna 2.2 B MAP1149
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……
AND SPECIALIZATION …..
Subject
Correlation between subject
educational educational effect and
effect
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)
PEK_W1
PEK_W2
PEK_W3
PEK_U1
PEK_U2
PEK_U3
PEK_U4
PEK_K1
Subject Programme content
objective
s
Teaching
tool number
C1
C2 C3
N1, N3
N1, N3
Wy1 Wy2 Wy3
Wy4 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8 Wy9
Wy10 Wy11 Wy12
C4
Wy13 Wy14 Wy15
C1
Wy1 Wy2 Wy3
C2
Wy5 Wy6 Wy7 Wy8
C3
Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12
C4
Wy13 Wy14 Wy15
C1 C2 C3 Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 Wy5 Wy6 Wy7
C4
Wy8 Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12
Wy13 Wy14 Wy15
4
N1, N3
N1, N3
N1, N3
N1, N3
N1, N3
N1, N3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: RACHUNEK PRAWDOPODOBIEŃSTWA
Name in English: Probability Theory
Main field of study (if applicable):
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code: MAP1151
Group of courses YES /NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
student workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
15
30
Crediting
with grade
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacher-student
contact (BK) classes
1
0,5
0,75
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Knows single variable calculus.
2. Has basic knowledge regarding theory of both numerical and power series.
3. Can compute two-dimensional integrals.
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Study of basic concepts and methods of probability theory
C2 Study of classical probabilistic distributions, their properties and applications to practical
problems from different areas of science and technology
1
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 knows basic concepts and probability theory methods
PEK_W02 knows classical probabilistic distributions and their properties
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 understands basic concepts of probability theory
PEK_U02 can use basic probabilistic methods to solve both theoretical and practical
problems from different areas of science and technology
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 can, without assistance, search for necessary information in the suggested literature
and acquire knowledge independently
PEK_K02 understands the need for systematic and independent work on mastery of course
material
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Wy1
Wy2
Wy3
Wy4
Wy5
Wy6
Wy7
Wy8
Form of classes - lecture
Probability space. Events, and operations on events. The axiomatic
definition of probability. General properties of probability. Classical
and geometric probability. Variations, permutations and combinations.
Definition of conditional probability. The law of total probability.
Bayes theorem. Independent events.
Random variables, definition and examples. Distribution of a random
variable. Cumulative distribution function and its properties.
Classification of random variables. Distribution of a function of
random variable.
Discrete random variables. Review of discrete distributions: Bernoulli,
binomial and Poisson distributions. Poisson approximation to binomial
distribution.
Continuous random variables. Probability density function and its
relationship with cumulative distribution function. Review of
continuous distributions: uniform, normal, exponential distributions.
Parameters of random variables. Expectation and its properties. Higher
order moments. Variance and its properties. Quantile of order p.
Expected values, variances, medians and quartiles for selected
distributions. Standardization of a normally distributed random
variable. Standard normal distribution table.
Bivariate random variables. Definitions of cumulative distribution
function and probability density function. Marginal distributions.
Independence of random variables. Moments, correlation coefficient.
Sequences of random variables: sums of independent random
variables, expectation and variance of such sums. (Weak) law of large
numbers.
Convergence in distribution. Central Limit Theorem, Lindeberg-Levy
theorem, De Moivre-Laplace theorem. Test.
Total hours
Number of hours
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
3
15
2
TEACHING TOOLS USED
1. Lecture – traditional method.
2. Lists of exercises.
3. Consultations
4. Student’s self work – preparation for the test.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Educational effect
Way of evaluating educational effect
Evaluation (F –
number
achievement
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
P
PEK_W01, PEK_W02
PEK_U01, PEK_U02,
PEK_K01, PEK_K02
quizzes, tests
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] J. Jakubowski, R. Sztencel, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa dla prawie każdego,
Script, Warszawa 2002.
[2] A. Papoulis, Prawdopodobieństwo, zmienne losowe i procesy stochastyczne, WNT,
Warszawa 1972.
[3] H. Jasiulewicz, W. Kordecki, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka
matematyczna. Przykłady i zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2001.
[4] A. Plucińska, E. Pluciński, Probabilistyka, WNT, Warszawa 2006.
[5] W. Krysicki, J. Bartos, W. Dyczka, K. Królikowska, M. Wasilewski, Rachunek
prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna w zadaniach, Cz. I-II, PWN,
Warszawa 2007.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] D. Bobrowski, Probabilistyka w zastosowaniach technicznych, PWN, Warszawa 1986.
[2] A. A. Borowkow, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa, PWN, Warszawa 1975.
[3] W. Feller, Wstęp do rachunku prawdopodobieństwa, T. I, PWN, Warszawa 2006.
[4] M. Fisz, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna, PWN, Warszawa
1967.
[5] T. Inglot, T. Ledwina, Z. Ławniczak, Materiały do ćwiczeń z rachunku
prawdopodobieństwa i statystyki matematycznej, Wydawnictwo Politechniki
Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 1984.
[6] J. Jakubowski, R. Sztencel, Wstęp do teorii prawdopodobieństwa, Script, Warszawa
2001.
[7] W. Kordecki, Rachunek prawdopodobieństwa i statystyka matematyczna. Definicje,
twierdzenia, wzory, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2002.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Program Committee of the Institute of Mathematics and Computer Science
3
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
PROBABILITY THEORY MAP1151
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……
AND SPECIALIZATION ….. ******
Subject
educational
effect
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
PEK_W02
PEK_U01
(skills)
PEK_U02
PEK_K01
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1, C2
Wy1- Wy8
1, 2
C2
C1
Wy4 – Wy6
Wy1- Wy8
1, 2
1, 2, 3
C1, C2
C1, C2
Wy1- Wy8
Wy1- Wy8
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 3
C1, C2
Wy1- Wy8
1, 2, 3
(competences)
PEK_K02
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: MATEMATYKA
Name in English: Mathematics
Main field of study (if applicable): (EKA, TEL)
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full time
Kind of subject:
obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code:
MAP1154
Group of courses
YES / NO*
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
student workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacher-student
contact (BK) classes
Lecture
15
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
30
Exam
1
0,5
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Knows differential calculus of function of one and many variables.
2. Knows integral calculus of function of one variable. Knows double and triple integral.
Knows applications of such integrals.
3. Can do calculations using complex numbers.
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Knows definitions and properties of path and surface integrals. Gets skill in applying them to
solve problems of technology.
C2. Knows elements of vector calculus.
C3. Has a basic knowledge of complex functions and gets skill in using them in calculations. Learns
basic properties and methods of evaluation of complex curvilinear integrals and residues.
*niepotrzebne skreślić
1
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 knows basic complex functions and their properties, knows definition of complex
curvilinear integral and methods to evaluate it
PEK_W02 knows definition of a residue and applications of residues to evaluate curvilinear
complex integral
PEK_W03 has basic knowledge of definitions and properties of path and surface integrals and their
applications
PEK_W04 has basic knowledge of differential operators of scalar and vector fields
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 can evaluate derivatives of complex functions and complex curvilinear integrals
PEK_U02 can evaluate residues and apply them
PEK_U03 can evaluate path and surface integrals and apply them to solve problems of technology
PEK_U04 can apply differential operators of scalar and vector fields to solve problems of
technology
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 can, without assistance, search for necessary information in the literature
PEK_K02 understands the need for systematic and independent work on mastery of course
material
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Wy1
Wy2
Wy3
Wy4
Wy5
Form of classes - lecture
Functions of complex argument: domain, real and imaginary parts.
Elementary functions: polynomials, rational functions, trigonometric
functions, exponential and logarithmic functions. Properties of such
funtions. Derivative of a complex function. Holomorphic function.
Curvilinear integral of a function of complex argument. Reduction to
real integral. Cauchy's integral theorem. Cauchy's integral formula.
Singular points. Residues.
Curves on plane and in space. Line integrals of scalar functions along
curves (path integrals): definition and basic properties. Reduction of
line integral of a scalar function to single integral. Line integrals of
vector fields: definition and basic properties. Reduction of line integral
of a vector field to single integral. Independence of path. Green`s
theorem.
Equations of surfaces. Surface integrals of scalar functions: definition
and basic properties. Reduction of surfaces integral of a scalar field to
double integral. Surface integrals of vector fields: definition and basic
properties. Reduction of surface integral of a vector field to double
integral.
Elements of vector calculus. Differential operators of scalar and vector
fields. Stoke`s theorem. Divergence theorem. . Applications of path
and surface integrals.
Total hours
Liczba godzin
3
3
3
3
3
15
2
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture – traditional method
N2. Students self work (exercises solving)
N3. Consultations
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Educational effect
Way of evaluating educational effect
Evaluation (F –
number
achievement
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
P
PEK_W01-PEK_W04
PEK_U01-PEK_U04,
PEK_K01,PEK_K02
Exam
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] F. Leja, Funkcje zespolone, PWN, Warszawa 2006.
[2] F. Leja, Rachunek różniczkowy i całkowy ze wstępem do równań różniczkowych,
PWN, Warszawa 2008.
[3] W. Krysicki, L. Włodarski, Analiza matematyczna w zadaniach, Cz. II, PWN,
Warszawa 2006.
[4] W. Żakowski, W. Kołodziej, Matematyka, Cz. II, WNT, Warszawa 2003.
[5] W. Żakowski, W. Leksiński, Matematyka, Cz. IV. WNT, Warszawa 2002.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] J. Długosz, Funkcje zespolone. Teoria, przykłady, zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS,
Wrocław 2005.
[2] M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Analiza matematyczna 2. Przykłady i zadania, Oficyna
Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.
[3] M. Gewert, Z.Skoczylas, Analiza matematyczna 2. Definicje, twierdzenia, wzory,
Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.
[4] M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Elementy analizy wektorowej. Teoria, przykłady, zadania,
Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.
[5] M. Fichtenholz, Rachunek różniczkowy i całkowy, T. II-III, PWN, Warszawa 2007.
[6] W. Stankiewicz, Zadania z matematyki dla wyższych uczelni technicznych, Cz. B,
PWN, Warszawa 2003.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr Jolanta Długosz (Jolanta.Dlugosz@pwr.wroc.pl)
Program Committee of the Institute of Mathematics and Computer Science
3
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
MATHEMATICS (EiT 1st grade) MAP1154
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……
AND SPECIALIZATION …..
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_U01
(skills)
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
PEK_U04
PEK_K01PEK_K02
(competences)
** - from table above
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1
Wy1-Wy3
1,2,3
C2
C3
C3
C1
Wy3
Wy4,Wy5
Wy5
Wy1-Wy3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
C2
C3
C3
C1-C3
Wy3
Wy4,Wy5
Wy5
Wy1-Wy5
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
FACULTY
SUBJECT CARD
Name in English
Name in Polish
Main field of study (if applicable)
Specialization (if applicable)
Level and form of studies
Kind of subject
Subject code
Group of courses
Mathematical Analysis 1.2A
Analiza Matematyczna 1.2A
1st level, full-time
obligatory
MAP3045
Yes
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Lecture
30
Classes
15
150
90
exam
X
8
3
0
0
5
0
Laboratory Project
Seminar
PREREQUISITIES
It is recommended that the knowledge of mathematics is equivalent to secondary school certificate at the advanced level.
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Understanding the basic methods of analysis of the graph of functions of one variable.
C2. Understanding the concept of definite integral and its basic properties and methods of determination.
C3. Understanding the practical applications of mathematical methods for the analysis of functions of one variable.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge:
PEK_W1. Knows the basic definitions and theorem from Mathematical Analysis of functions of one variable.
PEK_W2. Knows the notion of definite integral and its basic applications.
1
Relating to skills:
PEK_U1. Can examine graphs of simple functions.
PEK_U2. Can calculate integrals of simple functions.
Relating to social competences:
PEK_K1. Understand how calculus affects on the development of technical civilization
PROGRAM CONTENT
Form of classes - lectures
Hours
Wy1 Mathematical notations (logical connetives, quantifieries), elements of set theory, real numbers, 2.0
subsets of real numbers (intervals, half-lines). Linear and quadratic functions.
Wy2 Basic properties of functions (injective and monotonic functions). Composition of functions. The 2.0
inverse function. Power and exponential functions, and opposite to them. Properties of logarithms.
Wy3 Trygonometric functions and their inverses. Graphs of trigonometric and of its inverses.
2.0
Wy4 Sequences and limits. Basic formulas and theorems. Number e. Improper limits.
2.0
Wy5 The limit of a function in a point. Directional limits of function. Asymptotics of function.
2.0
Wy6 Continuity of a function in a point and on the interval. Basic properties of conituous functions.
2.0
Approximate solutions of equations. Points of discontinuity.
Wy7 The definition of derivative. Basic formulas and theorems. Geometric and physics interpretations. 2.0
Mean value theorem. De L’Hospital rule.
Wy8 Extreme values, monotonicity. Higher order derivatives. Convexity of function.
2.0
Wy9 Examination of the graph of a function.
2.0
Wy10 Taylor formula. Aproximation of function. Applications.
2.0
Wy11 Definite integral. Simple examples. Connection between interal and derivative (Fundamental
2.0
Theorem of Calculus). Simple examples
Wy12 Indefinite integral: basic formulas. Areas of simple figures.
2.0
Wy13 The basic methods of calculus of integrals: integration by parts and by substitution.
2.0
Wy14 The basic methods of calculus of integrals: simple rational funnctions. Area and perimeter of a
2.0
circle. The volume of rotary figures.
Wy15 Application of methods of mathematical analysis of one variable functions.
2.0
Total hours
30
Form of classes - classes
Hours
Cw1 Tautologies, de Morgan laws, union, intersection and complement of set
1.0
Cw2 Natural numbers, integers, rational and real numbers. Logarithm.
1.0
Cw3 Graphs of simple functions. Inverse function. Composition of functions.
1.0
Cw4 Trygonometric functions and trygonometric identities.
1.0
Cw5 Limit of sequences.
1.0
Cw6 The limit of a function in point.
1.0
Cw7 Continuous functions
1.0
Cw8 Points of discontinuity. Solutions of equations
1.0
Cw9 Derivatives. Tangent line to a graph of a function.
1.0
Cw10 Examination of graphs of functions - I
1.0
Cw11 Examination of graphs of functions - II
1.0
Cw12 Taylor formula. De L’Hospital rule
1.0
Cw13 Integration - I
1.0
Cw14 Integration - II
1.0
Cw15 Integration - applications
1.0
Total hours
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture - traditional method
2
N2. Classes - traditional method
N3. Student’s self work with the assistance of mathematical packages
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F-forming; P - Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect
concluding)
achievement
F1
PEK_W1, PEK_U1,
kolokwium na cwiczeniach, odpowiedzi ustne
PEK_K1
F2
PEK_W2, PEK_U2,
kolokwium na cwiczeniach, odpowiedzi ustne
PEK_K1
F3
all
exam
P - sets the lecturer
LITERATURE
PRIMARY
A1. F. Leja, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2012
A2. W. Krysicki, L. Włodarski, Analiza Matematyczna w Zadaniach, Cz. I, PWN, Warszawa 2006
SECONDARY
B1. K. Kuratowski, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy. Funkcje Jednej Zmiennej, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2012
B2. G. M. Fichtenholz, Rachunek Różniczkowy i Całkowy, T. I-II, PWN, Warszawa 2007
B3. M. Gewert, Z. Skoczylas, Analiza Matematyczna 1. Przykłady i Zadania, Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011
SUBJECT SUPERVISORS
1. Komisja Programowa Instytutu Matematyki i Informatyki
2. prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichoń (Jacek.Cichon@pwr.wroc.pl)
3. dr Agnieszka Wyłomańska (Agnieszka.Wylomanska@pwr.wroc.pl)
3
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
Analiza Matematyczna 1.2 MAP3045
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ……
AND SPECIALIZATION …..
Subject
Correlation between subject
educational educational effect and
effect
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)
PEK_W1
PEK_W2
PEK_U1
PEK_U2
PEK_K1
Subject Programme content
objective
s
Teaching
tool number
C1
N1, N2, N3
Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 Wy4 Wy5 Wy6
Wy7 Wy8 Wy9 Wy10 Wy11
Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15 Cw1
Cw2 Cw3 Cw4 Cw5 Cw6 Cw7
Cw8 Cw9 Cw10 Cw11 Cw12
Cw15
C2 C3
Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15
Cw13 Cw14 Cw15
C1
Wy1 Wy2 Wy3 Wy4 Wy5 Wy6
Wy7 Wy8 Wy9 Wy10 Wy15 Cw1
Cw2 Cw3 Cw4 Cw5 Cw6 Cw7
Cw8 Cw9 Cw10 Cw11 Cw12
Cw15
C1 C2 C3 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13 Wy14 Wy15
Cw13 Cw14 Cw15
C1 C2
Wy9 Wy10 Wy11 Wy12 Wy13
Wy14 Wy15 Cw12 Cw13 Cw14
Cw15
4
N1, N2, N3
N1, N2, N3
N1, N2, N3
N1, N2, N3
SUBJECT CARD
Name in English: ALGEBRA AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY A
Name in Polish: ALGEBRA Z GEOMETRIĄ ANALITYCZNĄ A
Main field of study (if applicable):
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code:
MAP003046
Group of courses: YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
student workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
30
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
15
120
Exam
X
4
4
2,5
PREREQUISITIES
It is recommended to know the basic algebraic operations on rational and real
numbers, and knowledge of basic geometric figures and shapes.
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Understanding the basic properties of complex numbers.
C2. Learning basic algebraic properties of polynomials.
C3. Mastering the concept of a vector, a vector space and the base of a linear space.
C4. Learning how to calculate the distance between the points in the space Rn, how to
determine the equations of lines and planes and understanding the concept of conic sections.
C5. Mastering the concepts of matrices, matrix operations, and learn the methods of solving
systems of linear equations.
1
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 knows basic properties of complex numbers
PEK_W02 knows basic algebraic properties of polynomials
PEK_W03 knows basic concepts of theory of linear spaces and methods of description of
lines, planes and conic sections
PEK_W04 knows basic methods of solving systems of linear equations
Relating to skills:
PEK_U01 can carry out calculations with complex numbers
PEK_U02 can add, multiply and divide polynomials
PEK_U03 can find the equations of planes and lines in three dimensional space
PEK_U04 can add and multiply matrices and calculate determinants
PEK_U05 can solve systems of linear equations
Relating to social competences:
PROGRAM CONTENT
Form of classes - lectures
Natural, rational and real numbers. Mathematical induction. Newton’s
W1
binomial formula.
W2 Complex numbers. Basic operations, modulus, complex conjugate.
Polar form of complex number. Multiplication, division and
W3 exponentiation in polar form. Roots of complex numbers. The notion
of algebraic field.
Polynomials. Addition and multiplication of polynomials. Roots of
W4 polynomial. Polynomial remainder theorem. Fundamental theorem
of algebra.
The decomposition of a polynomial with real coefficients into product
W5 of linear and quadratic factors. Rational functions. Real simple rational
factors. Decomposition of the functions into rational simple factors.
Vectors in the space Rn. Addition and multiplication by scalars.
W6 Distance between points. Scalar product. Length of vector. Cauchy–
Schwarz inequality. The angle between vectors.
Analytic geometry of the plane. Straight line formulas (normal
W7 parametric and directional form). Distance of a point from a line. The
angle between lines
Analytic geometry of the space R3. Equations for lines and planes.
W8
Distance between point and a plane. Intersection of planes.
Linear combinations of vectors. Linearly independent vectors. The
W9 base of a space. Linear mappings. Matrix representation of linear
mappings.
Addition and multiplication of matrices and its correlation with
W10
operations on linear mappings. Example of matrices.
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Permutations and its sign..Definition of determinant and methods of
W11 calculation of determinant Algebraic complement of an element of a
matrix. Laplace’ formula for determinant. Determinant and volume.
Inverse matrix. Systems od linear equations. Cramer’s formulas.
W12 Examples. Homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems.
2
2
Properties of linear mappings (kernel, image, rank). Rouché –
Capelli theorem. Gaussian elimination.
W14 Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
W15 Conic sections.
Total hours
W13
Form of classes – classes
Real and complex numbers.
Polynomials.
Geometry of the plane.
Geometry of the space R3.
Basis and linear mappings.
Matrices and determinants.
Systems of linear equations.
Test
Total hours
Cw1
Cw2
Cw3
Cw4
Cw5
Cw6
Cw7
Cw8
2
2
2
30
Hours
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture - traditional method
N2. Classes - traditional method
N3. Student’s self work with the assistance of mathematical packages
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F -forming;
P - concluding)
F - Cw
Educational effect
number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_U01-PEK_U05
F–W
PEK_W01PEK_W04
Oral answers, quizzes, written tests and/or etests
Exam or e-exam
F=(2/3)*W+(1/3)*Cw
LITERATURE
PRIMARY:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
A. Białynicki-Birula, Algebra Liniowa z Geometrią, PWN 1976.
F. Leja, Geometria analityczna, PWN, Warszawa 1972.
A. Mostowski, M. Stark, Elementy algebry wyższej, PWN, Warszawa 1963.
G. Banaszak, W. Gajda, Elementy algebry liniowej, część I, WNT, Warszawa 2002
3
SECONDARY:
[1] G. Farin, D. Hansford, Practical Linear Algebra: A Geometry Toolbox 2004, AK
Peters, 2005.
[2] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra i geometria analityczna. Przykłady i zadania,
Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011.
[3] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra liniowa. Przykłady i zadania, Oficyna
Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.
[4] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra i geometria analityczna.. Definicje, twierdzenia i
wzory. Oficyna Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2011.
[5] T. Jurlewicz, Z. Skoczylas, Algebra liniowa. Definicje, twierdzenia i wzory. Oficyna
Wydawnicza GiS, Wrocław 2005.
[6] E. Kącki, D. Sadowska, L. Siewierski, Geometria analityczna w zadaniach, PWN,
Warszawa 1993.
[7] W. Stankiewicz, Zadania z matematyki dla wyższych uczelni technicznych, Cz. A,
PWN, Warszawa 2003.
SUBJECT SUPERVISORS
prof. dr hab. Jacek Cichoń, dr Agnieszka Wyłomańska
Komisja programowa Instytutu Matematyki i Informatyki
4
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
ALGEBRA AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY A MAP003046
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY*****
AND SPECIALIZATION …………..
Subject
Correlation between subject
Subject
Programme
educational educational effect and educational objectives**
content**
effect**
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)
C1
W1, W2, W3,
PEK_W01
W14
C2
W4, W5
PEK_W02
C3, C4
W6, W7, W8,
PEK_W03
W9, W15
C5
W10, W11,
PEK_W04
W12, W13
C1
Cw1, Cw6, Cw7
PEK_U01
C2
Cw2
PEK_U02
C3, C4
Cw3, Cw4, Cw5
PEK_U03
C5
Cw6, Cw7
PEK U04
C5
Cw6, Cw7
PEK_U05
** - z tabel powyżej
Teaching tool
number**
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012
STUDIUM NAUK HUMANISTYCZNYCH
KARTA PRZEDMIOTU
Nazwa w języku polskim:
Własność intelektualna i prawo autorskie
Nazwa w języku angielskim:
Intellectual Property Law and Copyright
Stopień studiów i forma:
I stopień, stacjonarna
Rodzaj przedmiotu:
obowiązkowy
Kod przedmiotu:
PREW002
Grupa kursów:
NIE
Wykład
Liczba godzin zajęć
zorganizowanych w Uczelni
(ZZU)
Liczba godzin całkowitego
nakładu pracy studenta
(CNPS)
Forma zaliczenia
Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć
kurs końcowy (X)
Liczba punktów ECTS
w tym liczba punktów
odpowiadająca zajęciom
o charakterze praktycznym (P)
w tym liczba punktów ECTS
odpowiadająca zajęciom
wymagającym bezpośredniego
kontaktu (BK)
Ćwiczenia
Laboratorium
Projekt
Seminarium
15
30
Zaliczenie
na ocenę
1
-
0,5
WYMAGANIA WSTĘPNE W ZAKRESIE WIEDZY, UMIEJĘTNOŚCI I INNYCH
KOMPETENCJI
CELE PRZEDMIOTU
C1 – przedstawienie polskiego systemu źródeł prawa;
C2 – omówienie podstawowych instytucji prawa publicznego i prywatnego;
C3 – analiza przepisów prawnych dotyczących prawa publicznego i prywatnego;
C4 – nabycie praktycznych umiejętności w zakresie analizy przepisów prawa.
PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA
Z zakresu wiedzy:
PEK_HUM W08
PEK_HUM W10
Brak opisu PEK.
Z zakresu umiejętności:
Z zakresu kompetencji społecznych:
Żadnych kompetencji społecznych? Przedmiot aż się prosi o takowe.
TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE
Wy2
Wy3
Wy4
Wy5
Forma zajęć - wykład
Wprowadzenie do polskiego systemu źródeł prawa oraz wykładnia i
stosowanie prawa
Normy etyczne i kodeksy norm etycznych
Podstawowe instytucje prawa cywilnego
Podstawowe instytucje prawa własności intelektualnej
Podstawowe instytucje prawa własności przemysłowej
Wy6
Ochrona danych osobowych
2
Wy7
Wy8
Ogólne zasady odpowiedzialności karnej
Repetytorium
Suma godzin
2
1
15
Wy1
Liczba godzin
2
2
2
2
2
STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE
N1. Wykład informacyjny.
N2. Wykład interaktywny (dyskusja).
N3. Rozwiązywanie kazusów prawnych indywidualnie i w grupach.
N4. Prezentacja multimedialna.
N5. Analiza orzecznictwa sądowego.
N6. Prezentacja wybranych zagadnień przez uczestników wykładu.
OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA
Oceny (F – formująca (w
trakcie semestru), P –
podsumowująca (na
koniec semestru)
Numer efektu
kształcenia
Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia
P
PEK_HUM W08
PEK_HUM W10
Zaliczenie ustne lub pisemne
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA:
[1] A. Bator (red.), Wprowadzenie do nauk prawnych. Leksykon tematyczny, Warszawa 2010 r.
[2] E. Gniewek(red.), Podstawy prawa cywilnego, Warszawa 2011 r.
[3] R. Skubisz, Prawo własności przemysłowej, Warszawa 2012 r.
LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA:
[1] P. Kostański, Prawo własności przemysłowej. Komentarz, Warszawa 2010 r.
[2] J. Barta, R. Markiewicz (red.), Prawo autorskie i prawa pokrewne. Komentarz, Warszawa 2011
r.
[3] A. Adamski, Prawo karne komputerowe, Warszawa 2000 r.
OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMIĘ, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)
Dr Adam Haręża, adam.hareza@pwr.wroc.pl
MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU
Prawo własności intelektualnej
Własność intelektualna i prawo autorskie
Przedmiotowy
efekt kształcenia
PEK_HUM W08
PEK_HUM W10
Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do
efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla
kierunku studiów i specjalności (o ile
dotyczy)
Cele przedmiotu
Treści
programowe
Numer
narzędzia
dydaktycznego
C1 – C4
Wy 1- Wy 8
N1 - N6
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 33/2012
WYDZIAŁ ELEKTRONIKI
Nazwa w języku polskim:
Nazwa w języku angielskim:
Kierunek studiów:
Stopień studiów i forma:
Rodzaj przedmiotu:
Kod przedmiotu:
Grupa kursów:
KARTA PRZEDMIOTU
Etyka inżynierska
Engineering Ethics
Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika,
Telekomunikacja, Informatyka, Teleinformatyka
I stopień, stacjonarna
obowiązkowy, ogólnouczelniany
PSEW001
NIE
Wykład
Liczba godzin zajęć
zorganizowanych w Uczelni
(ZZU)
Liczba godzin całkowitego
nakładu pracy studenta
(CNPS)
Forma zaliczenia
Dla grupy kursów zaznaczyć
kurs końcowy (X)
Liczba punktów ECTS
w tym liczba punktów
odpowiadająca zajęciom
o charakterze praktycznym (P)
w tym liczba punktów ECTS
odpowiadająca zajęciom
wymagającym bezpośredniego
kontaktu (BK)
Ćwiczenia
Laboratorium Projekt
Seminarium
15
30
Zaliczenie
na ocenę
1
-
0.5
WYMAGANIA WSTĘPNE W ZAKRESIE WIEDZY, UMIEJĘTNOŚCI I INNYCH
KOMPETENCJI
CELE PRZEDMIOTU
C1: Zdobycie przez studentów elementarnej wiedzy z etyki ogólnej i zawodowej;
C2: Ukształtowanie wrażliwości na dylematy moralne w pracy inżyniera;
C3: Zapoznanie studentów z kodeksami etyki inżynierskiej.
PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA
Z zakresu wiedzy:
PEK_HUM1 W08 PEK_W01: Po zakończeniu kursu student ma wiedzę niezbędną do rozumienia
etyczno-społecznych uwarunkowań działalności inżynierskiej, takich jak: filozoficzny namysł nad
istotą techniki i konkretne rozstrzygnięcia na gruncie „wartościowania techniki” (technology
assessment).
Z zakresu umiejętności:
PEK_ HUM U01: Student potrafi pozyskiwać informacje z literatury filozoficzno-etycznej, a także
interpretować naukowe teksty z dziedziny etyki ogólnej i etyki inżynierskiej. W oparciu o wiedzę z
zakresu uzasadnienia norm etycznych w różnych nurtach filozoficznych, student potrafi
sproblematyzować dylematy etyczne związane z wykonywaniem zawodu.
Jest tylko wykład, a wykład nie generuje umiejętności.
TREŚCI PROGRAMOWE
Wy1
Forma zajęć - wykład
Etyka jako dyscyplina filozoficzna
Liczba godzin
Wy2
Główne szkoły metaetyczne
1
Wy3
Problem sumienia
1
Wy4
Podstawowe pojęcia etyczne – problem uzasadnienia norm etycznych
1
Wy5
Sposoby uzasadnienia norm w etykach deontologicznych
1
Wy6
Sposoby uzasadnienia norm w etyce utylitarystycznych
1
Wy7
Wy8
Wy9
Wy10
Wy11
Wy12
Wy13
Wy14
Wy15
Problemy działalności technicznej
Determinizm techniczny w świetle sporu o możliwość wolności
Elementy socjologii zawodu
Status etyki inżynierskiej
Problem odpowiedzialności zawodowej inżyniera
Etyczna ocena wdrażania nowych technologii (TA)
Struktura i funkcja kodeksów inżynierskiej etyki zawodowej
Prezentacja wybranych inżynierskich kodeksów etycznych cz. 1.
Prezentacja wybranych inżynierskich kodeksów etycznych cz. 2.
Suma godzin
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
15
1
STOSOWANE NARZĘDZIA DYDAKTYCZNE
N1. Prezentacja multimedialna
N2. Wykład informacyjny
N3. Dyskusja
1
- Skrót: „PEK_HUM” - Przedmiotowy Efekt Kształcenia realizowany w ramach kursów
humanistycznych, opracowany w odniesieniu do Efektów kształcenia w zakresie nauk technicznych.
OCENA OSIĄGNIĘCIA PRZEDMIOTOWYCH EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA
Oceny (F – formująca (w
trakcie semestru), P –
podsumowująca (na
koniec semestru)
Numer efektu
kształcenia
F1
PEK_ HUM U01
P
PEK_HUM W08
Sposób oceny osiągnięcia efektu kształcenia
Warunkująca przystąpienie do kolokwium
końcowego rozprawka rozwiązująca wybrany
problem postawiony w materiale wykładów
Kolokwium pisemne z materiału wykładów
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA
LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA:
1) Agazzi E., Dobro, zło i nauka, tłum. E. Kałuszyńska, Warszawa 1997.
2) Anzenbacher A., Wprowadzenie do etyki, 2008.
3) Birnbacher D., Odpowiedzialność za przyszłe pokolenia, Kraków 1999.
4) Chyrowicz B. [red.], Etyka i technika w poszukiwaniu ludzkiej doskonałości, Lublin 2004.
5) Galewicz W. [red.], Moralność i profesjonalizm. Spór o pozycję etyk zawodowych, Kraków
2010.
6) Gasparski W., Dobro, zło i technika, [w:] Problemy etyczne techniki, Instytut Problemów
Współczesnej Cywilizacji, Warszawa 1999, s. 17-26.
7) Gasparski W., Dobro, zło i technika, „Zagadnienia Naukoznawstwa” 1999 nr 3-4, s. 386-391.
8) Goćkowski J. Pigoń K., Etyka zawodowa ludzi nauki, Wrocław 1991.
9) Jonas H., Zasada odpowiedzialności. Etyka dla cywilizacji technologicznej, tłum. M.
Klimowicz, Kraków 1996.
10) Kiepas A., Człowiek – technika – środowisko: człowiek współczesny wobec wyzwań końca
wieku, Katowice 1999.
11) Kiepas A., Człowiek wobec dylematów filozofii techniki, Katowice 2000.
12) Kiepas A., Nauka – technika – kultura: studium z zakresu filozofii techniki, Katowice 1984.
13) Ossowska M., Normy moralne. Próba systematyzacji, Warszawa 2003.
14) Postman N., Technolpol: triumf techniki nad kulturą, Warszawa 1995.
15) Styczeń T., Wprowadzenie do etyki, Lublin 1993.
LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA:
1) Bober, W. J., Powinność w świecie cyfrowym: etyka komputerowa w świetle
współczesnej filozofii moralnej, 2008.
2) Kotarbiński T., Dzieła wszystkie. Prakseologia, Ossolineum 2003.
3) Lisak M. Elementy etyki w zawodzie architekta, 2006.
4) Słowiński B., Podstawy sprawnego działania, Koszalin 2007.
5) Sołtysiak G., Kodeksy etyczne w Polsce, Warszawa 2006.
6) Sułek M., Swiniarski J., Etyka jako filozofia dobrego działania zawodowego,
Warszawa 2001.
7) Ślipko T., Zarys etyki ogólnej, Kraków 2004.
8) Ślipko T., Zarys etyki szczegółowej: t.1: Etyka osobowa, t.2: Etyka społeczna, Kraków
2005.
9) Wawszczak, W., Humanizacja Inżynierów, „Forum Akademickie” nr 9, wrzesień
2003, s. 38-40.
OPIEKUN PRZEDMIOTU (IMIĘ, NAZWISKO, ADRES E-MAIL)
Dr Krzysztof Serafin, krzysztof.serafin@pwr.wroc.pl
MACIERZ POWIĄZANIA EFEKTÓW KSZTAŁCENIA DLA PRZEDMIOTU
Etyka inżynierska
Z EFEKTAMI KSZTAŁCENIA W ZAKRESIE NAUK TECHNICZNYCH
Przedmiotowy efekt
kształcenia
(wiedza)
PEK_HUM W08
(umiejętności)
PEK_HUM U01
Odniesienie przedmiotowego efektu do
efektów kształcenia zdefiniowanych dla
kierunku studiów i specjalności (o ile
dotyczy)
Cele przedmiotu
Treści
programowe
Numer
narzędzia
dydaktycznego
T1A_ W08; T2A_ W08
C1, C3
Wy 1 – Wy 15
N1, N2, N3
T1A_U01; T2A_U01
C2
Wy 7, Wy 8
Wy 10 –Wy15
N1, N2, N3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W-4…… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …………………Technika Obliczeniowa
Name in English ……………… Computational Methods
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code … TKEK00001
Group of courses YES
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Lecture
Classes Laboratory Project
15
30
30
60
crediting
with grade
crediting
with grade
Seminar
X
2
1
0,5
0,5
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1 K1TEL_W08
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 To know how to use computational methods to engineering tasks in electronics and
telecommunication
C2 To know how to formulate and solving typical engineering problems in electronics and
telecommunication
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has got a knowledge of basic numerical calculations of the linear algebra, in particular at
calculations using the complex numbers, knows how to make of typical calculations using
computer, knows how to estimete of numerical errors.
PEK_W02 – has got a basic knowledge of methods of linear equations solving, knows how to use a
computer to obtain numerical solution of a linear equations system.
PEK_W03 – has got a knowledge of a defining and drawing typical signals, knows how to draw of
signals using computer
PEK_W04 – knows the basic methods of interpolation and approximation, knows how to make desired
interoplation or approximation using computer
PEK_W05 – has got a basic knowledge of elements of direct current circuits, knows computer analysis
of simple direct current circuits.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is capable to make use of Mathcad to perform symbolic and numerical calculations and
also to visualization of desired results.
PEK_U02 – is capable to programming Matlab in a numerical analysis of functions, interpolation,
approximation and draw signals.
PEK_U03 – is capable to use PSpice to analyse of direct current circuits, can draw parametric graphs
and knows of elements of the parametric analysis of mentioned circuits
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of
hours
Form of classes - lecture
Lec1
Application of programs Matlab and Mathcad to basic calculations of the linear
algebra. Numerical errors, the errors estimation.
3
Complex numbers and matrices, the algabraic calculations using the complex
Lec 2 numbers. Application of programs Matlab and Mathcad to make calculations
using the complex numbers and matrices.
2
The methods of solving of the linear equations systems. The Gauss and Gauss –
Jordan elimination methods. Calculation of determinants and inverse matrices.
Lec 3
The orthogonal and unitary matrices. Application of programs Matlab and
Mathcad to solving of linear equations systems.
3
Defining and drawing of analog and discrete signals. Description of signals in the
time and frequency domains. The idea of continous and discrete Fourier
Lec 4
transform. Application of programs Matlab and Mathcad to draw of typical
signals.
2
Polynomial interpolation and least square error approximation. Qubic spline
Lec 5 interpolation. Application of programs Matlab and Mathcad to perform of
mentioned interpolations and approximation.
2
Elements of direct current circuits. Kirchhoff ‘s and Ohm’s laws. The principle of
Lec 6 elements connecting. Application of programs Matlab and Mathcad to analysis of
direct current circuits.
3
Total hours
15
Form of classes - class
Number of hours
Cl 1
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
L1,2,3
L4,5,6
L7,8,9
Mathcad:
1-Operating principle
2,3-Symbolic and numerical computations , plotting of graphs
Matlab:
4-Basics of programming
5,6-Numerical computations , plotting of graphs
PSpice:
7-Operating principle
8,9-The direct current circuits analysis
Number of hours
9
9
9
L10
Making up for backlog and crediting
Total hours
3
30
Form of classes - project
Number of hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of hours
Proj 1
Total hours
Sem 1
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1.
Lecture using a computer presentation
N2.
Laboratory — solving of examples using computer, discussion of the used methods and
obtained results
N3.
Laboratory — solving of individual examples using computer
N4.
Homework — study for laboratory
N5.
Individual consultation
N6.
Teaching aids for the lectures and laboratory instructions are available on the internet
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
F2
Educational effect number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_U01 – PEK_U03
Carrying out of the exercise
PEK_W01 – PEK_W05
Crediting with grade
P=0,5F1+0,5F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] – M. Tadeusiewicz, S. Hałgas, Komputerowe metody analizy układów analogowych, WNT
Warszawa 2008
[2] – D. Kincaid, W. Cheney, Analiza numeryczna, WNT Warszawa 2006
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] – Z. i B. Mrozek, Matlab uniwersalne środowisko do obliczeń naukowo-technicznych, PLJ
Warszawa 1998
[2] – R. Motyka, D. Rasała, Mathcad od obliczeń do programowania, Helion 2012
[3] – Dobrowolski, Pod maską SPice’a Metody i algorytmy analizy układów elektronicznych,
Wydawnictwo BTC Legionowo 2004
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Zbigniew Świętach dr inż.
zbigniew.swietach@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
TKEK00001
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY ………………TEL.
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W18
K1TEL_W18
K1TEL_W18
K1TEL_W18
K1TEL_W18
C1, C2
C1, C2
C1, C2
C1, C2
C1, C2
Lec1,2
Lec3
Lec4
Lec5
Lec6
1,4,5,6
1,4,5,6
1,4,5,6
1,4,5,6
1,4,5,6
K1TEL_U16
K1TEL_U16
K1TEL_U16
C1, C2
C1, C2
C1, C2
L1,2,3
L4,5,6
L7,8,9
2,3,4,5,6
2,3,4,5,6
2,3,4,5,6
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …Telecommunication… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …Electromagnetyzm
Name in English …Electromagnetism………………………….
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunication (TEL)……….
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …TKEK003
Group of courses YES
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
student workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Lecture
Classes
30
30
60
60
Laboratory
crediting crediting Examination /
with grade with grade crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
4
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
2
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. The principle of physics
2. Vector analysis
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gaining additional knowledge of mathematics necessary to understand the laws of
electromagnetism,
C2 Understanding the laws and physical mechanisms of steady electro and magnetic fields in
vacuum and in materials.
C3 Knowledge of the value of physical constants describing the phenomena’s of
electromagnetism in materials.
C4 Gaining knowledge of a plane wave, wave propagation in various mediums, and the laws
governing the phenomena of reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves.
C5 Obtaining knowledge about the practical aspects of electromagnetism important in
engineering practice.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – knows the operational calculus
PEK_W02 - knows the laws and phenomena of the steady electric field
PEK_W03 - knows the laws and phenomena of the steady magnetic field and the
Maxwell equations
PEK_W04 - knows the parameters and structure of a plane wave, reflection and
refraction of a plane wave
PEK_W05 - understanding the practical aspects of electromagnetic phenomena relevant
to engineering practice.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 - can use the laws of electromagnetism to explain aspects of engineering
practice
PEK_U02 - can use basic formulas to calculate the field distribution, resistance,
capacitance and inductance of physical objects
PEK_U03 - is able to recognize and define the physical phenomena associated with
electromagnetism.
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1
Number of
hours
The basis of operational calculus
2
Lec 2,3,4,5 The steady electric field, capacitance
8
Lec 6,7
The current, resistivity
4
Lec
8,9,10,11
The steady magnetic field, inductance, Maxwell equation
8
Lec
12,13,14
Plane wave parameters, propagation In different medium, reflection
and refraction of the vawe.
6
Lec 15
Final test
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - class
Cl 1, 2,3,4,5
Cl 6,7
Cl 8,9,10
Cl 11, 13,13,14
Cl 15
Calculation of electric field and potential distribution
Calculation of capacitance and resistance of the objects
Calculation of magnetic field distribution and inductance
Calculation of wave parameters, reflection and refraction
Final test
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
10
4
6
8
2
30
Number of
hours
hours
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
…
Total hours
Number of
Form of classes - project
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Blackboard and chalk - clarification of the lows in the form of drawings
N2. Practical demonstrations of technical elements associated with electromagnetism
N3. Consultation
N4 Self-studies of issues described during lectures.
N5 Solving sets of tasks, homework.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01-05
F2
PEK_U01-03
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
Final testr and/or quizes
Final test
C=0.49*F1+0.51*F2 (both F1 and F2 must be positive)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] W. Michalski: Elektryczność i magnetyzm, zbiór zagadnień i zadań cz.1, 2, 3, Oficyna
Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2009
[2] M. Karkowski: Elektrotechnika teoretyczna cz. 2, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 1995
[3] W. Michalski, R. Nowicki – Zbiór zagadnień i zadań z teorii pola,
elektromagnetycznego, , Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 1995
[4] D.J. Griffiths ; Podstawy elektrodynamiki, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2005
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] J. Witkowski: Jak rozwiązywać zadania z elektromagnetyzmu -skrypt
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Rzepka, janusz.rzepka@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
…Electromagnetism
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between
Subject
subject educational effect objectives***
and educational effects
defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Programme content***
Teaching tool
number***
K1TEL_W20
C1
Lec 1
N 1,2,3,4,
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W20
K1TEL_W20
C2
C3
Lec2,3,4,5,6,
Lec 7,8,9,10,
N1,2,3,4,
N1,2,3,4,
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W20
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
PEK_W02
C4
Lec 11,12,13,14,15
PEK_W05
K1TEL_W20
C5
Lec 6,10,12,13,14,15
PEK_U01 (skills)
K1TEL_U18
C5
Cl 1-15
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U18
C5
Cl 1-15
PEK U03…
K1TEL_U18
C5
Cl 1-15
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
N1,2,3,4,
N1,2,3,4,
N1,2,3,4,5
N1,2,3,4,5
N1,2,3,4,5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Sieci telekomunikacyjne
Name in English …… Telecommunication networks
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …TKEK006
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
30
15
60
30
Crediting with
grade
Crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
X
3
1
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 - Obtaining general knowledge about architecture and operation of telecommunication networks
using different technologies and standards.
C2 – Obtaining the knowledge about selected telecommunication services, their quality and
developing service configuration skills.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has a general knowledge about telecommunication system architecture and
operation
PEK_W02 – knows basic segments of telecommunication network
PEK_W03 – knows basic set of telecommunication services and selected quality issues
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to configure selected telecommunication services
PEK_U02 – is able to diagnose selected problems of service operation and is able to analyze
the reasons of malfunctions
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec1
Form of classes - lecture
Telecommunication service, service types and quality.
Number of hours
2
Lec2
Lec3
Lec4
Network node model and its functions.
2
Telecommunication network models.
Addressing in telecommunication networks.
2
2
Lec5,6
Network signaling. Standards and protocols.
4
Lec7
Telecommunications paths’ and signals’ parameters.
2
Lec8-10 Wired networks.
Lec11-13 Wireless networks.
6
6
Lec14
Next Generation Networks.
2
Lec15
Test.
2
Total hours
30
Number of hours
Lab1
Form of classes - laboratory
Introduction. Subject area, health and safety conditions overview.
Lab2
Configuration of selected services in PSTN/ISDN environment.
2
Lab3
VoIP service configuration.
2
Lab4
Configuration of streaming services.
2
Lab5
Remote access services configuration.
2
Lab6
Configuration of LAN access services.
2
Lab7
Content publishing on the Internet.
2
Lab8
Tests.
2
Total hours
15
1
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01-03
Written test
F2
Disscussions, presentations
PEK_U01-02
P=0,6*F1+0,4*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zalecenia ITU-T, normy ETSI
[2] A. Jajszczyk, „Podstawy telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 1990
[3] A. Jajszczyk, „Wstęp do telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 2000
[4] G. Danilewicz, W. Kabaciński, „System sygnalizacji nr 7. Protokoły, standaryzacja,
zastosowania”, WKŁ, Warszawa 2005
[5] W. Kabaciński, „Standaryzacja w sieciach ISDN”, Wyd. Politechniki Poznańskiej 1996
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Przegląd Telekomunikacyjny i Wiadomości Telekomunikacyjne
[2] J.G. van Bosse, F.U. Devetak, „Signaling In telecommunication networks”, Wiley 2007
[3] Z. Papir i inni, „Sieci dostępowe dla usług szerokopasmowych”, Wyd. Fundacji
Postępu Telekomunikacji, Kraków 1997
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETEK017 Telecommunication networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W28
C1
K1TEL_W28
C1
K1TEL_W28
C1, C2
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
Wy1-7
Wy3,8-14
Wy1,14
N1,2,4
N1,2,4
N1,2,4
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U25
C2
Lab1-7
N1,2,3
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U25
C2
Lab1-6
N1,2,3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT CHAIR OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS
AND TELEINFORMATICS (W4/K3)
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish Lokalne sieci komputerowe
Name in English Local Area Networks
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies: 1st/ full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code TKEK008
Group of courses YES /
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
30
student workload (CNPS)
Crediting
Form of crediting
Classes
X
Number of ECTS points
4
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
Project
Seminar
45
90
Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Laboratory
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
-
2
0,5
1
Crediting Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Learn the knowledge of the computer networks with the TCP/IP protocols and IP
addressing planning.
C2 Learn the knowledge of the classfull and classless routing mechanisms
C3 Acquiring the ability to plan IP addressing, cable and configure routers, use the dynamic
routing protocols
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 One has knowledge of IP addressing planning for a complex network with many
routers
PEK_W02 One has knowledge of static routing in the packet switched networks
PEK_W03 One has knowledge of dynamic routing protocols in classical networks and in
networks with variable subnet mask. One knows how some dynamic protocols
work: RIP,EIGRP,OSPF.
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 One can use the protocol analyzer and routing protocols diagnostic tools.
PEK_U02 One can plan, cable and run the network with the static routing, consisted of
routers, hosts and manageable switches.
PEK_U03 One can plan IP addressing for a complex network.
PEK_U04 One can configure and run complex network with many router and dynamic
routing protocols: RIP, EIGRP and OSPF.
PEK_U05 One can design and run the network with complex topology the router, basic
parameters and static routing.
relating to social competences:
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of
Lec 1,2 Introduction. Static routing in packet switched networks. IP planning for
complex networks.
3
Lec 3,4 Dynamic routing protocols – classical approach and in networks with
variable subnet masks..
4
Lec 5,6 Routing table and the decision process in routers. The example of highly
effective dynamic routing protocols – EIRP.
4
Lec 7
The example of the link state dynamic routing protocols – OSPF.
2
Lec 8
Review
2
Total hours
30
Form of classes - laboratory
15
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Network functionality simulation and analytic tools – Wireshark and
Packet Tracer.
Static routing configuration
IP addressing planing
Review: QUIZ 1,2,3,4
Usage and configuration of RIP
IP addressing planning with the variable subnet mask
Usage and configuration of RIPv2
Review: QUIZ 5,6,7,8
Usage and configuration of EIGRP
Usage and configuration of OSPF
Review: QUIZ 9,10,11. Skills based assessment.
3
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
Lab 6
Lab 7
Lab 8
Lab 9
Lab 10
Lab
11,12,13
Lab 14 Micro project – Packet Tracer.
Lab 15 Final test.
Total hours
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
6
3
2
45
Number of hours
Form of classes - project
Proj 1
Proj 2
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture, presentation and simulation tools
N2. Cisco Academy on-line course materials and laboratory manuals (www.netacad.com)
N3. Calculation tasks – discussion of resolvings.
N4. Practice labs – configuration of network devices and functionality tests
N5. E-test assessments in computer labs (cisco.netacad.com, https://kursy.pwr.wroc.pl/)
N6. Consultations
N7. Self study – preparation for practice labs
N8. Self study – preparation for review
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1-11
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
PEK_W01-04
Module e-tests
F12
PEK_W01-04
Final e-test
F13-20
PEK_U01-05
dyskusje, aktywność, pisemne sprawozdania
discussion, activity, written reports
F21
PEK_U01-05
micro projekt
F22
PEK_U01-05
Skills Based Assessment
P= 0,7*(11/100*(F1-11)+29/100*(F12)+16/100*(F13-20)+14/100*(F21)+30/100(F22))+0,3*(written
test)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Rick Graziani, Allan Johnson, "CCNA Exploration. Semestr 2, Protokoły i koncepcje
routingu", Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, 2011
[2] Opracowanie zbiorowe, „Akademia Sieci Cisco. Drugi rok nauki”, MIKOM
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Wendell Odom, „CCNA 640-802 Official Cert Library, Updated, 3rd Edition”, Cisco
Press 2011
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Marcin Głowacki,Ph.D, Marcin.Glowacki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
TKEK008 Local Area Networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:
Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01,
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W30
C1
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
N1,2,3,6,8
Lec 1,2
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W30
C1,C2
Lec 3,4,5,6,7
N1,2,3,6,8
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 1
N2,4,5,7
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 2
N2,4,5,7
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 3,4
N2,3,4,5,7
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 5-13
N2,4,5,7
PEK_U05
K1TEL_U26
C3
Lab 14
N2,4,5,7
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT K3
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Zarządzanie i eksploatacja sieci
telekomunikacyjnych
Name in English
Telecommunications network management and
operation
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication
Specialization (if applicable):
Level and form of studies:
1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject:
obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code
TKEK009
Group of courses
YES / NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of organized
classes in University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
30
15
60
60
Crediting with
grade
Crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X)
final course
X
Number of ECTS points
5
-
1
1
0,5
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS points for
direct teacher-student contact (BK)
classes
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Obtaining general knowledge concerning cchain of tasks and processes of telecommunications
company (Operator) in areas of management, operation and maintenance of
telecommunications/teleinformatic systems and networks.
C2 Obtaining general knowledge about reliability models applied to telecommunications systems
C3 Obtaining general knowledge about main standards of the service network/systems
management
C4 Getting the ability in describing and formulating requirements for systems supporting the process
of operation and maintenance
C5 Obtaining general knowledge about basic functions and areas of the management and construction
of management systems with teleinformatic networks/systems
C6 Getting abilities from the scope of the design of the functionality, the data exchange and
organizations of the billing system.
*niepotrzebne skreślić
1
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 PEK_W02 PEK_W03 -
Student has a general knowledge about standards of the service network/systems
management
Student has a general knowledge about standards of the service network/systems
operation and maintenance.
Student has a general knowledge including basic functions and areas of the
management and construction of teleinformatic network/systems management
systems teleinformatic network/systems
PEK_W04 -
Student is able to characterize ITU/TMN, OSI/NM and ITSM (ITIL version)
management models and is able to characterize operation and maintenance models
PEK_W05 -
Student knows, how to define functioning requirements of management systems
dedicated to telecommunication networks and services as well as requirements of
as well as indicate Qos/QoE parameters
systems monitoring the QoS/QoE level
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 -
He is able to formulate functioning requirements put for networks and
telecommunication services management systems and functioning requirements
put for systems monitoring QoS/QoE parameters
He is able to define the general architecture of the management system and to point basic his
element
PEK_U02 - He is able to define the general architecture of the management system and to
indicate its basic elements
PEK_U03 - He is able to define the organization of systems supporting the
telecommunications systems operation and maintenance process
PEK_U04 - He is able to prepare the presentation and use multimedia mechanisms of presenting
contents
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 - Student understands the need to think and action in the creative way
PEK_K02 - Student is able to act collectively
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec1 Issues of the standardization and the standardization. Issues of the
certification
Lec2 Introduction into theory of the reliability. Reliability models of the
communication network.
Lec3 Issues of the quality of goods and services. Quality management.
Lec4 Analysis of telecommunication services quality (measures of the evaluation
traffic states and the efficiency).
Measurements and diagnostics of systems.
Lec5/6 Chain of tasks and processes of telecommunications company (Operator)
providing
telecommunication
services.
Organization
of
telecommunications/teleinformatic systems.
Number of hours
2
2
2
2
3
*niepotrzebne skreślić
2
Lec6 Written test
Lec 7 Systems supporting chain of tasks and processes of telecommunications
company (Operator) providing telecommunication services.
Lec8/9 Telecommunication network process of the maintenance and management
Lec10/11 Management models: TMN( including SMART TMN), ITSM
Lec12/13 IP networks management. Monitoring services and IP infrastructures.
Lec14/15 Services management in the Triple Play model:
- management of system and services IPTV class,
- monitoring and ensuring of the adequate quality of IPTV service
delivery.
Digital Rights Management
Lec15 Written test
Total hours
1
2
4
4
3
4
1
30
Form of classes - seminar
Number of hours
Se1 Reading classes - discussing the subject matter of classes, presenting
2
conditions of the credit, allotting subjects
Se2,3,4 Introducing and discussing areas of the management.
6
Introducing and discussing areas of the operation and maintenance
Problem discussion
Se5,6,7 Presentation of the accepted models of management, functional
6
assumptions and the structure of the management system.
Presentation of the accepted models of the operation and the
maintenance
Problem discussion.
Se8,9, Presentation of the management system specification
4
Presentation of the concept of mechanisms and processes of the
operation and the maintenance
Problem discussion
6
Se10,11,12 Presentation of architecture and the organization of the management
system.
Presentation of the idea of the organization of mechanism/processes of
the operation and the maintenance (organization of systems supporting
operation and the maintenance processes, in particular inventory,
monitoring, etc).
Problem discussion.
Se13,14 Presentations recapitulating the realization of subjects:
4
a) describing models of management systems along with all discussed
aspects and examples of solutions.
b) describing models of the operation and maintenance processes
along with all discussed aspects and examples of solutions.
Se15 Summary
2
Total hours
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1 Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2 Consultations
N3 Self-study – preparation for the test
*niepotrzebne skreślić
3
N4 Self-study – preparation for practical classes (seminary) - Multimedia presentation
N5 Problem discussion
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
(F – forming (during
semester),
P – concluding (at
semester end)
Educational effect
number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
F1
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
PEK_U04
Evaluation of the presentation of consecutive
phases of implementation of the seminar subject
Quality
assessment
of
the
performed
presentation.
F2
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_W04
PEK_W05
Written test
P=0.4*F1+0.6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Ustawa Prawo telekomunikacyjne z dnia 16 lipca 2004 r., tekst jednolity, Dz.U. z 2004
nr 171 poz. 1800
[2] „Przeżywalność sieci teleinformatycznych i telekomunikacyjnych”, Wojciech Molisz,
Politechnika Gdańska 2002
[3] „Zarządzanie eksploatacją obiektów technicznych za pomocą rachunku kosztów”,
Stanisław Niziński, Bogdan Żółtowski Uniwersytet Warmińsko-Mazurski w Olsztynie;
Akademia Techniczno-Rolnicza w Bydgoszczy. - Olsztyn ; Bydgoszcz : Markar ; Białe
Błota, 2002
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
ITU-T Recommendations, ETSI standards
DSL Forum standards
Barszewski M,. Zarządzanie sieciami telekomunikacyjnymi. wydanie III poprawione,
Warszawa 2003
Brożyna J.,. Zarządzanie systemami i sieciami transportowymi w telekomunikacji. BEL
Studio Warszawa 2005
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[8]
ITU-T Recommendations, ETSI standards
[1]
[2]
Dokumenty standaryzacyjne organizacji/forum określające problemy,
Grzech A.: Sterowanie ruchem w sieciach teleinformatycznych. Oficyna Wyd. PWr,
Wrocław 2002
[1] Instrukcje eksploatacyjne operatorów telekomunikacyjnych
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Jacek Oko jacek.oko@pwr.wroc.pl
*niepotrzebne skreślić
4
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
Telecommunications network management and operation
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY: Telecommunication
AND SPECIALIZATION: ……………………..
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and
educational effects defined for
main field of study and
specialization (if applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
K1TEL_W37
C1
Lec1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,N2,N4,N5
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W37
C1,C2 ,C3
Lec1,2,3,4,5,7
N1,N2,N4,N5
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W37
C2,C3,C4
Lec4,5,7,8
N1,N2,N4,N5
PEK_W04
K1TEL_W37
C3,C4,C5,C6
Lec8,9,10,11
N1,N2,N4,N5
PEK_W05
K1TEL_W37
C3,C4,C5,C6
Lec 12,13,14
N1,N2,N4,N5
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U33
C1,C2,C3
N2,N3,N4,N5
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U33
C2,C3,C4
N2,N3,N4,N5
PEK_U03
K1TEL_U33
C3,C4,C5,C6
N2,N3,N4,N5
PEK_U04
K1TEL_U33
C3,C4,C5,C6
N2,N3,N4,N5
PEK_K01
N3,N4
PEK_K02
N3,N4
** *** -
enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Sieci telekomunikacyjne
Name in English …… Telecommunication networks
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETEK017
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
Classes Laboratory
30
15
60
30
Crediting with
grade
Crediting with
grade
Project Seminar
X
3
1
1
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 - Obtaining general knowledge about architecture and operation of telecommunication networks
using different technologies and standards.
C2 – Obtaining the knowledge about selected telecommunication services, their quality and
developing service configuration skills.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has a general knowledge about telecommunication system architecture and
operation
PEK_W02 – knows basic segments of telecommunication network
PEK_W03 – knows basic set of telecommunication services and selected quality issues
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to configure selected telecommunication services
PEK_U02 – is able to diagnose selected problems of service operation and is able to analyze
the reasons of malfunctions
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec1
Form of classes - lecture
Telecommunication service, service types and quality.
Number of hours
2
Lec2
Lec3
Lec4
Network node model and its functions.
2
Telecommunication network models.
Addressing in telecommunication networks.
2
2
Lec5,6
Network signaling. Standards and protocols.
4
Lec7
Telecommunications paths’ and signals’ parameters.
2
Lec8-10 Wired networks.
Lec11-13 Wireless networks.
6
6
Lec14
Next Generation Networks.
2
Lec15
Test.
2
Total hours
30
Number of hours
Lab1
Form of classes - laboratory
Introduction. Subject area, health and safety conditions overview.
Lab2
Configuration of selected services in PSTN/ISDN environment.
2
Lab3
VoIP service configuration.
2
Lab4
Configuration of streaming services.
2
Lab5
Remote access services configuration.
2
Lab6
Configuration of LAN access services.
2
Lab7
Content publishing on the Internet.
2
Lab8
Tests.
2
Total hours
15
1
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_W01-03
Written test
F2
Disscussions, presentations
PEK_U01-02
P=0,6*F1+0,4*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Zalecenia ITU-T, normy ETSI
[2] A. Jajszczyk, „Podstawy telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 1990
[3] A. Jajszczyk, „Wstęp do telekomutacji”, WKiŁ 2000
[4] G. Danilewicz, W. Kabaciński, „System sygnalizacji nr 7. Protokoły, standaryzacja,
zastosowania”, WKŁ, Warszawa 2005
[5] W. Kabaciński, „Standaryzacja w sieciach ISDN”, Wyd. Politechniki Poznańskiej 1996
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Przegląd Telekomunikacyjny i Wiadomości Telekomunikacyjne
[2] J.G. van Bosse, F.U. Devetak, „Signaling In telecommunication networks”, Wiley 2007
[3] Z. Papir i inni, „Sieci dostępowe dla usług szerokopasmowych”, Wyd. Fundacji
Postępu Telekomunikacji, Kraków 1997
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
ETEK017 Telecommunication networks
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W28
C1
K1TEL_W28
C1
K1TEL_W28
C1, C2
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
Wy1-7
Wy3,8-14
Wy1,14
N1,2,4
N1,2,4
N1,2,4
PEK_U01
K1TEL_U25
C2
Lab1-7
N1,2,3
PEK_U02
K1TEL_U25
C2
Lab1-6
N1,2,3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Inżynieria ruchu
Name in English …… Traffic Engineering
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …ETEK103
Group of courses NO
Lecture
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
30
60
Crediting with
grade
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Student knows basic concepts in scope of telecommunications.
2. Student knows basics of probability theory and statistics.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Obtaining knowledge about fundamentals of traffic engineering.
C2 Obtaining basic knowledge about network dimensioning and solving of traffic engineering
problems.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – student has a general knowledge about traffic engineering in telecom. networks
PEK_W02 – student knows fundamental concepts and quantities describing telecom. traffic
PEK_W03 – student knows basic telecommunication service models
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lec 1
Form of classes - lecture
Basic concepts of probability theory
Number of hours
2
Lec 2
Introduction to telecommunication traffic theory and engineering.
2
Lec 3,4
Describing and calculation of basic traffic measures.
4
Lec 5
Arrival proces description.
2
Lec 6,7
Main service models.
4
Lec 8
Quality of service measures.
2
Lec 9,10
Determining of time and call congestion measures.
4
Lec 11
Traffic measurements.
2
Lec 12
Traffic engineering in packet networks.
2
Lec 13,14 Calculation examples.
Lec 15
Test.
4
Total hours
30
2
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W01-PEK_W03 Written test
F1
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Wstęp do telekomutacji., WNT, Warszawa 2000.
[2] Papir Z.: Ruch telekomunikacyjny i przeciążenia sieci pakietowych., WKŁ, Warszawa
2001.
[3] Villy B. Iversen, „Teletraffic Engineering Handbook (and netw. planning”, ITU.
[4] Grzech A.: Sterowanie ruchem w sieciach teleinformatycznych. Oficyna Wyd. PWr,
Wrocław 2002.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Podstawy komutacji kanałów., WNT, Warszawa 1990.
[2]
Zalecenia ITU-T.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
Traffic Engineering
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications (TEL)
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
PEK_W01
Correlation between subject
Subject
educational effect and educational objectives***
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
K1TEL_W33
C1
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
Lec1,2,11
N1, N2, N3
PEK_W02
K1TEL_W33
C1
Lec3-5,9,10,12-14
N1, N2, N3
PEK_W03
K1TEL_W33
C1
Lec6-8
N1, N2, N3
Zał. nr 4 do ZW
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS / DEPARTMENT K3
KARTA PRZEDMIOTU
Name in Polish: Zintegrowane sieci telekomunikacyjne
Name in English …… Integrated Telecommunication Networks
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable):): Sieci teleinformatyczne (TSI)
Level and form of studies:
2nd* level/ full-time*
Kind of subject:
obligatory /
Kod przedmiotu
TKES101
Grupa kursów
YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total
student workload (CNPS)
Form of crediting
For group of courses mark
(X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS
points for direct teacher-student
contact (BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
15
15
30
30
Zaliczenie
na ocenę
Zaliczenie na
ocenę
Project
Seminar
X
2
1
1
1
0,5
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER
COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1. Acquisition of basic knowledge of integrated telecommunications networks, taking into
account their architecture, operations, elements and protocols
C2. . Gaining the ability to analyze network structures, design of equipment and integrated
network protocols.
C3. Learning how to use the instrument for measuring the parameters of equipment and
testing protocols, and transmission quality, create the basic structure of a network of
integrated.
*niepotrzebne skreślić
1
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
Relating to knowledge::
PEK_W01 Student is knowledgeable about the current state of development, and on
developments in the field of integrated network
PEK_W02 Student is familiar with the features, capabilities, and integrated network structure
PEK_W03 Student is know the functions of devices and protocols used in integrated networks
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Student is able to use the subscriber line tester
PEK_U02 Student is able to use the diagnostic instruments and protocol analyzer
PEK_U03 Student is able to plan and run an Internet
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Number of
hours
Form of classes - lecture
Lec1, 2
Lec 3, 4
Lec 5, 6
Lec 7, 8
Organizational matters. Integration of technologies and services in
telecommunication networks
Integrated Network Architecture (functional units, contacts)
Alarm systems in integrated networks
Terminals and integrated network services
Total
Form of classes - labortorium
Lab1
Lab2,3
Lab4
Lab5
Lab6
3
4
4
4
30
Number of hours
Testing subscriber line (Matracom tester Hameg)
Study subscriber DSS1 signaling (EMUTEL)
Research SS7 signaling międzycentralowej
Research Q.931 signaling (ProShare)
Setting up Internet access
Total
2
4
2
2
2
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1
N2
N3
N4
Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
Consultations
Self-study – preparation for practical classes (seminary) - Multimedia presentation
Problem discussion
N5 Self-study – preparation for the test
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation
(F – forming (during
semester),
P – concluding (at semester
end)
F1
F2
Educational effect
number
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
PEK_U01÷PEK_U03
Evaluation of the presentation of consecutive
phases of implementation of the seminar subject
PEK_W01÷PEK_W03 Written test
PEK_U01÷PEK_U03
2
P = 0.4*F1+0.6*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] D. Kościelnik, ISDN – Cyfrowe Sieci Zintegrowane Usługowo, WKiŁ, Warszawa,
1996
[2] K. Brzeziński, Istota sieci ISDN, WKiŁ, Warszawa, 1999
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] R. Kiefer, Test solutions for digital networks, Huthing Verlag, Heidelberg 1997
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Zbigniew Siwek, zbigniew.siwek@pwr.wroc.pl
3
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
TKES101 Zintegrowane sieci telekomunikacyjne
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY: TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION: TSI
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
SITIS_W03
SITIS_W03
SITIS_W03
SITIS_U03
SITIS_U03
SITIS_U03
C1
C1
C2
C3
C3
C3
Lec1÷4
Lec 1÷4
Lec 5÷8
Lab1
Lab3÷5
Lab6
1,4
1,4
1,4
2,3,5
2,3,5
2,3,5
** - z tabeli powyżej
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Inżynieria ruchu 3
Name in English …… Traffic engineering 3
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): …TEM
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …TKES201
Group of courses YES
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Seminar
15
60
Crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
2
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Student knows basic concepts in scope of telecommunications.
2. Student knows basics of traffic engineering.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Developing the ability of telecommunication traffic description.
C2 Achieving the ability of selected telecommunication network components’ dimensioning.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to use basic formulas for traffic load and blocking probability calculation in
selected systems.
PEK_U02 – is able to use of simulation environment to analyze of selected traffic issues.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Proj 1
Form of classes - project
Visualisation of teletraffic phenomena using programming tools
Proj 2,3
Network dimensioning issues
Number of hours
2
4
Proj 4-6
Using of simulation tools for traffic issues analysis
6
Proj 7,8
Results’ presentation
3
Total hours
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Project evaluation grade, presentation,
disscussion
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Wstęp do telekomutacji., WNT, Warszawa 2000.
[2] Papir Z.: Ruch telekomunikacyjny i przeciążenia sieci pakietowych., WKŁ, Warszawa
2001.
[3] Villy B. Iversen, „Teletraffic Engineering Handbook (and netw. planning”, ITU.
[4] Grzech A.: Sterowanie ruchem w sieciach teleinformatycznych. Oficyna Wyd. PWr,
Wrocław 2002
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Podstawy komutacji kanałów., WNT, Warszawa 1990.
[2] ITU-T Recommendations.
[3] Instructions and user guides for Opnet IT Guru, OMNET, ns-2, ns-3 simulation tools.
[4] Journals and magazines (IEEE, WUT Library) in scope of traffic engineering.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Traffic Engineering 3
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications (TEL)
AND SPECIALIZATION …(TEM)……..
Subject educational effect
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TEM_U08
C1
Proj2,3
N1, N2, N3, N4
PEK_U02
S1TEM_U08
C2
Proj1,4-6
N1, N2, N3, N4
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY of Electronics / DEPARTMENT of Antenna Theory & Computational EM
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Technika satelitarna
Name in English
Satellite Communication Technique
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunication (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable):
Mobile Communication (TEM)
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code
TKES202
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
30
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
15
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
2
X
0.5
0.5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1.
2.
3.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 To acquire basic knowledge of satellite-based navigation and location techniques as regards
the principle of their action and the most important parameters.
C2 To acquire skills in preparing and carrying out a presentation on the subject of satellite
navigation and the formulation of proposals for the contemporary active navigation systems.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 - know the basic method for the determination of the position of object and radar
measurements techniques used in the method of determining the position of the objects
PEK_W02 - know the laws governing motion of artificial Earth satellites used in satellite
telecommunications systems
PEK_W03 – become familiar with construction of the component elements of the satellitebased location and navigation (in particular GPS system); familiar with the construction
of the radio interface and the practical implementations of the trilateration method; He
knows the source of errors and their impact on the determination of the position of the
ground terminal
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 - It can describe the location and navigation satellite systems, and discuss their
advantages and disadvantages
PEK_U02
…
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1 Principle of location and measurement technology of radar
Lec 2 Elements of the theory of motion of artificial satellites of the Earth
Lec 3 Structure and working principle of satellite navigation systems
Lec 4 Repetitory
Number of hours
5
2
6
2
Lec 5
….
15
Total hours
Form of classes - class
Cl 1 Discussion of the theme of the seminar and suggested literature item
Cl 2 Individual presentations on the current state of knowledge related to the
Number of hours
3
12
technique used in the satellite location and navigation and the discussion
of issues raised.
Cl 3
Cl 4
..
Total hours
15
Form of classes - laboratory
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
…
Number of hours
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Number of hours
Proj 1
Proj 2
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Number of
hours
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
…
Total hours
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. A lecture with slides and a traditional method (blackboard)
N2. Consultation
N3. Own work-independent studies and preparation for the class work
N4. Multimedia presentation during the seminar
N5. Focus discussion
N6. Independent literature study – preparation of seminary paper presentation
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Educational effect number
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
F2
F3
PEK_W01 – W03
PEK_W03, PEK_U01
Way of evaluating educational effect
achievement
discussion
evaluation of individual papers
C
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] D.J. Bem, Telecommunications Systems part 3: Radar and Radionavigation. Wroclaw University of Technology
Publishing House. Wroclaw, Poland, 1991.
[2] M. Jurdziński, Maritime Systems of Satellite Navigation, Nautical Publishing House, Gdansk, Poland, 1981.
[3] J. Wereszczyński, Basics of Navigation using Artificial Satellites of the Earth, PWN Publishing, Warszawa, Poland, 1971.
[4] J. Narkiewicz, GPS and Other Satellite Navigation Systems, WKiL Publishing, Warszawa, Poland, 2007.
[5] J. Narkiewicz, Global Positioning System GPS: Construction, Operation, WKiL Publishing, Warszawa, Poland, 2003.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Ahmed El-Rabbany, Introduction to GPS : the global positioning system, Boston, Artech House, 2002.
[2]
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Piotr Słobodzian, piotr.slobodzian@pwr.wroc.pl
Wojciech Krzysztofik, wojciech.krzysztofik@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT
TKES202 Technika satelitarna / Satellite Communication Technique
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunication TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION
Mobile Communication TEM
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TEM_W09
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
C1
Wy1
N1, 2, 3
PEK_W02
PEK_W03
…
S1TEM_W09
S1TEM_W09
C1
C1, C2
Wy2
Wy3
N1, 2, 3
N1, 2, 3
PEK_U01 (skills)
S1TEM_U09
C2
Se2
N4, 5, 6
PEK_W01 (knowledge)
PEK_U02
…
PEK_K01 (competences)
PEK_K02
…
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY OF ELECTRONICS
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish
Przedsiębiuorczość w ICT
Name in English
ICT business
Main field of study (if applicable): Telecommunications
Specialization (if applicable): Mobile Telecommunications
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code TKES205
Group of courses YES
Lecture
Number of hours of
15
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total 30
student workload (CNPS)
Crediting
Form of crediting
Classes
Examination /
with grade crediting with
grade*
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
15
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Crediting
with grade
For group of courses mark X
(X) final course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS
points for practical (P) classes
including number of ECTS 1
points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
1
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Teleinformatic market recognition
C2 Acquire basic knowledge of economic indicators and business rules
C3 Acquire basic knowledge of analyzing teleinformatic market methods
C4 Acquire basic ability of searching, compile and presentation technical issues
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 know how to describe business model in teleinformatics and explain economic
fundamentals of business activity, recognize financial standing, characterize marketing
strategy, suggest the price of services and products
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 know how to use reports on teleinformatics market, interpret market treds, prepare
finance projection, prepare business plan
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01
PEK_K02
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1
Introducion - Information Society
2
Lec 2
Telecommuniaction law, regulations on telecom business activity
2
Lec 3
Telecom market analysis
2
Lec 4
Marketing – market research, service price, service demands, risk factors
1
Lec 5
Network planning – CAPEX and OPEX
1
Lec 6
Business planning – business plan
2
Lec 7
Set a price strategy – incomes, tariff plans
1
Lec 8
Finance projections
2
Lec 9
Case study
1
Lec 10 Proficiency test
1
15
Total hours
Form of classes - class
Cl 1 –Cl 14
Cl 15
Lectures supported by PowerPoint presentations
Test
Total hours
Form of classes - laboratory
Number of
hours
14
1
15
Number of
hours
Lab 1
Lab 2
Lab 3
Lab 4
Lab 5
…
Total hours
Form of classes - project
Proj 1
Proj 2
Number of
h
o
u
r
s
Proj 3
Proj 4
…
Total hours
Form of classes - seminar
Sem 1
Sem 2
Sem 3
Sem 4
Number of
hours
Introduction, seminar plan and rules
Topics and information sources description
Topics assignment, presentation rules and time schedule
Presentation prepared topics, discussion, evaluation
Total hours
N1.
N2.
N3.
N4.
N5.
N6.
1
1
1
12
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
Lecture supported by Power-Point presentations
Topics introduction – important issues
Students presentation, discussion, evaluation
Electronic version of presentation
Tutorials
Student self-work
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F2
Educational effect Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
number
PEK_W01
PEK_W01
PEK_U01
Activity during lectures, proficiency test
Activity during seminars, evaluation of the presentation
prepared by students
C= 0,6*F1+0,4*F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Piątek S.,Prawo telekomunikacyjne - Komentarz”, Wydanie 2, C.H.Beck, Warszawa 2005.
[2] Hawawini G., Viallet, Finanse menedżerskie, PWE, Warszawa 2007.
[3] Fiore F.F., Jak szybko przygotować biznesplan, Woltewrs Kluwer, Kraków 2006.
[4] Janiszewski J.M. (red.), Budowa sieci szerokopasmowych. Planowanie i przygotowanie
koncepcji. Poradnik dla samorządowców, Fundacja Wspierania Wsi, Warszawa 2008.
[5] Snedaker S., Zarządzanie projektami IT w małym palcu, Helion, Gliwice 2007.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Eugeniusz W. Gaca, Krzysztof J. Heller, Paweł M. Marchelek, Budowa sieci
szerokopasmowych. Projekt techniczny, budowa i eksploatacja sieci. Część II. Poradnik dla
samorządowców, Fundacja Wspomagania Wsi, Warszawa 2009.
[2] Wiesław Baług, Jarosław Józik, Robert Mierzwiński, Jacek Oko, Andrzej Sobczak, Ostatnia
mila. Budowa i eksploatacja teleinformatycznej sieci dostępowej. Część III. Poradnik dla
operatorów i samorządowców, Fundacja Wspomagania Wsi, Warszawa 2010.
[3] Maciej Rogalski, Zmiany w prawie telekomunikacyjnym. Komentarz, WoltersKluwer Polska,
Warszawa 2006.
[4] Gołaczyński J. (red.), Prawne i ekonomiczne aspekty komunikacji elektronicznej, LexisNexis,
Warszawa 2003.
[5] Brigham E.F., Gapenski L.C., Zarządzanie finansami, PWE, Warszawa 2000.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Jarosław M. Janiszewski, jaroslaw.janiszewski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
E/m business
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Teleinformatics
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational
effect
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
PEK_W01
Correlation between
Subject
subject educational effect objectives***
and educational effects
defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TEM_W10
C1
S1TEM_W10
PEK_W01
S1TEM_W10
PEK_U01 (skills)…
S1TEM_U10
C2
C3
C4
Programme content***
Teaching tool
number***
N1, N2, N3, N4, N5,
N6
N1, N2, N3, N4, N5,
Wy6, Wy7, Wy8,Sem4
N6
Wy3, Wy4,Wy5, Wy8, Wy9, N1, N2, N3, N4, N5,
Sem4
N6
Sem4
N3, N4, N5, N6
Wy1, Wy2, Sem1-Sem4
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish: Synteza mowy
Name in English: Speech Synthesis
Main field of study (if applicable): (TEL) Electronics
Specialization (if applicable): (MTU)
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code: TKES301
Group of courses: YES / NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
15
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
total student workload
30
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
X
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
15
30
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
1
0,5
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. K1TEL_W01, K1TEL_U01
2. K1TEL_W02, K1TEL_U02, K1TEL_W03
3. K1TEL_W14, K1TEL_U12
4. K1TEL_W12, K1TEL_U11
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Gain knowledge about speech synthesis method, mathematical model of articulatory and speech
synthesis algorithms
C2 Gain basic knowledge about techniques and tools applied to speech signal processing
C3 Gain practical skills of speech signal analysis and and skills of creating own speech signal processing
procedure
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 – has knowledge about mathematical models of articulatory apparatus
PEK_W02 – has knowledge about basic algorithms of speech signal processing
PEK_W03 – has knowledge about articulatory speech synthesis algorithms
PEK_W04 – has knowledge about concatenative speech synthesis algorithms
PEK_W05 – has knowledge about prosody effects in speech and about algorithms which mimics
natural prosody
PEK_W06 – has knowledge about nowadays speech synthesis systems
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – can select proper tools which helps to prepare speech signal to be analyzed
PEK_U02 – can label basic phonetic units in speech signal
PEK_U03 – can write own algorithms
PEK_U04 – can present the results of their own work
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Number of hours
Lec 1
Introduction to speech synthesis. Basic information about speech signal.
Mathematical model of articulatory apparatus and systems of speech
synthesis.
3
Lec 2
Basic techniques and algorithms of speech analysis including: pitch
analysis, formant analysis, duration and variability of phonetics units,
spectral analysis of a speech signal
2
Lec 3
Formant speech synthesis systems, LPC system, sinusoidal model,
hybrid model
2
Lec 4
Concatenative speech synthesis – PSOLA, the best unit selection
algorithm
2
Lec 5
Algorithms of change time duration of speech units. Algorithms of pitch
change
4
Lec 6
Commercial and open speech synthesis systems survey
2
Total hours
15
Form of classes – project
Number of
hours
Pr1
Program tools for speech signal analysis
3
Pr2
Preparation of base of speech signal units
4
Pr3
Project realized in a small groups
4
Pr4
Presentation of results and evaluation of the project
4
Total hours
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional blackboard and multimedia projector
N2. Materials and instruction on-line on the course page https://zts.ita.pwr.wroc.pl/
N3. Speech signal analysis tools
N4. Solution of mathematical problems – discussion about results
N5. Practical exercises – labeling of the phonetics units in speech signals
N6. Participation in e-tests
N7. Face-to-face consultations
N8. Self preparation for the project tasks
N9. Self study and preparation for final tests
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P –
number
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_W01-06
F1
PEK_U01-04
F2
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
writing a e-tests
participation in work of small project group
PEK_W01-06
F3
knowledge evaluation through personal talks
P = 0.25*F1 + 0.25*F2 + 0.5 *F3 (all marks have to be positive)
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Ryszard Makowski, “Komunikacja głosowa człowiek komputer”
[2] Czesław Basztura, “Komunikacja głosowa człowiek komputer”
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Eric Keller, “Fundamentals of Speech Synthesis and Recognition”
[2] Thierry Dutoit, “An Introduction to Text-to-Speech Syntechesis”
[3] comp.speech newsgroup (http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/comp.speech/)
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Bogusław Szlachetko, Boguslaw.Szlachetko@pwr.wroc.pl
Ryszard Makowski, Ryszard.Makowski@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
TEKS301 Speech synthesis
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TMU
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of study
and specialization (if applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Program
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_W01
(knowledge)
S1TMU_W02
C1
Lec1
N1,2,4,6,7,9
PEK_W02
S1TMU_W02
C1,C2
Lec2
N1,2,4,6,7,9
PEK_W03
S1TMU_W02
C1
Lec3
N1,2,4,6,7,9
PEK_W04
S1TMU_W02
C1
Lec4
N1,2,4,6,7,9
PEK_W05
S1TMU_W02
C1
Lec5
N1,2,4,6,7,9
PEK_W06
S1TMU_W02
C2
Lec6
N1,2,4,6,7,9
PEK_U01
(skills)
S1TMU_U02
C2
Pr1
N2,3,5,7,8
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U02
C1
Pr2
N2,3,5,7,8
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U02
C3
Pr3
N2,3,7,8
PEK_U04
S1TMU_U02
C3
Pr4
N2,3,7,8
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W4…… / DEPARTMENT……K3…………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …… Inżynieria ruchu
Name in English …… Traffic engineering
Main field of study (if applicable): …Telecommunications (TEL)
Specialization (if applicable): …(TMU)
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: obligatory
Subject code …TKES302
Group of courses YES
Lecture Classes Laboratory
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
Project Seminar
15
60
Crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
2
0,5
0,5
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Student knows basic concepts in scope of telecommunications.
2. Student knows basics of traffic engineering.
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Developing the ability of telecommunication traffic description.
C2 Achieving the ability of selected TDM network components’ dimensioning.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 – is able to use basic formulas for traffic load and blocking probability calculation in
selected systems.
PEK_U02 – is able to use of simulation environment to analyse of selected traffic issues.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Lab1
Lab2
Form of classes - laboratory
Using simple software tools for traffic parameters calculation
Analysis of selected arrival stream models
Number of hours
2
2
Lab3
Lab4
Lab5
Lab6
Lab7
Interpretation of selected Erlang-B model issues
Selected items of network capacity dimensioning
Analysis of selected QoS problems in TDM network
Analysis of selected QoS problems in packet-switched network
Test
Total hours
2
2
2
4
1
15
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Lecture (using blackboard, projector, slides)
N2. Consultations
N3. Selfstudy – preparation for practical classes
N4. Selfstudy – preparation for the test
N5. Laboratory materials and instructions
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
(during semester), P – number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester
end)
F1
PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Project evaluation grade, presentation,
disscussion
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Wstęp do telekomutacji., WNT, Warszawa 2000.
[2] Papir Z.: Ruch telekomunikacyjny i przeciążenia sieci pakietowych., WKŁ, Warszawa
2001.
[3] Villy B. Iversen, „Teletraffic Engineering Handbook (and netw. planning”, ITU.
[4] Grzech A.: Sterowanie ruchem w sieciach teleinformatycznych. Oficyna Wyd. PWr,
Wrocław 2002
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Jajszczyk A.: Podstawy komutacji kanałów., WNT, Warszawa 1990.
[2] ITU-T Recommendations.
[3] Instructions and user guides for Opnet IT Guru, OMNET, ns-2, ns-3 simulation tools.
[4] Journals and magazines (IEEE, WUT Library) in scope of traffic engineering.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Dr inż. Janusz Klink, janusz.klink@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Traffic Engineering
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
Telecommunications (TEL)
AND SPECIALIZATION …(TMU)……..
Subject educational effect
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
S1TMU_U10
C1, C2
Lab2-4
N1, N2, N3, N4, N5
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U10
C1, C2
Lab1,5,6
N1, N2, N3, N4, N5
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY …W-4…… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish …Aplikacje multimedialne…………………………….
Name in English …Multimedia Application Programming………………………….
Main field of study (if applicable): …TEL……………………….
Specialization (if applicable): …… TMU………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*
Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*
Subject code …TKES303………….
Group of courses YES / NO*
Lecture
Number of hours of
organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of
total student workload
(CNPS)
Examination /
Form of crediting
crediting with
grade*
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
2
60
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
Examination /
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses
mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of
ECTS points for practical
(P) classes
including number of
ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact
(BK) classes
2
2
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. Knowledge of any object oriented programming language
2. Basic knowledge of Java strongly advised
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Design patterns and their typical application
C2 Version control systems
C3 Large project building
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 Is able to use centralised and/or distributed revision control systems
PEK_U02 Knows basic design patterns and is able to see their potential applications
PEK_U03 Knows basic tools helping in large project building
PEK_U04 Knows how to handle multimedia resources in Java
PEK_U05 Knows how to create multimedia applications in Java
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - laboratory
N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f
h
o
u
r
s
La1
L2,3,4,5
Introduction. Installation and configuration of selected 4
IDE and revision control system (eg – Eclipse with
SVN or GIT)
Getting acquainted with selected application
framework and its design patterns
4
La6,7
Sound in Java. Loading, saving, playback, recording.
6
La8,9,10
2D graphics in Java. Java2D and JAI. Introduction to
animation. Introduction to Java3D.
6
La11-15
Individual project
1
0
Total hours
3
0
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Practical excersises - execution of tasks assigned during classes
N2. Individual work - preparing for classes
N3. Individual work - project
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming Educational effect
number
(during semester), P –
concluding (at semester
end)
PEK_U01, 02, 03
F1
PEK_U01, 02, 03
F2
PEK_U04
F3
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
class tests, homework
execution of tasks assigned during classes
individual project
C = 0.4 * F1 + 0.1*F2 + 0.5*F3
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides, „Design Patterns:
Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software”
[2]
Ben Collins-Sussman, Brian W. Fitzpatrick, C. Michael Pilato, „Version Control with
Subversion”
[3]
Dokumentacja Java Sound API, Java Media Framework, Java2D, JAI, Java3D
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Bruce Eckel, "Thinking in Java"
http://www.mindviewinc.com/Books/downloads.html
[2] PureMVC documentation
[3] GUTS documentation
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Bartłomiej Golenko, bartlomiej.golenko@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
……………………………
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
………………………..
AND SPECIALIZATION ……………………………..
Subject educational effect
Correlation between subject
educational effect and educational
effects defined for main field of
study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
S1TMU_U11
C2
La1
1
PEK_U02
S1TMU_U11
C1,C3
La2-5
1,2,3
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U11
C1,C3
La2-5
1,2,3
PEK_U04
S1TMU_U11
C3
La6-10
1,2,3
PEK_U04
S1TMU_U11
C1,C2,C3
La11-15
3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ELECTRONICS
Name in Polish
Name in English
Main field of study (if applicable):
Specialization:
Level and form of studies:
Kind of subject:
Subject code
Group of courses
SUBJECT CARD
Seminarium dyplomowe
Diploma Seminar
Telecommunications
TMU
1st level, full-time
obligatory
TKES304
NO*
Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar
Number of hours of organized classes in
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student workload
(CNPS)
Form of crediting
30
60
crediting with
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final course
Number of ECTS points
including number of ECTS points for practical (P)
classes
including number of ECTS points for direct teacherstudent contact (BK) classes
2
2
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Learn how to search for selective knowledge needed to create their own original solutions.
C2 Learn how to prepare a presentation allowing students in communicative way transfer their
original ideas, concepts and solutions
C3 The acquisition of the skill of creative discussion allowing in a factual and substantive way
justified and defended own opinions
C4 Gain of the writing skills for presenting student’s own achievements, including a
presentation of his/her own achievements against the development of the global mean
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to skills:
PEK_U01 is able to prepare a presentation that contains own scheme of research based on
references
PEK_U02 is able to discuss objectively and justify his/her original ideas and solutions
PEK_U03 is able to critically evaluate the scientific and technical others solutions
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - seminar
Number
of hours
Sem 1 Discussion of the principles of preparing and writing a thesis, and in particular
2
presentation the principles of editorial side of the final project
Sem 2 Individual presentations related to the problem of the diploma thesis, pointed
8
on the original own contribution in comparison to the achievements known in
literature
Sem 3 Public discussion on the state of literature and established the idea of solving
problems posed to compose the diploma thesis
Sem 4 Individual presentations summarizing the results obtained in the final projects,
in particular showing the selected topics and objectives of the diploma thesis
outlining the original approach proposed by their authors
Total hours
6
14
30
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Multimedia presentation
N2. Discussion - talk problematic
N3. Own work
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F –
forming (during
semester), P –
concluding (at
semester end)
F1
F2
Educational effect
number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
PEK_U01
rate of the presentation
PEK_U02, PEK_U03 the activity in the discussion
P=0.5 F1+0.5 F2
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] Literature related to the issues of the diploma thesis
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Prof. dr hab. inż. Jan Zarzycki jan.zarzycki@pwr.wroc.pl
MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR
SUBJECT
Diploma Seminar
AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY
TEL
AND SPECIALIZATION TMU
Subject
educational
effect
Correlation between subject educational
effect and educational effects defined for
main field of study and specialization (if
applicable)**
Subject
objectives***
Programme
content***
Teaching tool
number***
PEK_U01
PEK_U02
PEK_U03
S1TMU_U13
S1TMU_U13
S1TMU_U13
C2
C3
C1 ,C2, C3, C4
Sem2, Sem4
Sem3, Sem4
Sem3, Sem4
N1
N2, N3
N2, N3
** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects
*** - from table above
Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012
FACULTY ……… / DEPARTMENT………………
SUBJECT CARD
Name in Polish PODSTAWY ZARZĄDZANIA JAKOŚCIĄ
Name in English Principles of Quality Management
Main field of study (if applicable): Automatyka i robotyka, Elektronika, Telekomunikacja,
Informatyka, Teleinformatyka
Specialization (if applicable): ……………………..
Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time
Kind of subject: optional / university-wide*
Subject code ZMZ000340
Group of courses NO*
Lecture
Classes
Laboratory
Project
Seminar
Number of hours of organized classes in
30
University (ZZU)
Number of hours of total student
60
workload (CNPS)
crediting with
Form of crediting
grade*
For group of courses mark (X) final
course
Number of ECTS points
2
including number of ECTS points for
practical (P) classes
0
including number of ECTS points for direct
teacher-student contact (BK) classes
1
*delete as applicable
PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES
1. No
\
SUBJECT OBJECTIVES
C1 Acquisition of knowledge of the concepts of quality management in organizations, in particular the terms and
the principles of quality management in the philosophy of TQM and KAIZEN.
C2 Acquisition of knowledge of self-assessment of the quality management and criteria of quality awards
competitions.
C3 Acquisition of knowledge of the quality system standardization bodies.
C4 Acquisition of knowledge of the design, implementation, operation, maintenance and improvement of quality
management systems in business organizations, with particular emphasis on formal arrangements for the
standardization and conformity assessment of products and quality systems in Poland and the European Union.
C5 Acquisition of knowledge of the interpretation and implementation of requirements of ISO 9001.
C6 Acquisition of knowledge of quality management systems integration with other management organizations
systems (e.g. environmental management systems and safety management systems).
C7 Acquisition of knowledge about the basic techniques and methods of improving the quality management.
C8 Acquisition of ability to understand the importance of ethical conduct in management.
C9 Understanding the important role of the engineer in the implementation of a quality management system in the
organization.
C10 Understanding the importance of individual and team activities beyond the engineering activities in achieving
the quality objectives of the organization.
SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS
relating to knowledge:
PEK_W01 Knows basic terms and definitions connected with the quality management.
PEK_W02 Knows concepts of quality management in organizations, in particular the principles of quality
management according to TQM and KAIZEN.
PEK_W03 Knows the principles of self-assessment of quality in accordance with the model of self-Polish Quality
Award.
PEK_W04 Knows the formal and legal arrangements for the standardization and conformity assessment of
products and quality systems in Poland and the European Union.
PEK_W05 Knows the institutions of the normalization of the quality management systems.
PEK_W06 Knows the quality management standards according ISO 9000 series.
PEK_W07 Knows how to design, implement, maintenance and improvement of quality management systems in
business organizations.
PEK_W08 To have a basic knowledge of the principles of quality management systems integration with other
management systems.
PEK_W09 Knows the basic techniques and methods of quality management improvement.
relating to social competences:
PEK_K01 Is aware of the role of ethics in the management.
PEK_K02 Is aware of the role of the engineer in the implementation of quality systems in organizations.
PEK_K03 Is aware of the importance of individual and team activities in quality management beyond engineering
activities.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Form of classes - lecture
Lec 1-2
Lec 3-4
Introduction to the lecture. Basic terms (quality, characteristics of quality,
quality management). Evolution of approaches to quality and quality
management.
Quality management styles. The concept of Kaizen.
Lec 5-6
The concept and principles of Total Quality Management - TQM.
Lec 7
Self-assessment of the quality management system. Self-assessment according to
of Polish Quality Award.
Standard-setting bodies. Assessment of product conformity and quality systems
in Poland and the European Union.
Standardization of the quality management systems. ISO 9000 family.
Lec 8
Lec 9
Number of hours
4
4
4
2
2
2
Lec 10-11 Requirements of the quality management according to the ISO 9001standard.
4
Lec 12
The ISO 9001 auditing and certification.
2
Lec 13
Other standards of quality management. Integrated management systems of
quality, environment and safety.
Selected tools of quality management.
2
Passing test
2
Total hours
30
Lec 14
Lec 15
2
TEACHING TOOLS USED
N1. Traditional lecture - presentation using a slide projector.
N2. Own work - independent literature studies and preparation for the final test.
EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT
Evaluation (F – forming
(during semester), P –
Educational effect
number
Way of evaluating educational effect achievement
concluding (at semester end)
F1
PEK_W01÷ PEK_W09
Written test
P=F1
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE
PRIMARY LITERATURE:
[1] The materials published on the course website.
[2] Grudowski P., „Podejście procesowe w systemach zarządzania jakością w małych i średnich
przedsiębiorstwach”, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Gdańskiej, Gdańsk 2007.
[3] Hamrol A., „Zarządzanie jakością z przykładami”, PWN, Warszawa 2011.
[4] Imai M., „Kaizen: klucz do konkurencyjnego sukcesu Japonii”, Wydawnictwo MT Biznes, Warszawa
2007.
[5] PN-ISO 9001: 2009, „System zarządzania jakością. Wymagania”, Polski Komitet Normalizacyjny,
Warszawa 2009.
[6] Zymonik Z., Hamrol A., Grudowski P., „Zarządzanie jakością i bezpieczeństwem”, Polskie
Wydawnictwo Ekonomiczne, Warszawa 2013.
SECONDARY LITERATURE:
[1] Gruszka A., Niegowska E., „Zarządzanie jakością: komentarz do norm ISO serii 9000”, Polski Komitet
Normalizacyjny, Warszawa 2011.
[2] Łazicki A., „System zarządzania przedsiębiorstwem: Techniki Lean Management i Kaizen” , Wiedza i
Praktyka, Warszawa 2011.
[3] Maleszka A., Łagowski E. „Wdrażanie zintegrowanych systemów zarzadzania ”, Wyższa Szkoła
Logistyki, Poznań 2009.
[4] www:iso.org
[5] www.pkn.pl
[6] Szczepańska K.: „Zarządzanie jakością: w dążeniu do doskonałości”, C.H. Beck, Warszawa 2011
[7] Zymonik Z., Koszty jakości w zarządzaniu przedsiębiorstwem”. Wydawnictwo Politechniki
Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2003.
SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)
Anna Dobrowolska PhD, Ing. (Anna.Dobrowolska@pwr.wroc.pl)
Download PDF
Similar pages